California State College
California, Pennsyl

California State College Directory
Director of Admissions
Director of Athletics
The Counseling Center
Director of Student
Employment
Revenue Office
Dir. of Financial Aid
Infirmary

209, Admin . Bldg.
224, Hamer Hall
320, South Hall
238, Admin . Bldg.
11 9, Admin. Bldg.
105, Adm in. Bldg .
College Infirmary

938-4404 Director of Housing
938-4351 Director of Placement
938-4191 Registrar's Office
Student Activities Assn .
938-4444 Vice-President for
938-4431
Student Affairs
938-4415 Dir. of Veterans Affairs
938-4232
Area Code is 412.

238,
109,
103,
125,

Admin . Bldg.
South Hall
Admin . Bldg.
Student Union

938-4444
938-4413
938-4434
938-4303

236, Adm in. Bldg . 938-4440
203, Student Union 938-4077

California State
College

California State College, one of Pennsylvania's fourteen state-owned and
operated institutions of higher learning, is a four-year college fully accredited
by the Middle States As~ociation of Colleges and Secondary Schools and the
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
California State College is a member of the Association of State Colleges and
Universities and the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education.

California State College is committed to affirmative action to assure equal
opportunity for all persons regardless of race, color, religion, national origin, ·
ancestry, or sex.

CATALOG POLICY
Students will be held responsible for keeping informed of official college
policies and for meeting all relevant requirements as listed in this catalog.
T he College reserves the right to change policies, curriculum requirements,
and other provisions at any time.
Upon enrollment, students are req u ired to follow the provisions of the
catalog and curriculum guide then in effect. Students who have interrupted
their education for more than one year will become subject to the provisions
of the current catalog or curricu lum guide.

2

Table of Contents
Academic Calendar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
History and Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Admission to the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Student Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Student Affairs and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
School of Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
School of Education ................................... 179
School of Science and Technology ..................... 231
Directory .............................................. 249
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
College Administration .......................... 249-251
Faculty ............................................. 251
Index ................................................. 273.

3

Academic Calendar
SPRING SEMESTER - 1977
Freshman Orientat ion . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . .. .. . .. Monday, January 24
Registrat ion (Underg raduate) Monday , Tuesday, Wednesday , January 24 , 25, 26
Classes Begi n .. . . .... . . ... ... . . .. . . . . ... .. . Thursday , January 27
Add Week .. . . .. .. . . . . . .. . ... . . ... . . .. . . January 27 - February 3
Last Day of Late Reg istration . . . ... . .. . .. . .. . . .. Thursday , February 3
Last Day to Drop Classes Without Academ ic Penalty . . . .. Thursday, Ma rch 10
Spring Recess:
Begins After Classes . . . . . . .. . .. .. .. . ... . . . . . . . Saturday , April 2
Ends at 8 :00 A.M. . .. . . .. .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. Tuesday , April 12
Last Day to Drop a Cou rse or
Withdraw Officially From College .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wednesday , May 4
Spri ng Semeste r Ends ... . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . ... . . Wednesday, May 18

SUMMER SESSIONS - 1977
Reg istration and Orientation . .. . .. . . . . ..
Classes begin . .. .. . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . ...
July Fourth Recess
Begins after classes .... .. . .. . . ... . . .
Ends at 8 :00 A.M. . . .... .. . .. . ... . .
1st 6 -week session ends .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .
2nd 6-week session begins . .. . . . . . . . . . . .
2nd 6-week session and 12-week classes end ..

Wednesday , Thursday , June 1, 2
. .. . .. . . . . .. Friday, June 3
. .. . .. ... .. . Friday , July 1
. .. .. . .. . Wednesday , July 6
. . .... ... Thursday, July 14
. . . . .. . . . . . Friday, July 15
.. .. . ... Tuesday , August 23

FALL SEMESTER - 1977
Registration and Orientation . . Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, August 29, 30, 31
Classes begin .. ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . .. ... Thursday, September 1
Labor Day Recess
Begins after classes . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . .. .. . . . .. Fr iday, September 2
Ends at 8 :00 A.M. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Wednesday, September 7
Thanksgiving Recess
Begins after classes . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . ... . Wednesday , November 23
Ends at 8 :00 .i;.M. . .. . . . ..... . . . . . . ... ... Monday, November 28
Classes end . . . ... . ... .. . ... . . . . .. . .... .. .Thursday, December 15
Winter Commencement .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday , December 17

5

SPRING SEMESTER - 1978
Registration and Orientation Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday , January 23, 24 , 25
Classes begin .. ... .. .... ... . . . . . . ... . . . . ... Thursday, Janua ry 26
Spring Recess
Begins after classes .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .. Friday, March 17
Ends at 8 :00 A.M . . . .. . .. . . .... . . . . . .. .. . .. . Tuesday, March 28
Classes end . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . .. .. . . Monday, May 15
Spri ng Commencement . .... . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. Saturday, May 20

SUMMER SESSIONS - 1978
Regist ration and Or ientation . . .. .... . . . ..
Classes begin . . .... .. . ..... . ... .. ... .
July Fourth Recess
Begins after classes . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .
Ends at 8 :00 A.M. . . .. .. . ... . .. .. . ..
1st 6-week session ends . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .
2nd 6-week session begins .... .. . . . . . . . . .
2nd 6-week session and 12-week classes end . . .

Monday, Tuesday , May 29, 30
. . . . . . . Wednesday, May 31
.. .
...
.. .
...
. ..

. .. .... Friday , June 30
. .... Wednesday, Ju ly 5
. . . . . . Tuesday , July 11
. ... Wednesday, July 12
. .... Friday, August 18

FALL SEMESTER - 1978
Registration and Orientation .. Monday, Tuesday , Wednesday, August 28, 29, 30
Classes begin . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . .. . .. . .Thursday, August 31
Labor Day Recess
Begins after classes . . ... ... . . .... . ... . . . .... Friday, September 1
Ends at 8:00 A.M . ...... .. ....... . ... . .. Wednesday , September 6
Thanksgiving Recess
Begins after classes . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . .. Wednesday, November 22
Ends at 8 :00 A.M. . . . ..... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday , November 27
Classes end ... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. ... Thursday, December 14
Winter Commencement . . .. .. .. . ... . ... .. . . . . Saturday, December 16

SPRING SEMESTER - 1979
Registration and Orientation Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday , January 29, 30, 31
Classes begin .. . .. . .... . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . .. . Thu rsday, February 1
Spr ing Recess
Begins after classes ... . . . .. .. ... . . . . . .. . . . .... . Friday, April 13
Ends at 8:00 A .M . ......... .. . .. ... . .. . ...... Monday, April 23
Classes end . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .. . . .. . .... .. .... . Friday, May 18
Spring Commencement . . .. .. . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . .... Saturday, May 19

6

History and Information
California State College, one of fourteen institutions of higher learning owned
by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, traces its origin to the establishment of
an academy in 1852. The community of California took its name during the
Gold Rush of 1849.
Job Johnson, one of the founding fathers of the town, was also the leader in
planning educational facilities for the new community. Concerning the vital role
he played, Wickersham's History of Education in Pennsylvania said: " Foremost
in pushing forward the educational movement was Job Johnson , a Quaker in this
Scotch-Irish country, and a man of great public sp_irit." The town's original
incorporators, spurred by Johnson, were also the founders of the college . They
constructed a two-story building of hand-pressed brick near the site of the
community's current junior high school.
The Academy opened in 1852 with Professor Ellis N. Johnson, a nephew of
Job Johnson , as the first principal. The school was considered an essential
ingredient of the town and was supported by a community tax.
Purchase of a 10-acre plot for the academy - on which most of the older
buildings still stand - was completed on November 14, 1864, at the price of
$133.44.
A total educat ional attempt was made at the new academy, extending from
the kindergarten to the college level. The higher education portion of the
curriculum was largely liberal arts.
Economic problems soon forced the college to seek funds beyond the
community. The State Normal School Act of 1857 provided an opportunity for
state funding, and the trustees sought to have the academy designated as the
Normal School for the 10th District. They obtained a charter in 1865, converting
the school to a teacher-preparatory institution and the curriculum was modified
to include a three-credit course entitled "The Art of Teaching."
In 1874, the col lege was named the South Western State Normal School with
an emphasis solely on teacher preparation . The new normal school adopted the
"trimester" plan in order to assist in teacher improvement.
The trustees and stockholders sold the school to the Commonwealth in 1914,
when it became California State Normal School. Departments of physical culture
and commercial training were discontinued at that time and the college
concentrated exclusively on a two-year preparatory course for elementary school
teachers.
Another switch in direction and goa Is occurred in 1928, when the
Commonwealth changed t he normal school to a four-year, degree-granting state
teachers college. Emphasis at this time was also focused on preparation for
secondary schools , industrial arts and atypical or special education .
In 1959, the college assumed its present name as a reflection of its expanded
role as a multi-purpose institution. A Graduate School was established in 1961 .
The Arts and Sciences Program was initiated in 1962. Further expansion of the
college's mission and goals occurred in 1974, when the schools of Science and
Technology and Continuing Education were established .

9

THE CAMPUS
The college is in the Borough of California, a community of approximately
six thousand residents located in Washington County on the west bank of the
Monongahela River, about a one-hour drive south of Pittsburgh . The college is
accessible from the north via Interstate 70 and State Route 88, and from the
south by U. S. Route 40 (the old National Pike) and State Route 88. A new
(currently under construction) limited access highway will eventually link the
campus directly with Interstate 70 and other limited access highways . The
college is approximately one hour from Pittsburgh's International Airport.
The main campus consists of 33 buildings situated on 59 acres. A modern
football stadium, including an all -weather track , seven tennis courts , a baseball
diamond, playing areas for intramural sports , and picnic facilities are located on
some 83 acres at the College Recreation Center on Route 88, approximately two
miles south of the main campus.

THE AREA
The geographic location of the college gives the resident student opportunities to explore and pursue a wide variety of act ivities. Located in the
Appalachian Plateau, an area of low rolling hills , the college is a short drive from
camping, hiking, fishing, hunting, wh ite water rafting and canoeing, and skiing
activities in the Laurel Mountains. In addition to cultural activities provided on
campus, the student has easy access to the Pittsburgh metropolitan area. This
easy access provides the student an opportunity to enjoy the Pittsburgh
Symphony , the Pittsburgh Ballet, the Civic Light Opera, the Pittsburgh Steelers,
Penquins, Pirates, Triangles , various museums and al l of the exc itements and
attractions of a major metropol itan area .

COLLEGE OBJECTIVES
The faculty and students of Californ ia State College are part icipating
members of an educational institution charged with the preservation , discovery,
and dissemination of knowledge in the arts, sciences, technologies, vocations and
professions, and with the creative application of that knowledge in their lives
both as individuals and members of soc iety .
The objectives of this institution are:
( 1)

To provide a liberalizing education which aims at developing analytical
thinking and individual initiative and responsibility;

(2)

To provide flexible, innovative programs that are responsive to a broad
range of student and regional needs;

(3)

To provide a competent faculty, an efficient administrative staff, and
appropriate facilities;

(4)

To create and maintain a learning environment in which the rights of all are
respected ;

(5)

To provide learning opportunities for persons interested in baccalaureate ,
graduate, and non-degree programs;

10

(6)

To promote effective communication among faculty, students, administration, and the general public;

(7)

To provide a diversity of cultural and intellectual activities and experiences
for the college and surrounding communities;

(8)

To encourage thoughtful and responsible faculty and student participation
in local, state, national, and international affairs;

(9)

To aid and encourage high standards of teaching and participation in
professional activities;

(10) To foster academic research which contributes to human knowledge and
the vitality of the institution.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
In order to fulfill the college objectives and to provide educational
opportunities for students with different backgrounds and interests, California
State College offers a wide variety of academic programs. All of the degree
programs are based on two years of broad general education designed to assist
the individual to develop his skills in communication, grow in cultural and
intellectual interests, and develop his ability to do critical thinking. This
extensive foundation in the arts and sciences is enriching and essential in
providing a liberal education for all students.
As a multipurpose institution, California State College offers degrees from
four separate schools . The Graduate School offers the master of science, master
of arts and master of education degrees. The School of Arts and Sciences awards
either the bachelor of arts or the bachelor of science degree in thirty-nine major
fields. The School of Education confers five separate bachelor of science degrees
in education. The new School of Science and Technology formally began
operation in 1975 and currently offers seven different majors. The School of
Continuing Education dr-aws from all of the schools to provide programs for
interested adults . The following bachelor degree and special programs are
available:
Administration and Management
American, Soviet and Slavic Studies
Anthropology
Athletic Coaching Endorsement Program
Biology
Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation
Chemistry
Dental Hygienist
Early Childhood Education
Economics
Elementary Education
English
Environmental Science
Geography
Geology
Graphic Communications Technology

Highway Safety and Driver Education
History
Humanities Area
Industrial Arts Education
Industrial Management Technology
Management of Non-Renewable Resources
Manufacturing Technology
Math and Computer Science
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Mental Retardation
Modern Language
Nature Conservation
Natural Science Area
Nuclear Technology
Petroleum Technology

11

J

•

Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Pub lic School Nursing - Nurse
Anesthesiology
Secondary Education
Social Sc ience Area
Sociology

Social Work
Special Education
Speech Communications
Speech Pathology and Audiology
Theatre
Urban Recreation and Park
Administration
Urban Studies
Water Analysis Technology

12

THE LIBRARY
The J. Albert Reed Library currently houses a collection in excess of
392,000 volumes of which 181,800 are in microform, carefully selected to meet
and support the needs of the graduate and undergraduate programs offered by
the college. Currently, the library subscribes to over 2,000 periodical and serial
titles.
Research potential is enhanced with the microform editions of both current
and out-of-print material contained in the library's 557,700 unit microform
collection. In addition to major sets of books in microform, the Micromedia
Area encompasses the Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC)
document collection of current resource and research material in education. The
library also subscribes to the United States Government Document Collection of
both depository and non-depository items which the I ibrary receives monthly in
microform.
For convenience of students and faculty, photocopying machines and
microform reader/printers have been installed in the library which provide copies
at nominal cost to the students. Available for microform usage are 32 microform
viewers to accommodate the microform collection, including 4 portable
microfiche readers for home and dormitory use .
The Curriculum Library in the Learning Research Center contains an
excellent collection of some 21,700 books and over 17,500 non-print materials
for use by the students enrolled in the School of Education as well as student
teachers involved in their professional laboratory experiences.
Library resources are interpreted to the academic community through a
competent library faculty consisting of 3 Information Services Librarians;
Liaison Librarians to the Schools of Educat ion, Arts & Sciences , Science &
Technology, and Graduate School ; as well as librarians to coordinate the
Micromedia Area, Periodicals Library, the Curriculum Library , lnterl ibrary Loan
and Technical Services .
The library at California State College receives several benefits which are
passed on to the academic community through membership in various
cooperatives. Through membership in the Pittsburgh Regional Library Center,
the college has access to the resources of some 35 academic , public and special
libraries through interlibrary loan . This regional consortium includes major
institutional libraries such as the University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania State
University and the Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh . Computerized cataloging
services from the Ohio College Library Center in Columbus are utilized in Reed
Library through participation in the Pittsburgh Regional Library Center.
The library at California is one of 6 academic libraries participating in the
Western Pennsylvania Buhl Network (WEB NET) . The purpose of this consortium
is to provide cooperative acquisitions, cataloging, reference, and interlibrary loan
services in the field of education.
As a state-owned institution , California also has access to the material
holdings of our 13 sister institutions as well as the State Library in Harrisburg.

A new library, currently under construction at a cost of about 7 million
dollars, will provide a facility of 130,000 square feet with a capacity for 500,000
book volumes and seating for over 2,000 students.

13

,

PLACEMENT SERVICES
The Placement Office was established to assist seniors, graduate students and
alumni of California State College in obtaining full-time , permanent, professional
employment . Through the Placement Service, students may obtain general
advice and information on job opportunities.
On-campus interviews are scheduled annually for students interested in
meeting with representatives from school districts, business firms, governmental
agencies, and industries seeking California State College graduates.

14

Admission to the College
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE welcomes applications from all racial,
religious, and nationality groups.

ENTRANCE REOUI REMENTS
Admission standards have been established by California State College to
select those students who will be most likely to succeed in the various programs
of the College.
1. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIP. An applicant for admission should be a
graduate of an approved secondary school or have an equivalent
preparat ion as determined by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
2. APTITUDE AND ABILITY STANDARDS. An ability to do college level
work should be evident from an aptitude examination such as the
Scholastic Aptitude Test (S. A. T.). In certain instances, other kinds of
evidence may be used to determine the ability to do college level work.
3 . CHARACTER AND PERSONALITY. The applicant must be able to
demonstrate that he/she possesses the personality traits, interests, attitudes, and personal characteristics deemed necessary for an advanced
education.
4. ADMISSION TO SPECIAL CURRICULA. A student seeking admission to
a special curriculum may be required to take an appropriate aptitude test
in the special program in order to obtain further evidence of ability to
succeed in the spec ial program selected.

ADMISSION PROCEDURES FOR NEW STUDENTS
1. Applicants for admission should write to the Director of Admissions and
request application forms .
2. Applicants should follow the instructions included with the application
and return the required forms to the Director of Admissions . A
non -refundable fee of $10.00 (payable to the Commonwealth of Pennsyl vania) must be submitted with the application .
3. The Secondary School transcript form must be completed by the high
school principal and returned to the Director of Admissions.
4 . Applicants should submit official evidence of ability to do college work as
indicated by tests such as the Scholastic Aptitude Test (S . A. T .).

POLICY FOR ADMISSION OF PENNSYLVANIA
COMMUNITY COLLEGE GRADUATES
California State College subscribes fully to the Articulation and Transferability Agreement between the State Colleges and University and Pennsylvania

15

Community Colleges. Under this agreement, any graduate of a Pennsylvania
Community College is eligible for admission to California State College if the
student has received an Associate degree in an academic program approved by
California State College.
Applicants with the Associate degree should write to the Director of
Admissions and request application forms.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM
Advanced placement examinations which are completed under the auspices of
the College Entrance Examination Board are available to students. Credit will be
granted to students who submit scores of 2 or higher.

OUT-OF-STATE RESIDENCY
Out-of-state residency status is determined at the time of admission. Change
of residency may only occur by appealing to the Residency Appeals Committee .
For further information, contact the office of the Vice-President of Academic
Affairs before registration.

ADMISSION PROCEDURES FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS
1. Students interested in transferring to California State College should write
to the Director of Admissions and request application forms.
2. Transfer students should return the required forms to the Director of
Admissions. A nonrefundable fee of $10.00 (payable to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) must be submitted with the application.
3. Transfer students must forward official academic transcripts from all other
institutions attended. Such transcripts must be mailed directly to the
Director of Admissions.
4. In addition, statements of honorable dismissal and satisfactory conduct
must be submitted.

5. Transcripts submitted to meet entrance requirements by a transfer student
are evaluated by the dean of the school to which the student has made
application.

POST BACCALAUREATE ADMISSION
Post graduate students who want to enroll in undergraduate programs must
file application forms in the Office of Admissions.
Applicants who are graduates of other colleges and universities must submit
official transcripts with their applications.
No admission test is required as a condition of acceptance.

ADMISSION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS
Foreign students may be admitted to California State College under certain
conditions. Admission will depend upon acceptable clearance from the educa-

16

tion authorities of the countries concerned and from the Department of State of
the United States. Applicants from foreign countries must have competency in
the use of the English language.

TRANSIENT ADMISSIONS
Transient students must request admission by submitting the proper
application forms and a nonrefundable fee of $10.00 (payable to the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) to the Office of Admissions. They will be
permitted to register if they have the written approval of the appropriate
academic officer of t heir college. In all cases, unless special permission has been
granted in advance, such students are admitted for one term only.

OWNERSHIP OF ADMISSION CREDENTIALS
All credentials presented in support of an application for admission become
the property of the College and are not subsequently returned to the student.
They will be retained according to the provisions of college policy and the
Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended.

USE OF SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBERS
Social security numbers, which serve as permanent student identification
numbers, must be entered on the application for adm ission. A student without
a social security number is advised to obta in one as soon as possible . In the
interim, a "dummy" number will be assigned temporarily by the Data
Processing Center.

17

,v.

Academic Information
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY
All students are advised and expected to familiarize themselves with the
academic regulations of California State College and the specific requirements
for their own educational programs . Faculty advisers are made available to
assist students in planning an academ ic program, but the student has the
responsibility for meeting all requirements for his degree. Students are urged
to take advantage of the advisory and consultation services available at the
college .
Students should feel free to consult with instructors, academic advisers,
department chairpersons, the school deans, and the Vice President of Academic Affairs. All of these college representatives maintain regular office hours
for student consultations.

CLASS ATTENDANCE POLICY
Regular class attendance is a prerequisite to successful academic work . It is
the responsibility of the student to inform all of his instructors of the cause
of an absence. If a student knows in advance that a class must be missed, the
instructor should be notified if possible , and the student should arrange to
make up examinations or other work. In the event of illness, students should
report to the college infirmary .
Since the college has a no cut system, unexplained class absences will be
recorded as unexcused absences . An excessive number of class cuts may be
considered by the instructor in determining the final grade of the student.
This policy permits class absences for cause but places the responsibility for
successful completion of the work on the student.

DEGREES OFFERED
California State College offers undergraduate programs leading to the
Bachelor of Arts (B. A.) and the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education
(B. S.).

On the graduate level , students may earn the degree of Master of Education
(M . ED.), Master of Arts (M. A.), and Master of Science (M. S.) in a wide
variety of specialized disciplines. Specific information on the graduate programs is contained in the California State College Graduate Catalog.

AWARDING A SECOND DEGREE
California State College offers students the opportunity to work for a
second undergraduate degree . A student who has completed the Bachelor's
degree program may work on another Bachelor's degree without doing four
years college work, and the student enrolled in the degree program is
permitted to complete the requ irements of a second degree by doing as little
as one additional year of undergraduate work. The specif ic requirements for
this program are as follows :

19

1. Anyone possessing a Bachelor's degree or anyone currently working on a
degree at this institution is eligible.
2. A minimum of thirty (30) semester hours in addition to the first degree
will be required.
3. Student must meet all requirements of Area of Concentration with
adviser's and/or department's approval. (Interpretation: those courses the
student has taken for the first degree will be entered on the graduation
check-out evaluation as though they were transfer credits.)
4. The second degree policy should not be confused with the procedure for
students in the School of Education working on a second field of
certification. Students may choose to work on a second teaching
certificate by meeting the certification requirements without applying
for or meeting the requirements for a second degree.

CREDITS
Credit for course work is recorded in terms of credit hours. For formal
course work, one credit hour represents one class period per week for one
semester of about sixteen weeks . In laboratory courses, a ratio of two or more
hours of laboratory work for one credit prevails, according to departmental
requirements.

RESIDENCE REQUIREME NTS
Students in all curricula must complete a minimum of thirty credits of the
last sixty credits at California State College in order to qualify for a degree.
These credits must be taken on the campus in regular day, evening, or
Saturday classes.

CONTINUING AND NON-RESIDENT EDUCATION
In 1974, the College began a School of Continuing Education. Its major
purpose is to relate the College to the needs of the communities it serves. This
division of the College offers interested citizens credit-free seminars, conferences, workshops and a variety of special short courses. Admission to these is
open to any interested citizen. This division also develops and offers specialized short courses and seminars for local businesses, governmental officials,
and other professionals .
In addition to credit-free programs, this division of the College develops
and offers college credit extension courses and programs. In these college
credit programs the various academic resources of the College are called upon
to provide quality academic programs for the interested adult student.
Admission requirements and tuition charges for these students are the same as
those for other undergraduate students.

COLLEGE LEVEL EQUIVALENCY PROGRAM (CLEP)
California State College also offers the adult student the opportunity to
earn college credits in two ways other than regular classroom attendance.

20

These are the College Level Equivalency Program (C.L.E.P.) and the awarding
of Life Experience Credits.
The CLEP program is composit of two testing categories. They are General
Examination and Subject Examination.
The General area Examination is a series of tests in five separate areas. The
areas are: English Composition, Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Humanities,
and Social Sciences - History. A student may take any or all of these tests,
with the possibility of earning as many as forty college credits .
The Subject area Examination is a comprehensive test covering one subject
such as general Psychology, Statistics, etc. A student who successfully passes
one of these examinations will be awarded credit for a comparable course at
the College.
The C.L.E.P . program is administered by the College's Associate Vice
President for Academic Affairs. Further information concerning the program is
available in Room 226 of the Administration Building. There is a $25 .00 fee
for evaluation of the C.L.E.P. results and the recording of those results on the
student's transcript.

CREDITS EARNED BY EXAMINATION
Credit may be earned in selected courses by students if they pass qualifying
examinations. To challenge a course by examination, the following rules are to
be observed :
1. Students must obtain permission to take a course by examination from
the appropriate department chairperson, the instructor involved, and the
Vice-President of Academic Affairs.
2. Registration in the course to be challenged is required.
3 . Only pass (P) or fail ( F) grades are used, and courses passed by
examination are credited to the student's academic record. They will be
identified by the symbol - CE.

LIFE EXPERIENCE
Life Experience credits are awarded for various non-collegiate kinds of
training that a student has received . These awards are predicated "on the
position that it is sound educational practice to grant academic credit for
quality educational programs conducted by non-collegiate organizations, provided that the courses are at the college level, and the credit is appropriate to
an individual's educational program" (American Council on Education, 1976).
Life Experience awards at the College are limited to the elective category.
The maximum number of life experience credits awarded is thirty. These
credits must be awarded prior to the student's completion of the last thirty
credits required for graduation.
Applications for Life Experience credit awards are secured from the office
of the dean of each school. After the application is screened, it is presented to
the Life Experience Council. If a credit award is made, a fee of $25.00 is
required of the student in order to record the award on the student's official
transcript .

21

CREDITS FOR VETERANS
Veterans may be awarded credit for military service and /or military
schools . Any veteran who has completed more than eighteen months in the
military service and has received an honorable discharge (or release from active
duty) is eligible for 5 credit hours. Active reservists are eligible at the rate of
1 credit hour per year, up to 5 credits . A veteran who had attended a military
school may be eligib le for credit. Each veteran seeking such an award must
submit a copy of his D D 214 to the Director of Veteran's Affairs , who in
turn will make a recommendation to the Office of the Dean .

GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
The program reserves a 60-credit-hour portion of the 128 hours required
for graduation for "general education." The specific distribution , "10, 10, 10,
30" is a balancing of the merits to two definitions of "general education,"
one in terms of self and the other in terms of general familiarity with aspects
of reality .
The regulations of the program are that: In a total program presented for
graduation , a minimum of ten hours must be in the "Humanities," a minimum
of ten hours must be in the "Social Sciences" and a minimum of ten hours
must be in the "Natural Sciences." Further, each degree program must call for
graduation with 128 hours of credit including the above 10, 10, 10, and 30
hours of free electives in general education. The remaining 68 hours may be
devoted to all aspects of "specialization" including the major and professional
courses or concomitant courses . Certainly this 68 hours should also include
reasonable course alternatives and restricted or free electives for the student.

22

The general education program provides for limited use of a Pass/Fail
Grading System. Students may schedule no more than two of their general
education courses each semester on a P/F basis. ( Refer to the section on
Pass/Fail grades.)
Selected programs in the School of Science and Technology have general
education requirements somewhat different from those required otherwise at
the College. All Science and Technology program majors are to see the Dean
during the course of their first semester at the College to be certain of the
general education requirements for them.
The College course offerings have been divided into four groups for
purposes of the General Education Program. The three areas, Humanities,
Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences, are listed below. The fourth group
consists of professional and Interdisciplinary courses which do not satisfy the
above requirements, but they may be included for the 30 hours of free
electives.
HUMANITIES
Art - ART
Arts & Humanities - XAH
English - ENG
French - FRE
German - GER
Greek - GRE
Hungarian - HUN
Italian - ITA
Literature - LIT
Modern Foreign Language - MF L
Music - MUS
Philosophy - PHI
Polish - POL
Russian - RUS
Serbo-Croatian - SCR
Spanish - SPN
Speech - SPE
Theatre - THE

SOCIAL SCIENCES
Anthropology - ANT
Economics - ECO
Geography - GEO
History - HIS
Political Science - POS
Psychology - PSY
Social Studies - SOS
Social Work - SOW
Sociology - SOC
NATURAL SCIENCES
Biology - BIO
Chemistry - CHE
Earth Science - EAS
Marine Science Consortium - MSC
Mathematics - MAT
Physical Science - PHS
Physics - PHY

FREE ELECTIVES
American Studies - XAS
Coaching Endorsement Program - CPE
Co-Curricular Activities - CCU
Early Childhood Education - ECE
Educational Foundations - EDF
Educational Media - EDF
Elementary Education - EDE
Environmental Studies - XES
General Military Science - GMS
Graphic Communications
Technology - GCT
Health, Phys. Ed . & Safety - HPE
Highway Safety & Driver Ed . - HSD

Industrial Arts - IAR
Industrial Technology - ITE
Interdisciplinary Studies - XXX
Public School Nursing - PSN
Registered Nurse Anesthetist - RNA
Secondary Education - EDS
Slavic Studies - XSS
Special Education - ECM
(Exceptional Child - Mentally
Retarded)
Speech Pathology & Audiology - SPA
Urban Affairs - XUA
Water Analysis Technology - WAT

23

REGISTRATION POLICIES
All registrations will be governed by the following policies:
1 . A student must be admitted to California State College before permission will be granted to register. A letter of acceptance, or other official
verification of admission to college, from the Office of Admissions, must
be presented by all new students at the time of registration.
2 . An official registration is contingent upon academic eligibility to register. Any registration completed in violation of this rule will be revoked .
3 . A student who is delinquent in the payment of fees will not be
permitted to register until the indebtedness is paid in full.
4 . Each student is required to register in person according to the registration schedule as announced by the college .
5 . Each student must comply with all registration procedures and complete
the registration within the deadline period.
6. Students are not permitted to attend classes if they have failed to
comply fully with registration policies and procedures .
7. A registration is not complete and official until the following conditions
have been met:
A. All required registration materials must be properly completed and
submitted on time.
B. All college fees must be paid in full or officially deferred. ( Refer to
the policy on payment of fees and deferments.)
8. Failure to register in the official manner as announced in college
publications and elsewhere will cause the registration to be revoked .

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
1. Academic Advisement - Except for entering freshmen and transfers,
students are required to contact their advisers during the advisement
period to plan their course schedules .
2. Signed advisement forms must be presented at the time of registration.
3 . Tickets of admission to register are mailed to all students after they
have completed one semester at California. The time of registration
(indicated on the ticket) is assigned on the basis of class seniority.
(Example: seniors first, etc .)
4 . After the tickets of admission and the advisement forms are presented at
the designated time, registration packets are issued .

CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION
1. In special cases a student's registration may be cancelled by administrative action.

24

2. A student who registers and subsequently drops out of college is
required to notify the Registrar's Office immediately.
3. If the notification is received before classes begin, and if the student did
not attend any classes, the registration may be cancelled if warranted by
the circumstances. In such cases, however, the student forfeits $40.00 .
4 . If the notification is received after the term begins and the student
attended one or more classes, normal withdrawal procedures will be
followed . In such cases the student forfeits a percentage of his fees
based upon the official date of withdrawal or the date of notificat ion.
(Refer to the sections on Withdrawal from College and Refund Policy .)

LATE REGISTRATION FEE
Each student registering after the date officially set for registration will be
assessed a Late Registration Fee of $10.00, except when permission for late
registration has been granted in advance by the Registrar because of illness or
other unavoidab le causes.

PAYMENT OF FEES
1. College fees are assessed and due at the time of registration .
2. Students will receive pre-printed billing statements inside their rngistra tion packets . These billing statements will be adjusted , if necessary,
during registration .
3 . All students (except for those with full financial aid to cover their fees)
must pay at least one-half of their fees at registration . The balance is
due six weeks later. (The exact date to be announced during each
registration session .)
Refer to the section on College Fees.

COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM
Courses numbered 100 to 499 are undergraduate courses. Courses num bered 500 and above are graduate level courses.
As a general guide to students in selecting courses, the following number
classification shou ld be used:
100 - 199
Freshman level
200 - 299
Sophomore level
300 - 399
Junior level
400 - 499
Senior level
Course numbers ending in "9" (such as 209 , 459) are independent study o r
tutorial in nature . They require consent of the instructor or the department
chairperson prior to registration .
Course numbers with a "9" or an "8" in the middle (such as 491,481) are
seminar or workshop in nature.
Students should consult their advisers or refer to the College Catalog for
departmental course prerequisites.

25

DEPARTMENTAL COURSE ABBREVIATIONS
The following departmental and / or program abbreviations are used to
identify courses :
DISCIPLINE
CODE

...

ANT
ART
BIO
CCU
CHE
CPE
EAS
ECE
ECM
ECO
EDE
EDF
EDS
ENG
FRE
GCT
GEO
GER
GMS
GRE
HIS
HPE
HSD
HUN
IAR
ITA
ITE
LIT
MAT
MFL
MSC
MUS
PHI
PHS
PHY
POL
POS
PSN
PSY
RNA
RUS
SCR

PROGRAM

DEPARTMENT

Anthropology
Art
Biology (including Intro to Biology)
Co-Curricular Activities
Chemistry
Coaching Endorsement Program
Earth Science (including Geology)
Early Childhood Education
Exceptional Child - Mentally Retarded
Economics
Education - Elementary
Educational Foundations
Education - Secondary
English
French
Graphic Communications Technology
Geography
German
General Military Science
Greek
History
Health & Physical Education
Highway Safety & Driver Education
Hungarian
Industrial Arts
Italian
Industrial Technology
Literature
Mathematics
Modern Foreign Language
Marine Science Consortium
Music
Philosophy
Physical Science
Physics
Polish
Political Science
Public School Nursing
Psychology
Registered Nurse Anesthetist
Russian
Serbo-Croatian

26

Social Science
Art
Biology
Physical Science
Health & Phys . Ed.
Geography
Elementary Education
Special Education
Social Science
Elementary Education
Educational Foundations
Secondary Education
English
Modern Language
Science & Technology
Geography
Modern Language
Modern Language
History
Health & Phys . Ed.
Health & Phys . Ed .
Modern Language
Industrial Arts
Modern Language
Science & Technology
English
Mathematics
Modern Language
Geography & Biology
Music
Philosophy
Physical Science
Physical Science
Modern Language
Social Science
Educational Foundations
Psychology
Educational Foundations
Modern Language
Modern Language

DISCIPLINE
CODE

soc
sos
sow
SPA
SPE
SPN
THE
WAT

XAH
XAS
XES

xss

XUA

XXX

DEPARTMENT

PROGRAM

Soc iology
Soc ial Studies
Social Work
Speech Pathology & Audiology
Speech
Spanish
Theatre
Water Analysis Technology
Arts and Humanities
American Studies
Environmental Studies
Slavic Studies
Urban Affairs
I nterd isci pl i nary

Social Science
Social Science
Social Science
Speech Path. & Audio .
Speech
Modern Language
Theatre
Science & Technology
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies

THE GRADING SYSTEM
The following grades are used to report the academic standing of students
at the end of each term :
Grade Points
Per Credit Hour

Grade
A
B
C
D
F
I
P
W

WP
WF
WX
NG
UW

Superior attainment
Above average
Average
Below average; lowest passing grade .
Failure
Incomplete
Passed
Official withdrawal from college during the 1st six weeks of
a semester . (Two weeks for a Summer Session . Not counted
in the GPA.)
Withdrew passing after 6 weeks. (Two weeks for a Summer
Sess ion . Not counted in the GPA.)
Withdrew after 6 weeks with a Dor F grade . (Will be
counted in the GPA.)
Administrative withdrawal from college. (Not counted in
the GPA.)
No grade submitted by the instructor by the deadline. A
temporary grade. (Not counted in the GPA.)
Unofficial withdrawal from a course . The student never
attended or there was a registration error as verified by
the Registrar . (Not counted in the GPA.)

4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

Computation of the Grade Point Average
A student's grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number
of grade points earned in standard courses at California State College by the

27

total number of credit hours scheduled . Exceptions to this procedure are
indicated below.
In computing a student's grade point average (GPA), the following rules are
in effect:
1. Courses transferred officially from other colleges, advanced placement
courses, courses passed by examination, courses in which a P grade was
assigned, life experience credits, and credits granted for military service
are not counted in the grade point average.
2 . When a course is repeated, only the repeat grade will be counted in the
grade point average .
3. No record of a failing grade will be kept if a student elects to take a
course by examination and subsequently fails the examination .
4 . In the Pass/Fail Grading System, a grade of P will not be counted in the
grade point average. However, the credits passed will be counted in the
conventional manner . A failing grade under this system will be counted
in the grade point average.

POLICY ON INCOMPLETE GRADES
An incomplete grade (I) is assigned when a student cannot complete the
term because of personal illness or other unavoidable reasons acceptable to the
instructor. The following rules govern all incomplete grades :
1. An incomplete grade should be removed by special arrangement between
the student and the instructor within one calendar year after the receipt
of the incomplete grade . (NOTE : The student is not required to register
for the course again .)
2 . After the work has been completed, the instructor should submit a
regular Change of Grade Form to the Registrar.
3 . After the lapse of one calendar year, an incomplete grade is converted
to 1-F . This 1-F grade carries no grade point penalty, but it does mean
that the course and the grade cannot be removed from the academic
record . In order to receive credit for a course recorded as 1-F, a student
must reschedule the course and complete it. Only the repeat grade will
be considered in computing the student's grade point average.
4 . For a student who withdraws from Cal ifornia immediately after incurring an incomplete grade, a statute of limitations of five years is
imposed upon the removal of the incomplete. After the lapse of f ive
calendar years, the incomplete grade automatically becomes an F grade .
This F grade can be removed only when the course is repeated . Students
who return to college before the end of this five year period have one
calendar year to remove the incomplete grade .

PASS/FAIL GRADING OPTION
The general education program provides for Iimited use of a Pa?s/Fail
grading system . Students may schedule no more than two (2) general

28

education courses each semester on a P/F basis. No more than five (5) such
P/F courses may be counted toward graduation. Students shall designate
which courses they want to take on a P/F · basis after registration by
completing forms in the Registrar's Office. Changes in these P/F Contracts
may be made during the first six weeks of the semester. (For six-week
summer courses, the deadline is two weeks.)
Students will receive the grade of "P" for A, B, C, or D earned in courses
designated as "P-F". The grade of "P" will give credit hours in the course but
the grade point average will not be affected by a "P" grade . "F" has the same
meaning under the conventional system present:y in effect and this P-F
Grading System.
In no way shall a student be identified to the instructor who shall continue
to grade all students in the regular manner. The regular grade submitted by
the instructor wil I be converted to P or F before grade reports are mailed to
students.

COURSE REPEATS AND COURSE CONTRACTS
Students have the privilege of repeating courses previously taken at
California.
When a course is repeated, only the "repeat" grade (excluding grades of I,
W, WP, WF and WX) will be counted in the grade point average. The original
grade remains on the student's record.
Students who intend to repeat courses must complete a Course Contract in
the Registrar's Office at the beginning of the term in which the "repeat"
course is scheduled.

ACADEMIC CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
A full-time undergraduate student is defined as one who is enrolled for 12
or more credits in a semester. A student enrolled for less than 12 credits per
semester is classified as a part-time student. All part-time students desiring fulltime enrollment status must secure approval for such a change.
In designating students by their class, the following credit hour ranges are
used:
12 - 31 credits
Freshmen
Sophomores
32 - 63 credits
64 - 95 credits
Juniors
Seniors
96 or more credits
These class designations are based on credits passed, not on credits
attempted.
Transfer credits may be counted only after an evaluation of official
transcripts has been made by the appropriate school dean.

MAILING OF GRADE REPORTS
Within two weeks after each semester or summer session, full grade reports
are mailed to students at their permanent home addresses. Students are
required to provide their permanent home addresses and to keep such
information current.

29

In compliance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 ,
grade reports are sent to each student and not the parents .
Grade reports are not mailed to students whose academic records have been
sealed for failure to pay their college fees in full.

SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS
All students are expected to meet the minimum academic standards for
each term of enrollment . The minimum standards are expressed in terms of a
grade point average.
The following minimum standards are required for students to maintain a
"Clear" academic status :
Minimum Grade Point
Average Required

Student Category
Freshman
Sophomore
Junior
Senior

(12-31 credits)
(32-63 credits)
(64-95 credits)
(96 or more credits)

1.75
1.85
1.95
2.00

Academic Probation:
1. A freshman carrying fewer than twelve (12) credits will be subject to
scholastic action at the end of the term in which the total number of
credits attempted reaches or exceeds twelve.

2. Probationary action will apply to upperclass students (excluding freshmen with less than twelve credits) regardless of the number of credits
scheduled in the term. This rule also applies to part-time students .

30

3. A student who fails to meet the minimum cumulative grade point
average for his class category will be placed on academic probation .
4. Transfer credits that have been officially accepted will be counted in
determining the student's proper class category .
5. At the end of one probationary semester, the classification of probation
is removed when the student achieves the required minimum grade point
average for his class category.

Academic Dismissal:
1. The college reserves the right to refuse the privilege of further attendance to students who have failed to meet the minimum scholarship
requirements .
2. If a student's cumulative grade point average remains below the required
minimum after one probationary term , that student will be dismissed
from college for at least one semester.
3. Readmission to college after an academic dismissal is not automatic.
Those who have been dismissed for unsatisfactory scholarship may be
considered for readmission upon proper request to the school dean .

Good Academic Standing:
This classification means that a student has earned at least a C (2.00)
average for all course work at California State College, is not on academic
probation , and is therefore automatically granted the privilege of continued
enrollment.

DISTINGUISHED SERVICE AWARDS
The Distinguished Service Awards are granted to the most outstanding
women and men of each graduating class. The awards are made on the basis
of participation in activities, character, citizenship, leadership , and personality .
The election of persons to receive the awards is made by a committee
composed of members of the faculty.

COMMENCEMENT HONORS
Commencement Honors are awarded to a limited number of students in the
graduating class . Not more than one-eighth of the class may receive honors. A
minimum of two (2) years residence is required to receive commencement
honors.
Highest Honors . . . . .
. . .. Grade Point Average 3.75 to 4.00
High Honors . . . . . . .
. . .. Grade Point Average 3.50 to 3.74
Honors . . . . . . . . . . .
. ... Grade Point Average 3 .25 to 3.49
This recognition can be bestowed only upon evidence of unusual ability as
shown by scholast ic records and in keeping with standards established and
approved by the faculty.

31

DROPPING COURSES
Students who wish to drop courses, or to make changes in their course
schedules after registration, must secure a Drop/ Add Permit in the Registrar's
Office. To drop a course, this Permit must be returned to the Registrar's
Office with the "Drop Card" for the course being deleted . All course drops
are governed by the following regulations :
1. Students may drop courses without academic penalty (i.e. no grade
assigned and the record of the course, or courses, attempted deleted
from the transcript) during the first six (6) weeks of a semester. (Note :
For six week courses, the deadline is the end of the second week.)
2 . After the sixth week of a semester, students who drop courses must
receive either WP or WF grades . Instructors must assign A, B, C, D, or F
grades and the School Dean must translate ABC grades to WP and D or
F grades to WF . (Note: For six-week courses, the WP-WF grades will be
assigned after the second week.)
3. No student will be permitted to drop a course during the last three (3)
weeks of a semester or summer term .
4. Leaving a course without dropping it in the official manner will result in
automatic failure of the course.
5. Specific instructions concerning the Drop/Add Pro.c edure during the
summer term are available in the Registra r's Office .

ADDING COURSES
Students are permitted to add courses during the first week of an academic
term by securing a Drop/Add Permit in the Registrar's Office and returning it
to the same office with the "Add Card" for the course being added .
Requests to add courses after the dead Iine must be approved in writing by
the school dean .
In those cases wh ere th e addition of courses changes the fees due , students
will be required to pay the proper fees before the schedule change can be
approved .

COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL FROM COLLEGE
A student who dec ides to withdraw from college during any academic
term, regardless of the reason , is requ ired to report to the Registrar's Office
and obtain withdrawal forms . After the completion of a withdrawal interview
the student must obtain a clearance from several administrative offices ,
including the Business Office . Upon receipt of the clearance form and a review
of the student's records and status, the Registrar will certify as to the type of
withdrawal .
In the event a student cannot arrange for his withdrawal personally as
indicated above, he must notify the Registrar's Office by telephone or by
letter immediately. All withdrawals from college will be governed by the
following regulations :

32

1. An honorable dismissal will be granted to a student who withdraws from
college in the official manner, has met all financial obligations to the
college , and has been properly cleared by the Registrar.
2 . If the student withdraws officially, a W grade will be recorded for each
course scheduled. A W grade carries no academic penalty and is not
counted in the student's grade point average. For an official withdrawal
from a six-weeks session , W grades will be recorded during the first two
(2) weeks only.
3 . After the sixth week of a semester, a student who makes an official
withdrawal must receive WP or WF grades in all courses scheduled.
Instructors must assign A, B, C, D, or F grades, and the School Dean
must translate A, B, C grades to WP and D or F grades to WF. For
six-week courses the WP-WF grades will be assigned after the end of the
second week .
4 . No student will be permitted to withdraw officially from college during
the last three (3) weeks of a semester or summer term.

5. Leaving college without notifying the Registrar's Office and making an
official withdrawal will result in automatic failure for all courses
scheduled . It will also make the student ineligible for any refund of
college fees. Improper withdrawals of this type will be classified as "not
in good standing".

READMISSION OF STUDENTS
A student who desires to return to California after a lapse of three
consecutive terms must apply for readmission by contacting the appropriate
school dean.
A student who has been dismissed for unsatisfactory academic performance
may only be considered for readmission in accordance with the conditions of
the dismissal. Usually, the student is not considered for readmission for a
minimum of one semester. (Refer to the section on Academic Dismissals.)
In the case of a suspension , or dismissal , for disciplinary reasons, the
student niust (a) comply fully with the conditions of the dismissal, and (b)
receive permission from the Vice-President of Student Affairs to return to
college .
In all cases, applications for readmission should be submitted to the proper
administrator at least one month before the registration date for the term in
which the student desires to enroll.
Finally, all readmission applicants must be cleared by the Business Office .
No former student can be readmitted until the past indebtedness, if any, has
been paid in full.

STUDENT CREDIT OVERLOAD
Students who wish to register for more than 17 credits must get special
permission to do so from the dean of the school in advance of registration . If
the student wishes to take more than 18 credits, the student must get special

33

permission to do so from the Vice President for Academic Affairs. It is not
the policy of the college to give permission for more than 18 credits except in
most unusual circumstances.
Students will be charged an overload fee of $33.00 for each credit in
excess of 18. ( Refer to the section on college fees.)

APPEALING A GRADE
In appealing a grade, a student should contact the instructor to discuss the
grade which was assigned. If the student is not satisfied with the explanation,
the student should then contact the department chairman . If accord is not
reached at this level, the student may then appeal to the school dean . The
final source of appeal is the Vice President for Academic Affairs. This step
should be taken only if there is no possibility for a resolution at an earlier
stage and only if the student is convinced that arbitrary and/or capricious
standards were applied.
It must be understood that it is not the policy of the administration to
change a grade duly assigned by an instructor. It is the policy of the
administration and the faculty to provide students with an opportunity to
voice their concerns on all matters, including grades.

MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM (ROTC)
Lieutenant Colonel Boyles (Professor of Military Science). Major Mowery,
Captain Loftus and Captain Clayton (Assistant Professors)

The Sr. ROTC Instructor Group at Washington and Jefferson College has
an ROTC extension located at California State College. The Senior Division
ROTC Program offers the student an opportunity to learn leadership techniques that will be of benefit in both military and civilian endeavors, and to
obtain college credits which count towards graduation .
OBLIGATIONS

Enrollment in the freshman and sophomore level ROTC Basic courses,
(GMS 100, GMS 200), in no way obligates the student to future military
service. The student enrolled in an ROTC Basic course is also not obligated to
take an additional military science course .
REQUIREMENTS FOR ENROLLMENT

All regularly enrolled students are eligible to take GSM 100 and GSM 200,
in any sequence, without meeting any additional requirements. Students
interested in entering the advanced ROTC program in their Junior year must
have successfully completed GSM 100 and GSM 200. Juniors who desire to
enter the Advanced program but did not complete GSM 100 and GSM 200
may still be accepted into the Advanced program with approval from the
ROTC Department. Additional requirements in the form of independent study
or a 6 week Basic camp will be placed upon these students . Veterans qualify
to enter directly into the Advance program .

34

WHAT ROTC OFFERS
Uniforms, equipment, and ROTC text books are issued without cost to
formally enrolled students.
All ROTC students are offered the opportunity to participate in adventure
training such as rapelling , water survival , and other activities.
All ROTC students have the opportunity to join the Ranger Club which
offers many extra curricula activities such as orienteering , camping, rafting ,
rapelling and many other events which place real leadership produci ng
situations in the hands of th e students .

GSM 200 EVOLUTION OF AMERICAN Ml LITARY AND CURRENT
TACTICS/MAP READING PRINCIPLES
Gene ral Military Science is divided into three sub courses : Military History,
Map Reading, and Introduction to Tactics.
The Military History Course centers on the development of American
military institutions, policies, experiences, and traditions in peace and war
from colonial times to the present . Emphasis is on the relationship between
the military and the aspects of American society and the role of the military
in the establishment, expansion, preservation , and development of the nation .
The sub-course on map reading provides an in-depth study of military and
topographic map reading, principles of land navigation, use of th e compass,
and introduction to the sport of orienteering .
The sub-course in tactics deals with the basic small unit composition ,
employment, movement , and communications. Discussed are basic principles
of offense and defense , troop leading procedures , problem solving techniques,
and the application of individual tactical skills. The course provides an
excellent background for the transition to the Advanced ROTC program .

GSM 300 ADVANCED COURSE
This course provides the student with extensive study in the area of
military communications in the combat environment . The student is exposed
to an indepth study of military tactics, principles of war, and a review of the
basic military skills acquired in the basic course . A pre-camp orientation is
given to the students during the semester to prepare them for the Advanced
Summer camp which is attended between the Junior and Senior year.

GSM 400 THEORY AND DYNAMICS OF THE MILITARY TEAM
The course provides the student with a basic understanding of th e
principles, fundamentals and tactics as they apply to the employment of
combat teams. Emphasis is placed on leadership responsibilities of the Combat
Commander as team coorindator . The development, understanding and an
appreciation for the roles and the contributions of the various branch es of the
Army in support of the combat team is discussed in d epth. Prior to
graduation and commissioning students will be introduced to military law,
logistics, unit administration , and a seminar on duties of the junior officer .

35

SCHOLARSHIPS AND FINANCIAL AID
All students at CSC, men and women, are eligible to apply for a one , two,
or three year ROTC scholarship . The ROTC Scholarship pays full tuition,
books, laboratory fees, and other educational expenses. ROTC scholarship
students receive a $100.00 monthly tax-free subsistance allowance for up to
ten months each year the scholarship is held .
Students in the advanced course will attend a 6 week summer camp
between their junior and senior year. Transportation to and from Fort Bragg,
North Carolina will be paid for by the Army and the cadet will receive one
half of a Second Lieutenant's pay while attending the summer camp.
Students having successfully completed the Basic Course, or having received
credit for the basic course by having served on active duty in the armed forces
and meeting the admission requirements for the Advanced Course are paid
$100 .00 per academic month while they are in the Advanced ROTC program.
After the student completes the summer camp and receives his baccalaureate degree from college, he/she is commissioned as a Second Lieutenant in
the United States Army .

Tl-!E MILITARY SCIENCE CURRICULUM
The Military Science Curriculum encompasses four years and is divided into
two courses : Basic and Advanced .

THE BASIC COURSE
The first two years of Military Science constitute the Basic Course, which
furnishes a background in the development of the US Army and the Army's
role in support of national objectives. Additionally, military history, funda mentals of leadership, management, mapreading, and contemporary problems
such as drug abuse and racial awareness will be addressed . The student incurs
no obligation and makes no commitment while enrolled in the basic course .

GSM 100 INTRODUCTION TO MILITARY SCIENCE
This course is designed to introduce the first-year student to the study of
military science . It will treat the military profession as an object of social
inquiry to enable the student to gain a fuller and more accurate assessment of
its position in American society. An in depth view of leadership styles,
techniques, and management are discussed, then applied to practical use . The
student will be provided a background from which can be formed a personal
leadership philosophy . Introduction to basic markmanship, elements of mapreading, an overview of the defense establishment, and discussions of contemporary problems round out the GSM 100 course.

CONFIDENTIALITY OF STUDENT RECORDS
The following policies on the confidentiality and disclosure of student
records are based on The Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974
(Public Law 93-380), as amended .

36

I. Introduction
Official student records are established and maintained in a number of
administrative offices for a variety of legitimate educational purposes . In
assuming responsibility for the reasonable protection of these student
records, the College recognizes its obligation to comply with The Family
Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 . Important sections of this
federal law are summarized in this policy statement.
11. Ownership of Records
All records kept on students, including those records originating at
other colleges or institutions that are required for admission, are the
property of California State College.
Ill. Definition of a Student
A student is defined as one currently or previously matriculated on an
official basis in any academic program of the College.
IV . Public Information Regarding Students
1. The following information is classified as pub Iic and may be re leased
without the prior consent of a student: student's name , address (both
local and permanent) , telephone number, date and place of birth,
academic curriculum, dates of attendance , date of graduation, degrees
and awards received, most recent educational institution attended,
participation in student activities (including athletics), and height and
weight (for athletic teams).
2. Students may request that any or all of th is information not be made
public. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the Registrar's
Office prior to the beginning of any academic term .
V. Disclosure of Student Records
1. Upon proper identification, a student may inspect his own official
records in the presence of the administrator in charge of the records.
2. After a proper request to inspect a record has been received, the request
must be honored within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 45
days as required by federal law .
3 . Limitations on the Right of Access by Students.
The following materials are not subject to inspection by students :
A . Confidential letters and statements of recommendation , which were
placed in the education records prior to January 1, 1975 .
B. Financial records of the parents of the student, or any information
contained therein .
C. Medical , psychiatric or similar records which are used solely in
connection with treatment. Such records can be rev iewed by a
physician or other appropriate professional of the student's choice .
4. Disclosure of Information to Third Parties

In most circumstances students have the right to withhold their
records from external requesters . Exceptions to this general principle
are specifically stated on the following page .

37

A. Disclosure of student information will be made to a third party if
written consent is given by the student involved .
B. Information concerning a student shall be released if properly
subpoened pursuant to a judicial proceeding.
C. All necessary academic and/or financial records of students may be
disclosed to the appropriate persons or agencies without a student's
prior consent in connection with a student's application for, or
receipt of, financial aid .
D. Further limited disclosure of certain kinds of information may be
required in special circumstances in compliance with the federal law
previously cited.
VI. Student Challenge to Record Entries
1. Students have the right to submit written/typed rebuttals to negative
information contained in their files . A rebuttal statement shall become
part of the file , and in cases where the negative information is reviewed
by, or transmitted to, a third party, it must be accompanied by the
student's statement of rebuttal.
2. A student may challenge the accuracy and/or appropriateness of
material contained in his/her file . Once such a challenge is made in
writing, it will be the responsibility of the college official in charge of
the file to determine the validity of the challenge , if possible . The
college official shall make a written response to the challenge of the
student, specifying the action taken. Should a factual error be found in
any materials, the college official is authorized to make the appropriate
corrections .
3. If options 1 and 2 of this section are unsatisfactory, students may
request a formal hearing to challenge inaccurate, misleading, or inappropriate information in their records . The College Record Hearing
Committee shall conduct a hearing in accordance with the procedures
outlined in Public Law 93-380, as amended.
4 . The substantive judgment of a faculty member or administrator about a
student's work, as expressed in grades and/or written evaluations, is not
within the purview of this policy statement. Such challenges by students
may be made through the regular administrative channels in existence .
VII . Responsibilities of College Officials
1. College officials in charge of student files are responsible for the
reasonable care and protection of such files in accordance with college
policy . This includes the responsibility for the release of confidential
information only to authorized persons.
2. A log sheet, indicating the inspection or release of a student's file, must
be kept in the student's file .
3 . A college official may classify student materials and records under his
jurisdiction as inactive as circumstances warrant . At the discretion of
the college official in charge, inactive records may remain in the file but
need not be circulated. These inactive records may be reviewed by the
student upon request .

38

4. A college official may take the init iative in an attempt to purge
unfavorable evaluations, or opinion records of a prejudical nature, in a
student's f ile. Thi s may be done by returning the material to the person
who submitted it, or by req uest ing from the a uthor that the materia l be
destroy ed . No college officia l has the authority to destroy such material
without the author's permission .
VI 11. Col lege Offic ia ls Responsib le for Student Records
Th e following co ll ege officers are designated as responsible for student
records within t heir res pective administrat ive areas:

1. Th e V ice-President for Acade mic Affairs
2. T he V ice-Presid e nt for Studen t Affairs
3. T he Vice-Presid e nt for Administrative Affair s
Th ese office rs are repons ibl e for th e proper maintenance of a ll official
student records under their juri sd ict io n in accordance with t he policies of
this document and the re levant state and federal laws.
NOTE : If f urt her infor mation is required, a student shou ld contact th e
appropr iate co ll ege officia l with respect to th e type of student
record in question.

REQUESTS FOR ACADEMIC TRANSCRIPTS
Students who need transcripts of their academic records and certificates of
good standing and honorabl e dismissal may secure th e m fro m the Reg istrar's
Off ice, room 103, Ad ministration Building .

39

Transcript requests will be processed according to the following regulations:
1. A transcript request must be made in writing. This written request is
the official authorization for the Registrar to release a copy of the
student's academic record to a third party, or institution, as designated
by the student. The request may be made as follows:
a. By completing a request form in the Registrar's Office ( Room 103,
Administration Building) , or
b. By writing a letter to the same office indicating the number of
transcripts required, type of transcript (undergraduate, graduate, or
both), name and address of person making the request, and specific
instructions as to where the transcript is to be sent (Example: Dean
of the Graduate School, Pennsylvania State University, University
Park, Pa. 16802).
2 . As a safeguard against improper disclosure of academic information , no
transcript requests will be accepted by telephone.
3. All transcripts will be issued in compliance with the provisions of the
Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended.
4 . Transcript Fee : Each student is entitled upon proper request to receive
one transcript without charge. Thereafter, the fee is $1.00 for each
transcript . Payment in full by check or money order must be included
with each request sent by ma ii. (Checks or money orders must be made
payable to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.) Full payment is
required before a transcript request can be processed.
5. In most cases, official transcripts (bearing the college seal and signature
of the Registrar) are mailed directly to the person, or agency , designated
by the student. If a transcript is issued directly to the student, it will be
stamped : ISSUED TO STUDENT. This means that the student preferred
to receive the transcript in person . Transcripts marked in this manner
may not be acceptable as "official" documents when presented to a
third party by the student.
6. Transcript requests will be honored as quickly as possible in order of the
date of application . During busy periods such as registration , closing of a
session, and graduation, there will be some delay in processing the
requests. Therefore, it is advisable to submit requests well in advance of
the date the transcripts will be needed.
7 . No transcript will be issued for a student whose financial obligations to
the college have not been met. In such a situation, the academic record
is sealed . It cannot be released until the indebtedness is paid in full .
8. Any questions concerning these regulations and related problems or
transcript errors, should be presented to the Registrar.

Notice to Transcript Recipients:
Academic transcripts are issued to a third party, or agency, on the
condition that the recipient will not permit any other party, or agency , to
have access to the transcripts without the written consent of the student
involved.

40

SUMMARY OF GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Graduation requirements are the prerogative of a school dean and h is
faculty. All requirements are subject to change at any time.
Students should become acquainted with the specific graduation requirements for their respective programs. College policy states that students are
responsible for meeting all graduation rec,uirements and for submitting the
required forms on time.
Compliance with the following policies and procedures will help students
prepare for graduation:
1. Students must apply for graduation in the appropriate school dean's
office by the deadline. Graduation will be postponed if this requirement
is not met .

2. A minimum of 128 semester credits, including the satisfactory completion of all required courses, is required for graduation, with a cumulative
grade point average of 2.00 for all courses in which grades other than P
are assigned. (Grade points are not computed for courses completed at
other colleges or universities.)
3 . In the School of Education, the candidates must complete Student
Teaching .
4. All college bills must be paid in full before graduation can be approved .
5. Students in all curricula must complete a minimum of thirty credits of
the last sixty credits at California State College in order to qualify for a
degree .
6. All credentials for graduation, including a certificate application and
transcripts of credits from other institutions, must be submitted on
time . Graduation will be postponed if a student's record is incomplete .
7. Attendance at the commencement exercises is appropriate, unless
unusual c ircumstances warrant graduation in absentia. Permission to
graduate in absentia is granted by the President of the College .
Candidates for graduation are required to contact the President's Office
and request permission to . be excused from the commencement
ceremony .

ACADEMIC AWARDS
California State College presents at graduation the following awards in
recognition of outstanding academic achievement.
Modern Foreign Language Award For French And Spanish
English Faculty Award
The Joseph Kulikowski Memorial Award For Excellence In
Elementary Education
Edward McNall Burns Scholarship For Outstanding Academic Achievement
In The Social Sciences
Frederick E. Atkins Memorial Mathematics Award

41

George S. Hart Award For Academic Excellence {Social Sciences)
Special Education Faculty Award
Association Of Women Faculty Award For Scholarship And Service
Distinguished Woman Graduate
Department Of Geography And Earth Sci ence Awards
Computer Science Award
Minor W. Major Memorial Scholarship Award {English)

THE COMPUTER CENTER
Th e California State Coll ege Computer Ce nter provides academic and
ad ministrative computer services to the college community. Th e Center is
located in the basement of the World Culture Building and is available for
studen t use a minimum of 80 hours per week . Th e Cente r is open at least five
days a week from 7 :00 A. M. to 11 :00 P. M. Extended hours during academic
terms are published at the Center.

Stude nts and faculty may use the computer facility in eith e r the batch or
interactive modes. A us er 's guide is available as well as selected documentation
for library programs in statistics and other areas. Experienced help is available
from staff members and from student assistants who are in the work-st udy
program.
Students who are taking courses in Computer Science are automatically
identified to the computer as valid use rs . Any other student ma y secure an
app lication for a computer user ide ntification by contacting the Computer
Center .

42

COUNSELING SERVICES
An important objective of counseling is to help students explore, clarify,
and understand their personal thoughts and feelings, to acquire new information about their environment, and how to cope effectively with it.
The Counseling Center offers both individual and group counseling which
involve many areas of concern . A popular student question is "Where Am I
Going?".
The Center offers professional counseling for students, faculty, and staff
members who are experiencing personal/social, emotional, educational and
vocational adjustment problems which interfere with their effective performance .
Appointments can be made by calling the Center or by "walking -in".
These services are available without charge to all California State College
students, faculty, and staff . Each individual and group counseling relationship
is a confidential matter between the student and the counselor .
Location : South Hall, room 320. Office hours : 8:00 a. m. to 12 :00 noon
and 1 :00 p. m. to 4 :00 p. m.
The Center is staffed by : Dr. Al Troy, Director, Dr. Phil Palermo, and
Susan Wagner.

OFFICE OF VETERANS' AFFAIRS
The Veterans' Affairs Office provides assistance to all U. S. military
veterans receiving benefits under the auspices of federal legislation for
veterans. The Veterans' Affairs Office counsels veterans on admission, financial
aid, fee deferments, vocational matters, and personal problems.

SPECIAL PROGRAMS
Special Programs Department at California State College administers two
individual projects: Act 101 and Special Services projects. While both projects
are designed to provide academic and non-academic services to the entire
student population, the primary efforts are aimed at assisting the highly
motivated individual whose educational and/or economic background indicates
difficulty in the successful completion of a degree program_
The Act 101 and Special Services Projects offer students at California State
College a program which provides academic advising, tutoring and counseling
services. These services are provided by both professional staff and student
assistants working in close cooperation with the college administration and
teaching faculty .
The goal of the Special Programs Department is to increase the retention
and graduation rates of students at the College .
For further information on these programs, students should contact the
Office of Special Programs in Herron Hall, room 107.

43

,

Student Fees and Expenses
BASIC FEES
ENROLLMENT FEE
The enrol lment fee covers the cost of instr uction, registration , the keeping
of student records, library services, student welfare and health services (with
the exception of extra nurses) and laboratory faci lities.

Full-time stude nts : For full -time students (scheduled from 12 to 18 credits)
who are residents* of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the enro llme nt fee
is $400.00 a se mester. An additional $33.00 per credit wil l be charged for
credits schedul ed in excess of 18.
Part-time students: Part-time students who are Pennsy lvania res idents will
be charged $33 .00 per credit hour. (A part-time st ud ent is one who is
scheduled for 11 or fewer credits.)
Out-of-State students : Out-of-state students enro ll ed on a ful l-time basis
pay an enrol lment fee of $750.00 per semester. An addit ional $60.00 per
credit will be charged for credits scheduled in excess of 18.
Out-of-State , part-time students: The enro llment fee is $60 .00 per se mester
hour.

OTHER FEES
ADVANCE DEPOSIT
All first -year students, inc luding transfers, a nd readmitted students are
required to submit a $40 .00 Advance Deposit payab le to the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania . This fee may be mai led or hand delivered to the Reven ue
Office, Admini stration Building, California State College. It is to be paid in
advance of registration and is credited to the student's account for the first
semester.

ROOM AND BOARD CHARGES
Th e room an d board charges cove r the cost of living in a col lege dormitory
and for meals in the college dining ha ll. T he cost for both is $476 .00 per
semester. Of thi s amount, $266.00 is charged for room and $210.00 is
charged for mea ls.
Part-time students may arrange to reside in a col lege dormitory and eat at
the college dining hall on a weekly basis by paying $30.00 per week .
• An in-state student is defined as one who is a bona fide resident of and domiciled within
the State of Pennsylva nia for a reasonable period, not less than one year , immediately
preceding the student's registration for a term or semester in any State-supported college
or university in t he State of Pennsylvani a. A minor will generally be presumed to be a
resident of the place of his parents' or guardian's domicile.
The estab lishment of domicile is primari ly a matter of continued reside nce and intention.
Generally, Pennsylvania domicile is considered to be established upon the complet ion of
at least 12 months of continuous residence within the State at the time of registration
for courses.

45

l

ROOM DEPOSIT
An advance room deposit of $50.00, credited to th e student's account, is
required in order to reserve a room for the following academic year. First-year
students who wish to reside in a dormitory will receive a housing contract by
mail which must be signed and returned to the Revenue Office, California
State Coll ege , with a check, money order , certified check , or bank draft in the
amount of $50.00 .
Upper-class students are also required to pay the $50.00 room deposit .
They should obtain their housing contracts from the Director of Housing ,
Administration Building, Room 233 . Schedules and deadlines for housing
contracts are posted for each academic year.

STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE
Each student enrolled on a full -time basis is charged a Student Activity Fee
of $35.00 per semester and $5 .00 per semester for each part-time student.
Upon payment of this fee, the student becomes a member of the Student
Activities Association, Incorporated . The fee covers admission to lectures and
most entertainment sponsored by the association, admission to athlet ic
contests, subscription to the college newspaper , and certain other activities as
defined by the Student Activities Association Board . This fee is paid at the
time of registration to the Student Activities Fund.

LATE REGISTRATION FEE
Each student who enrolls after the date officially set for registration will be
charged an additional fee of $10 .00 (except when permission for late
registration has been secured in advance because of illness or other unavoidable causes.).

LATE PAYMENT FEE
A $10.00 fee will be charged when a student fails to pay his fees during
the registration period or by the deadline established in an approved deferment plan . (Refer to section on Deferment Policy .)

BAD CHECK CHARGE
Students making checks payable to "California State College" or "Com monwealth of Pennsylvania" which are not acceptable to the bank because of
insufficient funds will be charged $10.00 for each bad check . The original
amount plus the $10 .00 charge must be paid by money order or certified
bank draft. Personal checks will not be accepted .

DAMAGE CHARGES
Students shall be held responsible for the cost of damage, breakage, or loss
and / or the return of coll ege property.

INFIRMARY FEE
A boarding student who is ill is entitled to three days of infirmary service
without charge. After that time, there is a charge of $1.00 per day for

46

infirmary service. Commuting students admitted to the infirmary are charged
$3.00 per day from the time of admission . This fee covers board and nursing
service . In no case does the infirmary fee include special nursing care or
medi·cal service .
DEGREE FEE
A fee of $5.00 must be paid by each candidate for a degree from
California State College. A student shall not be permitted to complete
graduation from the college until this fee has been paid . The fee is payable
when the student has been notified of clearance for graduation.
STUDENT UNION BUILDING FEE

All students must pay this fee as follows :
10 or more credits
7 to 9 credits
1 to 6 credits

$10.00
5.00
2.50

NOTE: This fee is nonrefundable except for academic dismissal and in case of
administrative action to revoke a registration.
PAYMENT OF Bl LLS

All fees are assessed at the time of registration. Upon payment, an official
Revenue Receipt will be given to the student. Payment by check, money
order, or certified bank draft made payable to the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania is required.
DEFERMENT POLICY

College fees are assessed at the time of registration, and they must be paid
in compliance with the following regulations.
1. All students (except for those with full financial aid to cover their fees)
must pay at least one-half of their fees at registration . The balance must
be paid no later than six weeks after classes begin.
2. A financial aid award when properly certified is credited to a student's
account. A recipient with partial financial aid and a balance due the
College is expected to pay at least one-half of the balance at registration . Final payment should be made by the six weeks' deadline.
Additional time, not to extend beyond the end of the academic term,
may be granted in exceptional cases by the Financial Aid Office .
3. Students who are unable to pay one-half of their fees at registration and
are not eligible for financial aid may be considered for deferments and
specialized payment plans if they satisfy the following conditions :
a. No indebtedness to the College.
b. Sign a notarized promissory note which includes a payment plan .
All arrangements for special payment plans must be made with the
Revenue Supervisor or Business Manager.

47

4. Military veterans receiving G. I. Bill Benefits must request deferments, if
needed, from the Director of Veterans Affairs.

5. Students who owe fees at the end of a term cannot register for a future
term until their accounts are paid in full. In addition, the academic
records of students with delinquent accounts wi II be sealed and grades
will be withheld.
6. The late payment fee (a mandated Commonwealth fee) of $10.00 will
be charged when a student fails to pay his fees during the registration
period or when the student fails to pay according to an approved
deferment plan.
DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS

No student may be enrolled, graduate, receive semester grade reports, or
receive a transcript of his record until all previous charges are paid.
REFUND POLICY

Partial refunds, or credit, will be granted to students who have made an
official withdrawal from college. They will be based upon a percentage of the
fees paid according to the following schedule :
Semester Withdrawal
and 2nd week
80% refund
3rd week
70% refund
4th week
60% refund
50% refund
5th week
After the 5th week
No refund

i st

1. A refund, or credit, will not be allowed unless the withdrawal is
properly made in the Registrar's Office. Except for emergencies, the
date of notification wil I be considered the effective date of withdrawal.
2 . Refunds are not granted on an automatic basis. A student eligible for a
refund must submit a written request to the President without delay. No
action will be taken until this has been done .

NOTE : The policy on refunds for Summer Sessions is covered on page 49.

FEES FOR SUMMER SESSIONS
ENROLLMENT FEE

The enrollment fee for any of the regular summer sessions is $33.00 per
semester hour. For students who are not residents of Pennsylvania the
enrollment fee is $60.00 per semester hour.

48

HOUSING FEE
Summer session rates are based on the number of weeks in the session.
Summer rates are $15 .00 per week for dormitory room (in c ludes laundry of
sheets and pillow cases), and $15.00 per week for dining hall meals.

SUMMER STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE
All students are charged an activity fee according to their academic status as
follows:
Full-time undergraduate
1 - 5 credits
6 - 11 credits

$35 .00
5 .00
10.00

A late charge will be assessed after the first six weeks :
Full -time undergraduate
1 - 5 credits
6 - 11 credits

$ 5.00
1.00
2 .00

Make checks payable to: STUDENT ACTIVITY FUND

SUMMER REFUND POLICY
After complet ion of registration , billing adjustments will be made for
students who change their schedules by dropping credits officially in one or
more of the Summer Sessions as follows:
3-Week Sess ion
1st Week ......... . ...... .... . 20% charge per credit dropped .
After 1st Week ......... ... No adjustment; full bill must be paid .
6-Week Session
1st Week ....... ...... . ... . ... 20% charge per credit dropped .
2nd Week ......... .... ..... ... 40% charge per credit dropped .
After 2nd Week . ... . . .. .. . No adjustment; full bill must be paid .
12-Week Session
1st Week ........... ... . . . ... . 20% charge per credit dropped.
2nd & 3rd Week .. .... . . . .. . . .. . 40% charge per credit dropped.
4th Week ........ .......... ... 60% charge per cred it dropped.
After 4th Week .... ..... . . No adjustment; full bill must be paid.

Special Conditions:
1. If classes are dropped before a session begins , full allowance per credit will
be made in computing the student's bill.
2 . Bill ing adjustments for financial aid recipients will not be made without
approval from the Financial Aid Office .

49

SUMMARY OF FEES (PER SEMESTER)
Full -time Resident Students
In -State
Enrollment Fee *
Student U nion Building Fee
Housing Fee
Meal Fee
Stud ent A ctivity Fee
Total

Out-of-State

750 .00
10.00
266 .00
210 .00
35 .00

$ 400.00
10.00
266.00
210 .00
35 .00

$

$ 921 .00

$1,271 .00

Full-time Commuting Students
$ 400.00

Enrollm ent Fee *
Stud ent Un ion Building Fee
Student A ctiv ity Fee

10.00
35 .00
$ 445 .00

T ot al

* Ba sed on a max imum of 18 cred it s per se mest er.
NOTE : COLLEGE FEES ARE SUBJECT TO CHA NGE WITHOUT ADVANC E NOTICE
TO STUDENTS .

50

Student Affairs and Services
Inherent in the College's mission is an institutional commitment to the total
development of all students. The Office of Student Affairs under the direction
of the Vice-President for Student Affairs, is administratively responsible for the
implementation of this commitment. The central focus of the Student Affairs
program, therefore, is the personalization of the college experience; concern for
not only individual intellectual development , but personal , social, and physical
development as well .
Student affairs provides services to students in the following areas:
Orientation

Residence Hall Programming

Health Center

Counseling Advisement

Discipline

Financial Aid

Student Activit ies Association

Student Employment

Student Government

Veterans' Affairs

Housing

Summer Camps

Dining Hall
The principle administrative personnel responsible for the Student Affairs
Program are :
Vice-President for Student Affairs
Associate Vice-President for Stud e nt Affairs
Dean of Men and Assistant Dean s of Men
Dean of Women and Assistant Dean of Women
Director of Student Activities and staff members
Business Manager of the Student Activities Association
Director of Financial Aid and Associate Director
Director of Health Services
Director of Housing and Student Employment
Director of Veterans Affairs

ORIENTATION

A comprehensive one and one-half day orientation program is conducted
for entering students and their parents during the summer months prior to the
student's beginning fall semester . This initial formal encounter with the college
community provides students and parents with an intimate view of the
college's total program including both the academic and social aspects. During
the course of the program students and parents discuss the academic
requirements of various curricula and review an individual student's interests ,
capabilities, and career plans with an academic adviser. At the close of the
program the students have registered for their first semester of college courses
and both parents and students have made valuable contacts with college
personnel.

51

HEAL TH SERVICES
In the interests of student welfare the college maintains a Health Center
designed to provide emergency treatment for students and staff.

General Health Services
The Health Center provides twenty-four hour service and is staffed by
registered professional nurses . A qualified physician is available during specified hours . California State College does not collect a Health Service from
students; therefore, free, unlimited medical service cannot be provided .
Limited infirmary and nursing service is provided for resident students and
emergency infirmary service is provided for all students subject to the
conditions listed below.

Infirmary Service for Resident Students
Limited infirmary service is provided for students who reside in all
college-owned dormitories . Free service is limited to three days, after which a
charge of $1 .00 (one dollar) per day is made. Fees for a physician, special
nursing care and prescription drugs must be paid by the student.

Doctor's Fees and Ambulance Fees
Fees for office, home, or infirmary calls by any physician must be paid by
the patient. Fees for ambulance service· must also be paid by the patient.

Health and Accident Insurance
Blue Cross and Blue Shield Insurance is available for students . Information
concerning the availability and costs of such insurance may be secured by
contacting the Student Activities Office, California Memorial Union.

Chronic Diseases
Students suffering from chronic diseases will be interviewed periodically by
the college physician to determine the nature of the treatment in progress and
examined , if necessary, to determine the status of the disease .
The college may dismiss, or deny admission to any student whose health
would be detrimental to the college community.

Class Absences Due to Illness
If class absence is of four days duration or longer students should contact
the Health Center requesting that notification of their illness be sent to their
instructors.

COLLEGE AUTHORITY
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has the power to make and enforce
laws and regulations which are essential to the establishment, maintenance,
operation and preservation of the Commonwealth. California State College is
owned, established, funded, staffed, operated and maintained by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and has the authority to make and establish rules and

52

regulations designed to enable the College to carry out its purpose without
disruption either by external or internal influences. Any student who is in
violation of statutes, laws or regulations of the Commonwealth and/or
regulations of California State College is subject to prosecution in the
appropriate courts of the Commonwealth; and furthermore, is subject to
disciplinary action by the college, either or both as may be determined by the
proper and duly constituted officers of the Commonwealth and/or the
College .
Disciplinary authority of the College includes but is not limited to the
power to : admonish, warn, censure, place on probation, require restitution,
suspend, expel, eject from premises and/or arrest by civil authorities .
COLLEGE REGULATIONS
1 . Use of Alcoholic Beverages: The possession or use of alcoholic beverages
on college property is prohibited. Students are reminded that Pennsylvania law prohibits the use or possession of alcoholic beverages by those
under twenty-one (21) years of age .
2 . Gambling in any form is prohibited on campus and in college owned
and supervised buildings .
3. College matriculation and identification cards are for personal
They are valid only for the term in which the student is
Falsification of these cards, or the transfer of one to another
strictly prohibited. These restrictions also apply to dining
Iibrary cards.

use only .
enrolled .
person is
hall and

4. Students and student organizations are not permitted to make any
purchases in the name of the college or the Student Activities Associa tion without written authorization of the proper officers of the respective organization . Those who fail to comply with this regulation are
personally liable for the payment of the items purchased .
5. Smoking Regulations: Smoking is permitted in the dormitory rooms,
faculty and staff offices, the lounges of commuters, the snack bar, and
the f iretowers . Use the fireproof containers that have been placed in
these areas and exercise extreme care to prevent fires . Smoking is
prohibited in all classrooms, shops and laboratories, all corridors in
South Hall, Main Hall , Dixon Hall, Lobby, J. Albert Reed Library,
Steele Auditorium , the Little Theatre and other areas as posted.
6. Men and women students may not visit each other in their respective
residence hall rooms exc.e pt during hours when visitation is permitted.
Visitation hours are posted in each residence hall. Any exception to
these hours must be authorized in writing in advance by the Dean of
Men and the Dean of Women .
7 . The possession or use of firearms , firecrackers, or other explosives on
campus or in student living quarters is prohibited .
8. Tampering with
prohibited.

fire

equipment and

53

setting off a false alarm are

9. Unlawful entry to any college building and the theft and/or destruction
of any college property are prohibited.
10. Students who participate in any demonstration which is disorderly,
riotous, destructive and disruptive are subject to legal action by the
Commonwealth, the local government, and the college; and disciplinary
action by the college as may be determined by the officers of the
institutions concerned .
11 . A notice to a student requesting the student to report to a faculty

member or an administrative official has priority over any other activity
and requires compliance on the date , day and time indicated; or the
student must contact the faculty member or administrative official
before that date, day and time indicated to arrange rescheduling of the
conference.
12. Any person on California State College premises or in buildings super-

vised by the college is required to produce self-identification upon the
request of a faculty member, administrative official, or employee of the
security force .
13. Any student who possesses or sells or uses any drug or medicine

including narcotics such as heroin and marijuana , etc., the issuance of
which is controlled by prescription, is subject to disciplinary action by
the college and legal action by the civil authorities unless such drug or
medicine is secured through regular procedures and channels as required
by the statutes of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

54

STUDENT RIGHTS
As a citizen in this constitutional democracy every student has a right:
1. To equal protection of laws and equal justice in the courts ;

2 . To be free from arbitrary search and arrest; and

3. T o have legal counsel and a prompt trial if accused of crime or
malfeasance.
The Personnel Deans are available to h elp students when and if they are
arrested and/or accused of violation of laws and regu lations.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATION
The Stud ent Activiti es Association, Inc ., (S .A.A .) is a non-profit corporation financed in part by a student activity fee which is paid by each student
for each term. Thi s is an officia l fee approved by the college .
Programs provided by the Student Activities Association are d etermined by
the Student Congress and the Student A ctivit ies Bo ard of Directors. Activities
fund s are collected, budgeted , appropriated, disbursed and accounted fo r by
S.A.A.

55

The S.A.A. coordinates the extra-curricular act1v1t1es provided by the
college including homecoming, concerts, plays, musical productions, movies ,
dances, picnics and other special events . Intercollegiate athletics are also
funded by S.A.A. In addition, S.A.A. coordinates the activities of student
clubs and organizations. The Student Handbook provides a complete listing of
active student clubs and organizations .
Publications coordinated by or through Student Activities include the
Student Handbook , The California Times (student newspaper), Monocal
(yearbook), Pegasus (literary magazine), and a number of informative brochures .
The S.A.A. is responsible for the development and maintenance of the
College Farm, an eighty-seven acre area located one mile from California on
Route 88 South. Facilities include tennis courts, practice football and baseball
fields, picnic areas and Adamson Stadium .
STUDENT CONGRESS

Student Congress is the official student governing body. It is designed to
represent and serve the entire student population . It provides for a student
forum; establishes channels for the communication of students' concerns to
the proper administrative and faculty personnel; implements programs and
activities which enrich campus life; and creates opportunities for students to
exercise and to develop leadership abilities.
HOUSING

California State College provides residence hall accommodations for approximately 1350 college students in six separate residence facilities. Clyde Hall
and Stanley Hall house women students ; Longanecker Hall, Binns Hall,
Johnson Hall and McCloskey Hall house men students. All residence halls are
staffed by full-time professional student personnel employees who provide
personal and academic counseling to students.

Freshmen Students
All entering freshmen students except those who commute from their
homes are required to reside in a campus residence hall and each resident
student is required to accept a dining hall assignment. The dining hall
assignment entitles the student to nineteen meals a week (three meals M-F,
two meals Saturday and Sunday).

Upperclass Students
Upperclassmen may live where they choose; on or off campus. The college
does not maintain any off-campus housing facilities and does not maintain
listings of private off-campus housing facilities.

Application for Housing
Entering freshmen and transfer students who indicate that they need
on-campus housing are provided with the appropriate application forms, etc.
at the same time that they receive their letter of acceptance for admission to
the college.

56

Upperclass students must contact the Director of Housing, Office of
Student Affairs, Room 233 - Administration Building, California State
College, California, Pa. 15419 if they wish to secure on-campus residence hall
accommodations.
DINING HALL FACILITIES - Gallagher Dining Hall
General Regulations

1. Dining Hall cards are for personal use only. They are not to be loaned,
or sold , to anyone .
2. If a Dining Hall card has been lost or stolen, the loss should be reported
immediately to the Dining Hall Manager.
3. Students living off-campus may request assignments to the college dining
hall. Such assignment is made for one full semester and may not be
terminated unless the reason is urgent and exceptional. All students who
take their meals in the dining room are subject to all dining room
regulations.
RESIDENCE HALL AND DINING HALL FEES

See Page 45 for current detailed information .
SOCIAL FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES

Local fraternities and sororities function under the control of their
respective councils: the lnterfraternity Council and the Panhellenic Council.
These organizations are subject to college authority and regulations. Currently
the following social fraternities and sororities function on campus:
FRATERNITIES
Alpha Kappa Lambda
Delta Chi
Delta Sigma Phi
Kappa Alpha Psi
Phi Kappa Theta
Sigma Tau Gamma
Tau Kappa Epsilon
Theta XI

SORORITIES
Alpha Kappa Alpha
Alpha XI Delta
Delta Sigma Theta
Delta Zeta
Sigma Kappa
Sigma Sigma Sigma
Zeta Phi Beta
Zeta Tau Alpha

HUMAN RELATIONS PROGRAM
California State College is committed to the principle of equal educational
opportunity. Programs and courses are designed so that all students, regardless
of sex, religion, race and ethnic background, have equal opportunities to
succeed. A Human Relations Committee, comprised of students, faculty, staff,
and administration, was established in February, 1974. This Committee
oversees the development and implementation of campus-wide programs which
assist with the recruitment, enrollment, and retention of minority students.
The Committee assists faculty and administration in responding appropriately
to the specific needs of minority students and in maintaining an atmosphere
of non-discrimination.

57

FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
The Student F inancia l Aid Progr am f unctions on th e prem ise
person need s to re li nqu ish his aspiration t o attend colleg e for lack of
The Co ll ege makes every effort to dir ect each applicant toward the
financial a id programs . All Fi nanc ial Aid Programs ava il ab le to our
can be categorized as fo ll ows :

that no
finances.
available
stu d ents

Employment provides th e stud e nt a n opportunity to earn money to h e lp
f inance educationa l e x penses. Stud ents m ay work part-time whi le attending classes full -tim e. Dur ing the summ e r or oth er vacation period s
students may work ful l-t im e (40 hours per week).

Grants are outr ight financial aw ards that do not carry a repayment
obi igation . Th ey are awarded to students on the bas is of documented
financ ial need.

Scholarships lik e grants are outright financial awards that do not have to be
repaid. Schol a rships are awarded on the basis of ab ili ty .

Loans for educat ion purposes usually must be repaid; however , repayment
does not begin until after the stud ent terminates hi s program of studie s
at the co ll ege.
California State Coll e ge partic ipates in the Co llege Scholarship Service (CSS)
of the College Ent rance Examination Board . The Coll ege will re ly upon the
assistance of CSS in determining a student' s financial need.

58

Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy
of the Parents' Confidential Statement (P.C.S.) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating California State College as one of the recipients, by
April 1. The P.C.S . form may be obtained from a local high school, college, or
the College Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 .

HOW TO APPLY FOR FINANCIAL AID:

1. Obtain an in stitutional aid application and return it to the Financial Aid
Offi ce . Thi s application wfiich is included in the admissions packet may
also be requested from the Financial Aid Office.
2 . File a Pare nts' Confidential Statement with the College Scholarship
Service , Bo x 176, Princeton , New Jersey . (Note : This form may be
obtained by the applicant at his secondary school or from the Director
of F inancial Aid.)
3. Complete t he application for the PHEAA grant which is available from
the high school guidance counselor's office, the Financial Aid Office, or
from PHEAA in Harrisburg . (Note : Only Pennsylvania residents are
e ligibl e to a pply for the PH EAA grant .)
4 . File the application for the Basic Educational Opportunity Grant. This
form is available at high schools or the Financial Aid Office at
California .

FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS AVAILABLE AT
CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE:
I. Student Employment:
Th e Coll ege maintains two separate employment programs for students.
Work opportunities in either program depend upon the funds allocated,
the stud e nt's availability for employment, personal qualifications, and
willingness to work. A processed Parents' Confidential Statement must be
on fil e at th e Financial Aid Office to be considered for either work
program.
Applicants mu st b e enrolled, or accepted for enrollment as full-time
students . Em p lo yment of full-tim e students cannot exceed 15 hours per
week.
A. College Work-Study Program (Federal):

1. Preference fo r employment in this program must be given to students
from low-i ncome families.
2. Applicants must be in good academic standing as determined by the
College .
3 . Eligibl e students may be employed at the College or in approved
projects off-campus.
B. Commonwealth Employment Program:
1. Students with do cumented financial need must be given priority for
employm e nt .

59

2 . After needy students have been placed, other students will
considered for employment.

be

3 . Application deadlines for Commonwealth employment :
Summer Term - April 1, deadline
Fall Term
- July 1, deadline
Spring Term - December 1, deadline
4 . Commonwealth employment positions will be posted at various
points on campus including the Office of the Director of Student
Employment. These jobs will be posted well in advance of the
application deadlines .
5. Applicants must be in good academic standing as determined by the
College .

II. Grant Aid:
A. PHEAA Grants :
A state grant program is available to residents of Pennsylvania who
need financial assistance to attain an education. All awards are based
upon need for financial assistance as determined by the Agency.
Further information may be obtained from the Director of Financial
Aid or from the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency, 219
Towne House, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17102.
B. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants:
A limited amount of S .E.O.G . Funds are available for exceptionally
needy students who require assistance in order to attend college .
C. Basic Educational Opportunity Grants:
This grant is the largest of the Federal Grant Programs. All
undergraduate students who are citizens of the United States are
eligible to apply. B.E.O .G . awards are based on need and the amount of
the award is determined by the U.S . Office of Education.

111. Student Loans:
A. National Direct Student Loans are long-term loans in which the student
assumes an obligation to repay the amount borrowed at 3 per cent
interest. Teachers in certain eligible schools (as defined by Health,
Education and Welfare) located in areas of primarily low-income
families may qualify for cancellation of their entire obligation . In
addition, a full-time teacher of handicapped children in a public or
non-profit private elementary or secondary school may have his entire
obligation cancelled during five years of such employment .
B. PHEAA Guaranty Loans are long-term loans available to residents of
Pennsylvania. The maximum loan for a full-time student is $2,000 per
academic year not to exceed a total indebtedness of $10,000.
Repayment of the principal of the loan is not required until the
student leaves or graduates from college. The federal government may
pay the interest on behalf of the student while enrolled in college .

60

PHEAA loan applications may , be obtained from a part1c1pating
lending institution in or near the student's home community.
C. Student Loan Fund:
The Financial Aid Office has a fund to provide small, short-term
emergency loans to students in good academic standing.

IV. Scholarships:
A. Hercules Incorporated Scholarship

Each year a $1000 award is made available to an academically
outstanding student who is majoring in chemistry at California State
College. The recipient of this award must have completed at least one
year of undergraduate study in chemistry or a related science curriculum . Th is scholarship is sponsored by the Donora Plant of Hercules
Chemical, Inc. Information concerning this grant is available at the
Financial Aid Office.
B. Other Scholarships
Periodic awards are made by various college departments, organizations, a"ffiliates and alumni. For information concerning these funds,
students may contact the Financial Aid Office.

V. Other Financial Aid Programs :
Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) Stipends
The College provides an Army Reserve Officers Training Corps Program.
Students enrolled in the program are required to attend six-week summer
camps. The summer camp requirement provides compensation. Junior and
Senior ROTC cadets receive a subsistence allowance of $100 per month
for each month they are in school. This allowance is tax free. Additional
information is available through the Veterans' Affairs Office. The Parents'
Confidential Statement is not required.

INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
California State College sponsors a comprehensive athletic program for both
men and women . The athletic program is regulated by the policies of the
Athletic Council and administered by the Director of Athletics.
Sixteen sports are available to students. Baseball, basketball, cross-country,
fencing, football, golf , tennis, track and field, and wrestling for men ;
basketbal I, cross-country, fencing, softball, tennis, track and field, and volleyball for women .
The College has outstanding facilities for athletics. Adamson Football
Stadium, a modern facility located at the College Recreation Center, has
spacious locker rooms and a training room. The stadium has a seating capacity
of 4,500 and includes an excellent all-weather track.
Also located at the Recreation Center are seven lighted tennis courts, a
baseball diamond, a softball field, and several practice areas for varsity sports
and intramural activities.

61

,,,_

Hamer Hall, located on th e main campus, has three basketball courts, an
Olympic-size swimming pool, and a wrestling workout room. The buildi ng has
a seating capacity of 3,600 for basketball games and the natatorium can
accommodate over 250 spectators.
Herron Hall , also located on the main campus, is used primarily for
women's athletics. This gymnasium has two basketball courts, a handball
court, and a swimming pool.
California State College holds membership in the NCAA, NAIA, ECAC,
PSCAC, AIAW, and the EAIAW.

62

School of Arts and Sciences
The School of Arts and Sciences offers thirty-two programs leading to the
Bach elor of Arts degree and eight programs leading to the Bachelor of Science
degree. The se range from broad based area programs to narrowly defined
vocational and pre-professional majors ; however, in every case, the very broad
general studies program assures every student sufficie nt flexibility to select
courses that meet his interests and needs .

THE CURRICULUM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES
In addition to completing the sixty semester hour general education
requirements, a student majoring in an Arts and Sci ences program must
comp lete a sixty-eight semester hour area of concentratio n . Prospective
students should study the fol lowing program descriptions carefully in order to
identify the program best suited to their intellectual and career goals. Many of
these program s have a great deal of flexibility built into them, permitting
students to el ect courses in both their major field and related fields . In every
case , the student must consult with his adviser and secure his adviser's
approva l for any course that is intended to meet area of concentration
requirements .
Since program review is an ongoing process at California State Coll ege, the
following program descriptions shou ld be read with the understandfng that
requirements may have been a ltered by the time prospective students enter
the College . Up-to-date information can always be obtained by inquiring at
the Scho ol Office or writing to Dr. Phili p Y. Coleman, Dean of Arts and
Sciences, 102 Noss, California State College, California, Pennsylvan ia 15419.
AREA PROGRAMS

In addition to the following li st of specifical ly defined academic disciplines,
the School of A rts and Sc iences offers degree programs in Social Sciences,
Natural Sci ences, and Humanities. With the aid of an adv iser, a student may
structure his own program, choosing courses from the broader range of the
entire area rather than limiting himself to a speci fic academic discipline or
major program .
To earn a Bachelor of Arts degree under one of these programs; a student
must, in add ition to completing his General Education Program, complete 68
credit hours in either the Natural Sciences, Social Sciences, or Humanities
Areas, the division of courses into academic areas being the same as under the
Ge nera l Education Program. Thirty credit hours of this work must be taken in
courses beyond the introductory level. (Introductory level courses are indicated in the catalogue by a dagger /t /.) The student may count as many as
five courses from outside his chosen area towards the completion of his
program .
These programs allow each student the freedom to make hi s own decisions
and pursue his own goals, al low ing him to take extensive course work in areas
where California State College does not offer a degree program or where the

63

AMERICAN STUDIES
The American Studies Program is designed for those students who have a
special interest in an interdisciplinary approach to American culture; who wish
to combine flexibility in choosing courses from different fields with structure
and focus based on individual preference; and who have particular professional
and employment opportunities in mind, such as advertising, public relations,
journalism, pre-law, government service, and social service. The Program is
designed also to appeal to students who are not certain about pursuing a
major in a particular discipline .
The need for a serious study of American civilization goes beyond a
recognition of the influence our culture exerts on the world to an increasing
awareness that, within our national confines, the integrity and coherence of
this culture faces serious threats. The discipline of American Studies is shaped
by the culture itself : its ethnic, rel igious, regional, social, and economic
variety and complexity; its tendency to thrive in crisis and conflict; and a
contradictory, paradoxical thrust which so often renders it elusive of definition.
The American Studies Program attempts to balance trends toward specialization with a curriculum that looks at the whole of American society,
examining issues, ideas and values rooted in the American experience in order
to gain a more comprehensive and discriminating perspective of American
civilization . It recognizes the role of religion, education, economics, and
manners and mores in shaping American institutions and laws, and in
determining the actions of its members . It stresses the importance of
intellectual and social thought in the dynamics of American civilization. It
also recognizes the legitimacy of studying popular culture for vital clues to
understanding American life as well as the imperative need to relate that study
to art, architecture, music, and literature .
To achieve these objectives, the program incorporates course work in areas
particularly rel e vant to the study of American civilization: history, sociology,
philosophy, literature, economics, education, geography, speech, political
science, psychology, art, and music. Special American Studies courses, two in
American Life and Thought, as well as two seminars, provide the framework
for insuring an interdisciplinary approach. The seminars are designed to make
use of professors from various disciplines, and to offer the student the
opportunity for the independent study of problems in and aspects of
American culture of particular concern to him.
CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN AMERICAN STUDIES
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Government Service
Preparation for law school
Journalism and free-lance writing
Preparation for Graduate study in libra ry sc ience (background)
Museum and Historical Societies
Public Re lations
Preparation for Graduate School

66

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BAC HELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN AMERICAN STUDIES
REQUIRED COURSES:
American Life I
American Life 11
American Literature I
American Literature 11
American Philosophy
History of U.S. to 1877
History of U.S. Since 1877
American Government
American Studies Seminar
American Studies Seminar 11

RELATED ELECTIVES: 38 semester hours

ANTHROPOLOGY
The concentration major in Anthropology provides the student with a
comprehensive introduction to the principal divisions of anthropological
study : Physical Anthropology, Archaeology, and Ethnology . The studies in
Physical Anthropology include an examination of the fossil evidence of
primate evolution, including that of the human species, comparative data from
field studies of the non-human primates, and an introduction to human
genetics and variation .
The studies in archaeology include investigation of the t'heory and method
of reconstructing the evolution of prehistoric and historic cultural systems,
together with a practical introduction (during the summer field schools) to the
methods of archaeological site location, survey, excavation and laboratory
processing of materials in the California State College Center for Historic and
Prehistoric Archaeology laboratory.
Ethnology is the examination of the native cultures of North and South
America, Africa, Oceania, and Asia in both areal surveys and in comparative
studies .
For the student seeking a broad educational background , the acquisition of
an anthropological perspective provides a vantage point from which he may
Iink the various materials of geology, geography, botany, and zoology with
those of history, economics, sociology , art, music, and philosophy, in a broad,
integrated view of the origins, evolution, and functions of human ecological
systems.
Students electing this major may prepare themselves for pos1t1ons in state
museums, federally and state-funded archaeological salvage and recovery
projects, research work with state geological surveys, soil conservation districts, and state and federal museums.
This program has successfully prepared students for graduate work in some
of the leading universities of the nation. Several graduates of the program have
found permanent positions in Pennsylvania, Virginia, West Virginia, Florida,

67

and Illinois, where they are engaged in teaching archaeological survey and
excavation as well as in the publication of their work .
With the new legal requirement that strip mining permits, highway projects,
and large building projects involving Federal funds require archaeological and
historical impact statements, a large number of positions for those prepared in
the techniques of archaeological survey and reporting may be anticipated.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN ANTHROPOLOGY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Archaeologists: excavation supervisors
State Archaeologists
Museum Para-Professionals, curators
State Geological Surveys
United States Geological Survey staff Archa eo logists
United States Parks service: staff archaeologists, Monuments staff,
guides.

7 . United States State environmental impact su rveyors for soil conse rvation services, army corps of engineers, etc.
8 . State Department foreign service preparation
9 . State historical preservation d epart m e nts: staff archaeologists
10. Pan American Union fellow sh ips in anthropology, archaeology
11. Peace Corps .
12 . Anthropology: American Fri e nds' Service Latin American staff
13 . Graduate School preparation

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ANTHROPOLOGY
REQUIRED COURSES:
Principles of Anthropology
History of Anthropology
World Ethnology
Field School or Woodland Archaeology
Principles of Sociology

MAJOR ELECTIVES: 21 semester hours
RELATED ELECTIVES : 32 semester hours

ART
The Bachelor of Arts degree program in Art if designed to introduce
students to the vi sual arts as a means of expression and communication. The
student is exposed to some of the history, traditions, and methods of the fine
arts and to practical problems of materials and techniques in the various fine
arts media . He is given conceptual and t ec hnical development in a variety of
spec ializations.

68

The Art program is highly flexible, and the course of study for each
student depends largely upon individual interest and future plans. In order to
ass ist the student in program d evelopm ent and course selection, an Art
Department adviser is assi gned to the student during the first semester of
enrollment. Th e student and his adviser discuss the student's relative interests
in design , d raw ing , painting, sculpture, weaving, ceramics printmaking, and
fabrics and determine which of these areas the student wants to study in
depth. Keepi ng in mind the student's talents and career goals, they use the
fle xi bility of the program to design the best set of emphases for that student .
S pecific educational objectives toward career opportunities are: a) to
provide preparation for graduate study ; b) to provide suffic ient background
for those who have the abi lity and creative awareness to face the economic
pressures confronting the full -time artist; c) to provide a foundation for
stu d e nts wh o wish to study art as an essential part of their personal and
cultural development , and d) to explore avenues of teaching art outside the
realm of public education .

69

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN ART
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1. Art instructor in areas other than the public school classroom.
2 . Independent artist.
3. Preparation for Graduate Studies in Art.

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART
REQUIRED COURSES:
Art History I
Art History 11
Design
Drawing

MAJOR ELECTIVES: 24 semester hours
RELATED ELECTIVES: 32 semester hours
Humanities Electives - 15 semester hours
Additional Electives - 17 semester hours

BIOLOGY
The Biology program is an intensive scientific curriculum which prepares
students for medical school , dental school, various health related studies,
graduate work in the biological sciences, and career work in many biologically
related areas . The major emphasis of this program is to provide the student
with a broad scientific core of courses, including studies in chemistry , physics,
mathematics, and biology .
Each student will have the opportunity to select a wide range of biological
elective courses which best fulfills his need for future work or graduate study .
Scientific theory is integrated into the laboratory portion of each course so
that a student learns critical scientific thinking and attains the ability to
manipulate many biological instruments and various organisms.
The Department of Biological Sciences of California State College is housed
in a modern, multi-million dollar teaching and research facility equipped with
the latest in design, materials , and instrumentation . Specialized areas for
student and faculty research - an herbarium, a museum, live animal colonies,
a greenhouse, an electron microscope, and a radiation laboratory - all
complement this fine classroom-laboratory structure .

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1. Medical School
2. Dental School
3 . Industrial Research in Biology

70

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Graduate School preparation
Medical Illustrator
Governmental Research
Pharmacy School
Publ ic Health
Health Related Fields

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOLOGY
REQUIRED COURSES:
Principles of Biology
Botany I
Zoology I
Botany 11 OR Zoology 11
General Chemistry I
General Chemistry 11
Organic Chemistry I
Physics I (Introductory)
Physics II (Introductory)
Calculus I

MAJOR ELECTIVES: 19-25 semester hours
RELATED ELECTIVES: 0 - 6 semester hours

CHEMISTRY
The program in chemistry, leading to the Bachelor of Science degree,
focuses upon studies of the nature and structure of matter and provides a
strong foundat ion in the fundamentals of chemistry , physics and mathematics.
Upon successful completion of this program , the graduate is qualified to
assume a position as a chemist in either the private or public sector. Program
graduates should also be well prepared to commence graduate studies leading
to the M.S. or Ph .D. in chemistry .
Chemistry majors pursuing the B.S. degree must complete 45 credits in
requ ired courses and 23 credits in restricted electives which must be approved
by the student's departmental adviser. Five of the latter credits must be
earned from additional course work in chemistry, while the remaining eighteen
credits may be accrued through course work in other natural sciences .
Through consultat ion with his adviser , the student will obtain information
which will guide him toward a proper selection cif electives in general
education . Such a judicious selection of electives based upon the student's
objectives may help to promote additional career opportunities upon graduation and also satisfy the admissions standards of various professional and
graduate schools. Some graduates have thus chosen to continue their educations or to pursue careers in medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, management,
college teaching, and research .

71

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN CHEMISTRY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Analytical Chemist
Quality Control Specialist
Chemical Industry Sales
Industrial Management Trainee
Technical Writer
Chemical Purchasing Agent
Research and Development {with advanced degree)
Preprofessional training in Medicine, Dentistry and Law
Graduate School preparation

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN CHEMISTRY
REQUIRED COURSES:
General Chemistry
General Chemistry 11
General Chemistry 111
Analytical Chemistry I
Organic Chemistry I
Organic Chemistry 11
Physical Chemistry I
Physical Chemistry 11
Calculus I
Calculus 11
Physics I
Physics 11

MAJOR ELECTIVES: 5 semester hours
RELATED ELECTIVES: 18 semester hours

ECONOMICS
Economics is a multi-purpose program, providing the major with a liberal
arts background while taking him through a detailed examination of the
behavior of people as both producers and consumers. The student, as he
becomes an economist, begins to concern himself with the process by which
human wants are satisfied through productive activities. So that he may
understand the relationship among social , political and economic institutions,
he is required to study· broadly in the other social sciences at the same time
he is studying economic issues in depth.
Upon completion of the Economics Program a student may enter a number
of different graduate programs that include - but are not limited to - the
following : Law School, Public Administration, Business Administration , Hospital Administration, Institutional Administration, Labor Relations , Industrial
Management , and Economics.

72

Many Economics students choose to bypass graduate school and enter the
labor market immediately following graduation . Employment opportunities are
as varied as graduate school opportunities, even though the Economics
curriculum does not concentrate on providing those job skills in the way that
Administration and Management does. The objective in the Economics program is to provide a general background in the Iiberal arts and to develop an
understanding of the real economic problems that all nations face. This
approach has been found acceptable to many employees in business, industry,
and government .
CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN ECONOMICS
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Government Research
Government Administration
Graduate School Preparation
Business
Employee Relations

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ECONOMICS
REQUIRED COURSES:
Introductory Micro Economics
Introductory Macro Economics
Money and Banking
Intermediate Micro Theory
Intermediate Macro Theory
Elementary Econometrics
Statistics
World Culture
MAJOR ELECTIVES: 18 semester hours
RELATED ELECTIVES:
Psychology - 6 semester hours
Political Science - 6 semester hours
Sociology - 3 semester hours
History - 6 semester hours
Geography - 3 semester hours

ENGLISH
The English program provides the basis for a liberal education and prepares
majors for advanced graduate work, literary scholarship, and careers in a
number of diverse fields.
The program requires 68 credits. To insure some of the coverage tradition ally associated with a major, the following 33 credits in English at the

73

300-500 level are restricted electives : one course each in English Literature
prior to 1800, English Literature after 1800, and American Literature; three
300 courses; and three 400 courses . The only required course is Independent
Studies (3 credits) . The remainder of the program is made up of 32 credits in
Humanities .
The Department of English feels that a student majoring in English should
have a broad acquaintance with other fields of human interest. Basic courses
in philosophy , history, the social and natural sciences, fine arts, and foreign
languages and literature contribute to this acquaintance . The Department
recommends that its majors elect further courses in several of these fields .
The freedom of this undergraduate program allows for much personal
initiative; yet the more flexibility one has ir: constructing a program, the more
he is responsible to himself for planning an integrated and meaningful course
of study. One must ask himself, "What do I want from my undergraduate
education?" As in the case of choosing a school, the student should select a
program that offers the greatest intellectual rewards and challenges . When the
choices are difficult, a faculty adviser can help him, but for the most part the
responsibility is his.
CAREER POSSIBll:.ITIES IN ENGLISH
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Newspaper reporter
Company Magazine Editor
Writer
Public information Assistant
Advertising Researcher
Communications Specialist
Radio and Television Editor
Employment interviewer
Graduate School preparation

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ENGLISH
REQUIRED COURSE:
Independent Studies in English
MAJOR ELECTIVES: 33 semester hours
RELATED ELECTIVES: 32 semester hours

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Most contemporary environmental issues can best be analyzed through
interdisciplinary approaches that transverse conventional academic disciplines.
With this concept as a focal point, the School of Arts and Sciences has
developed an interdisciplinary Environmental Studies program . Now approxi mately three years in existence, this program currently has over 190 under-

74

graduate majors within its three distinct specializations: environmental science,
nature conservat ion, and management of non -renewable resources . These
specializations offer B.S. and B.A. degrees and involve core courses which
focus upon environmental problems from a scientific, socioeconomic, political,
and cultural viewpoint.
In addition, required courses include offerings from biology, wildlife
biology, botany , ecology , geology and earth sciences, geography, cartography,
meteorology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and economics. Senior projects
often involve gathering field data on environmental topics (such as water
pollution) in p reparation for an extensive scientific paper.
The environmental studies program relies heavily upon California State
College's associati on w ith the Marine Science Consortium, a successful organization of approximately 15 colleges and universities from the Eastern United
States with teaching and research operations at Lewes, Delaware, and Wal lops
Island, Virgin ia. Students may take courses there for college credit during
summer sessions ; both instructors and students have ready access to marine
environments (coastal and oceanic) that do not exist in southwestern Pennsy lvania.
Recent gradu ates have succeeded in graduate schools as well as in industry,
in utilities, an d in state and federal positions as interpretive naturalists and
park and recreation employees.
The 1970's began with many colleges and universities attempting to address
themselves to crucial environmental issues in their course offerings. California
State College has developed viable environmental studies programs that are
fulfilling this obl igation.

75

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Industry : Air Pollution Control Monitors ; Coal Industry
Chemical Sales : Water Analysis Technology
Federal , State , County positions involving Environmental Health
Environmental Impact Statement Preparation
Laboratory Technician - Air and Water Quality Control
Preparation for Graduate School

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
REQUIRED COURSES:
Man and His Environment
Principles of Biology
General Chemistry I
General Chemi-stry 11
Economics
Calculus I
General Geology
Physics I
Physics 11
Meteorology

MAJOR ELECTIVES: Two Environmental Studies Seminars
RELATED ELECTIVES: 27 semester hours
CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN MANAGEMENT OF NON-RENEWABLE
RESOURCES
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1.
2.
3.
4.

Federal Mining Inspector
Industrial Sales : Geology and Oceanographic Equipment
Preparation for Graduate School
Federal, State, Local Governmental Agencies that are of impact on
the environment.
5. Laboratory Technician : Coal gasification projects
6. Industrial research and exploration of new energy sources .

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MANAGEMENT OF
NON-RENEWABLE RESOURCES
REQUIRED COURSES :
Man and His Environment
Physical Geology
Contemp . Probs . Geography : Manage. Non-Renew. Res.

76

Economic Geology
Economic Geography
College Algebra
General Ch emistry I
General Chemistry 11

MAJOR ELECTIVES: Two Environmental Studies Seminars
RELATED ELECTIVES: 37 semester hours
At least one from the following :
Field Methods in Geology
Remote Sensing in Geology
Air Photo Interpretation
Cartography

Strongly Recommended:
Principles of Biology
Economics I
Environmental Economics
Statistics
Biotic Communit ies
Oceanography
Urban History

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN NATURE CONSERVATION
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :

1.
2.
3.
4.

Interpretat ive Natural ist : Federal, State, County Park Systems
Env iro nmental Protection Specialist : County Agency
County Soil Conservation District Officer
Private Industry : Fi eld Technician for Environmental Impact
Preparation
5. Fish Commission and Game Commissioner (state, federal)
6 . Preparation for Graduate School

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN NATURE CONSERVATION
REQUIRED COURSES :
Man and His Environment
Environmental Conservation
Environm ental Interpretation
Developing Trail s & Museums
Game & Hab itat Management
Wildl if e Technique s
Environm ental Resea rch Probl em s
Conservation of Outdoo r Liv i ng
Zoology I
Zoology 11

77

Botany 11
General Chemistry
General Chem istry 11
College Algebra
Biotic Communities
Human Ecology
General Geology
MAJOR ELECTIVES: Two Environmental Studies Seminars
RELATED ELECTIVES: 6 semester hours

GEOGRAPHY
The geography prog ra m provide s stud e nts a varied sel ection of courses and
geographic experiences, including th e human , physical, political and economic
dimensions of the discipline. The program's flexibility permits the student,
working with his adv iser, to get t rai n ing in depth in his major areas of
interest. Presently, most geography students continue their education in
specialized areas in graduate school. Many others, however, move into
employment with the federal gove rnment . The Geography major is designed to
give each student maximum freedom in co-ordinating his college program with
des ired objectives.
The geography program also allows the st udent to participate in internships
in industry, government, and social ag e ncies, receiving college credit for his
work .
Geography affords the graduate the opportunity to work in the public and
private sectors in jobs commonly defined as applied geography . Graduates may
work for governme nt agenc ies, industri es, and regional or urban planning
offices as cartographers, economic geographers, regional specialists, resource
managers, location analysts , o r demog raphers. Recent published projections of
existing trends show that geography will continue to offer its graduates a wide
variety of career opportunities.
CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN GEOGRAPHY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :

1. Government Service
Urban & Regional Plann ing
Industrial & Commercial Planning

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Marketing Specialist
State Agencies
Graduate School preparation

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN GEOGRAPHY
REQUIRED COURSES:
Human Geography
Physical Geography

78

Urban Geography
Economic Geography
Cartography
Seminar OR Research Project

MAJOR ELECTIVES: 11-23 semester hours
RELATED ELECTIVES: 27-39 semester hours

GEOLOGY
In these days of environmental concern and the need for developing new
energy sources, career opportunities in the geological sciences are excellent. In
addition, projections of future needs indicate that the number of specialists in
these disciplines must be greatly increased over the next ten to fifteen years.
The Geology program at California State College is currently offered in the
Department of Geography and Earth Science. A wide range of geology
offerings allows the student maximum freedom to pursue a program that will
lead to a B.S. degree in geology. The geology staff and students work closely
with the Physical Science and Biological Science Departments, and are active
in the Environmental Studies and other interdisciplinary programs .
Besides the course work offered on campus, California's membership in
several cooperative groups allows our students access to some truly unique
learning and research opportunities . Most prominent of these groups are the
Marine Science Consortium at Wallops Island, Virginia, and Lewes, Delaware,
and the Penn Soil Conservation Education Center at Sandy Lake, Pennsylvania.
A major in geology allows the student to move immediately into employment with government and environmental agencies. Many industries employ
geologists as permanent consultants. Our graduates have also obtained employment with cement companies, highway departments , and sand and gravel
operations, and in mining, water analysis and coastal surveys.
Graduate scholarships are readily available to students with high academic
achievement. More than half of our graduates go on to graduate school.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN GEOLOGY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

State Government
Federal Government
Consulting Companies
Industrial Companies
Environmental Agencies
Water Analysis
Agricultural Agencies
Graduate School preparation

79

to see the relationship between mathematics and other sciences. Also, the
student may elect to take a number of computer science courses, enabling him
to interweave mathematics with computer science. Moreover, a student in the
mathematics program may. if selected, participate in the cooperative work
program with the Defense Department. (See Mathematics and Computer
Science Program for more details.)
Finally, this program is designed to provide the student with an excellent
background for graduate studies in mathematics and for employment in
business, industry and government. Career opportunities exist in computer
programming and related mathematics, operations research, statistics, applied
mathematics, mathematics in government, and actuarial work.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN MATHEMATICS
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1. Public School Teacher

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Graduate Mathematics Education
Graduate Mathematics
Mathematics Supervisor
Computer Programmer
Actuary
Statistician
Graduate Computer Science
Operations Research
Engineering
11. Industrial Consultant
12. Salesman (technical)
13. Biostatistician

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS
REQUIRED COURSES:
Calculus I
Calculus II
Calculus Ill
Calculus IV
Geometry
Abstract Algebra
Linear Algebra ·1
Statistical Analysis I
Differential Equations
Advanced Calculus I
Advanced Calculus 11
Topology

RELATED ELECTIVES: 32 semester hours
Physics and/or Chemistry - 12 semester hours
Additional Natural Science Electives - 20 semester hours

82

MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
The program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics and
Computer Science is a careful blending of courses which offers the student the
theory and application of problems in mathematics and computer science. A
demanding but versatile program, it permits the student with a deficiency in
mathematics to take introductory courses to provide him with sufficient
background to effectively take courses in his area of concentration. Although
the introductory courses do not count in his area of concentration, they do
count as free electives in his program .
Advisers are assigned to all students in this program . The adviser works
carefully with the student to select courses best suited to the student's
interest and goals. A student's problems may be discussed with the adviser at
any time.
Student work assignments are available for those who desire and qualify for
employment . The student may assist in the mathematics department or at the
computer center. Hence, the student learns while he earns.
Students in this program have the opportunity to receive hands-on experience in working with the computer . In this manner the student is able to
comprehend programming and computer operations. By carefully selecting
courses, the student may choose a program in business or science, or both. A
cooperative work program has been established with the Defense Department,
whereby a junior, if selected, may work at the Pentagon under Civil Service
salary guidelines while receiving college credit.
Finally, this program is designed to prepare the student for continued
study at the graduate level or for employment in business , industry, and
government in computer operations, computer programm ing, systems analysis,
or computer equipment ana lysis, or as a computer specialist in research,
analysis, information storage and retrieval, or computer sales.
CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Computer Programmer
Computer Operator
Computer Systems Analyst
Computer Equipment Analyst
Computer Sales
Graduate Work in Computer Science
Operations Research
Business Administration

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS AND
COMPUTER SCIENCE
REQUIRED COURSES:
Calculus I
Calculus 11

83

Calculus 111
Calculus IV
Differential Equations
Statistical Analysis I
Linear Algebra I
Computer Science I
Computer Science 11
Assembler Language Programming
Numerical Analysis
Structures of Program Languages
Math Electives from the following - 6 semester hours

Statistical Analysis 11
Linear Algebra 11
Math of Finance 11
Computer Science Electives from the following - 6 semester hours

Introduction to COBOL
Information Structures
Systems Analysis
Special Topics in Computer Science
Logic & Switching Theory of the Computer
Computer Operations
Computer Aided Instruction
RELATED ELECTIVES: 20 semester hours

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
The Department of Biological Sciences offers basic training in Biology
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Medical Technology.
This program involves a three-year program on campus, and one year ( 12
months) at an approved affiliated school of Medical Technology or one
acceptable to California State College.
California State College is affiliated with the following schools of Medical
Technology :
Allegheny General Hospital - Pittsburgh, Pa.
Altoona Hospital
- Altoona, Pa.
Mercy Hospital
- Pittsburgh, Pa.
- Erie, Pa.
St. Vincent Hospital
Washington Hospital
- Washington, Pa .
West Penn Hospital
- Pittsburgh, Pa.
The medical technologist holds the key to quality performance in the
laboratory. The broad background obtained in college science and clinical
laboratory training provides the necessary ingredients for professional responsibilities. The medical technologist works with method and with speed , using
chemicals, reagents, and complex instruments. He is in a key position and , as
a Chief Medical Technologist, is also a supervisor, a teacher, and a research
assistant.

84

Most medical technologists today are women, but more and more young
men are entering the field. Their opportunities are as uni imited as the
horizons of research and preventive medicine.
Medical technologists work in blood banks, in various areas of microbiology, parasitology, chemistry, serology, urinalysis, and in hematology.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Medical Technologist
Graduate School in Biology
Dental School
Medical School
Medical Sales
Hospital Administration

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
REQUIRED COURSES:
Zoology I
Zoology II
Human Anatomy OR Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
Animal Physiology
Microbiology
College Algebra
General Chemistry I
General Chemistry 11
Organic Chemistry I
Analytical Chemistry I
Approved School of Medical Technology (29 semester hours)

STRONGLY RECOMMENDED AS GENERAL STUDIES ELECTIVES:
Principles of Biology
Botany I
General Physics for Med Tech
Genetics
Parasitology
Organic Chemistry 11

MODERN LANGUAGES: FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH
The Modern Language programs are Humanities programs with a specialization in French, German or Spanish . Each language specialization requires a
minimum of 24 credit hours beyond the elementary level for the Bachelor of
Arts degree. The student may study one or a combination of languages. A
limited number of courses are available in languages other than the three
major offerings. All of these programs emphasize development of the four

85

skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. A modern language laboratory is used in conjunction with most courses.
Historically, the language barrier has hindered efforts to exchange ideas; it
remains a major obstacle to greater international harmony. In a shrinking
world community of jet travel and communications satellites, language study
becomes increasingly important. It is a key to better human understanding.
In addition to its more obvious academic uses, including entrance to and
success in graduate school, a foreign language has practical, everyday uses. A
firm grasp on a modern foreign language can be a door-opener to travel
opportunities, to a job, to an understanding of world problems. Fluency in
one or more foreign languages is a requisite for the Foreign Service. Working
knowledge of a language other than English is a tremendous aid in obtaining
overseas employment with an American business firm, where jobs exist in
professional, managerial, technical, secretarial, sales, and numerous other
fields.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN FRENCH
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Foreign Service
Import-Export Houses
Bilingual Secretary
Airlines
Travel Agencies
United States Firms Abroad
Hotel -Motel work
Graduate School Preparation
Translator

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN FRENCH
REQUIRED COURSES:
Intermediate French I
Intermediate French II
French Comp. & Conversation
French Comp., Conversation & Phonetics
Culture & Civil. of France I
Culture & Civil. of France II
French Literature I
French Literature 11

RELATED ELECTIVES: 44 semester hours
A minimum of three credit hours from each of the following fields for a
total of twenty -one semester hours:
Philosophy
Fine Arts

86

Literature
Speech
Theatre
Additional Electives: 23 semester hours

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN GERMAN
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Foreign Service
Import-Export Houses
Bilingual Secretary
Airlines
Travel Agencies
United States Firms Abroad
Hotel-Motel Work
Graduate School preparation
Translator

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN GERMAN
REQUIRED COURSES:
Intermediate German I
Intermediate German 11
German Comp . & Conversation
German Comp. , Conversation & Phonetics
Culture & Civil. of Germany I
Culture & Civil. of German 11
German Literature I
German Literature 11

RELATED ELECTIVES: 44 semester hours

A minimum of three credit hours from each of the following fields for a
total of twenty -one semester hours:
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Literature
Speech
Theatre
Additional Electives : 23 semester hours

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN SPANISH
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Foreign Service
Import-Export Houses
Bilingual Secretary
Airlines

87

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Travel Agencies
United States Firms Abroad
Hotel-Motel Work
Graduate School preparation
Translator

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SPANISH
REOUI RED COURSES:

Intermediate Spanish I
Intermediate Spanish II
Spanish Comp. & Conversation
Spanish Comp., Conversation & Phonetics
Culture & Civil. of Spain I
Culture & Civil. of Spain 11
Spanish Literature I
Spanish Literature 11
RELATED El.,.ECTIVES: 44 semester hours

A minimum of three credit hours from each of the following fields for a
total of twenty-one semester hours:
Philosophy
Fine Arts
Literature
Speech
Theatre
Additional Electives: 23 semester hours

PHILOSOPHY
The word philosophy comes from two Greek words that mean love and
knowledge . Anyone who enjoys discovering knowledge might be called a
philosopher, and thus the word was used originally. As man accumulated more
and more information about himself and the world, learning became organized
into special disciplines. In modern times, philosophy has come to be the
academic discipline which studies critically the nature and development of
different kinds of knowledge and attempts to relate these different kinds of
beliefs to form a general, workable view of reality. In short, philosophy deals
with questions like "What do we really know, and how do we know it? What
is the ultimate nature of reality? What is morally right, and how should we
live?" Typically, the philosophy student studies the history of man's basic
views about knowledge and the world and develops logical skills that will help
him deal with specific philosophical issues relevant to his life.
Though the chief reward in studying philosophy is the exercise of one's
curiosity, the philosophy graduate has a number of career potentials. The
philosophy major develops critical reasoning and writing skills and an ability

88

to analyze problems from a variety of perspectives. These talents equip one
for a broad range of positions in business and government. Depending upon
one's interests, the study of philosophy can be excellent preparation for
post-graduate study in law or business schools. Teaching positions in philosophy are, however, usually limited to colleges and universities, which normally
require the Ph.D. Degree.
With a diversified faculty capable of serving the special needs of the
student, and with most classes organized on a small-group basis, students find
that they can develop their potential in a setting that emphasizes curiosity
rather than competition. Students are encouraged to develop secondary
interests that supplement their philosophical studies and are frequently
counseled about how to develop their programs of study. The major program
is designed to provide a broad background in the primary areas of philosophy
while allowing the student to explore in depth particular issues of special
concern to him.
It is recommended that Philosophy majors have a strong second area
related to their philosophical interests (e.g. art, history, literature, or a
particular science coupled with mathematics) and that all majors take some
laboratory course. It is also recommended that those majors planning to seek
a graduate degree in philosophy take at least two years of German, French, or
Russian.
CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN PHILOSOPHY

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1. Preparation for Law School
2. Pre-professional training for teaching philosophy and for Careers in
Religion and Religious Education
3. Careers in Business
4. Careers in Government
5. Graduate School preparation
AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PHILOSOPHY
REQUIRED COURSES:

Logic and Language
History of Ancient Philosophy
16th to 18th Century Philosophy
MAJOR ELECTIVES: 21 semester hours

Two courses in each of the following areas of Philosophy:
Historical
Normative
Methodological
One additional course from one of the above areas.
RELATED ELECTIVES: 38 semester hours

89

PHYSICS
The program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Physics offers the
student a variety of choices which may be tailored to his needs . Above the
required three semesters of college Physics and two semesters of calculus , the
student must take a total of 50 credits. Twenty -four of these credits must be
in physics and twenty-six of them may be in related courses, including
chemistry, mathematics, biology, and geology. From the physics curriculum the
student may choose between a diversity of courses in classical and contemporary physics, including such courses in applied physics as radiation and optics,
plasma physics (e .g. Quantum Mechanics), Special and General Relativity , and
Astrophysics. Advanced labs include faci Iities for studies in photometry ,
holography, the Mossbauer Effect, X-ray diffraction, and digital electronics.
The flexibility of the program allows the graduate to equip himself for
many occupations, including entrance to an advanced degree program in
physics or engineering, and tech·nical or research positions with industry or
government . The programs also serve as excellent training for entrance to
professional schools.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN PHYSICS
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1. Res earch and Development - Industrial and Governmental Posi tions
2. Technical Sales
3. Technical Writing
4 . Technical Management Trainee
5. Pre professional Training for Medicine, Dentistry , and Law
6. Health Professions positions : Health Physics (with advanced
degree)
7 . Medical Engineer (with advanced degree)
8 . Graduate School preparation

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PHYSICS
REQUIRED COURSES :
College Physics I
College Physics 11
College Physics 111
Calculus I
Calculus 11

MAJOR ELECTIVES: 24 semester hours
RELATED ELECTIVES: 26 semester hours

90

POLITICAL SCIENCE
The Political Science program is designed to achieve three major objectives:
First, to prepare those who intend to pursue academic goals beyond the
undergraduate level , whether in law school , in public administration , or in
teaching ;
Second, to help students achieve a level of intellectual proficiency which
will contribute to a successful career in many areas of governmental service
and business ;
Third, to contribute to a broad liberal education that affords students the
opportunity to discover the sign ificance of political inquiry as an intellectual
discipline . It is hoped that the relationship of political science to other
academic disciplines such as the physical sciences, humanities, and other social
sciences will be impressed upon the student.
Accordingly , the program stresses both specialization and interdisciplinary
studies . Other social sciences are required as_ well as the standard minimal 36
hours of Political Science . Required courses in Psychology , Anthropology,
Sociology, History , Economics and Geography contribute to the multidisciplinary approach - a necessary requ isite for the understanding of politics.
Advisement is important in that faculty advisers can impress upon students
the desirability of acquiring at least a nodding acquaintance with other
disciplines such as Philosophy, Mathematics , English, Foreign Languages, and
the Phys ical Sciences, which can be taken as part of the General Studies
elective system .
The Political Science curriculum itself stresses the dive rse sub-specialities
which comprise the discipline, offering courses in Theory , Public Administra tion, Political Behavior, Comparative Politics, International Studies, American
Politics, and Legal Institutions. It is recommended that the student eschew
parochial tendencies and try to select courses which cover the broad scope of
the discipline.
CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN POLITICAL SCIENCE

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Civil Service (federal, state , local - domestic and foreign affairs)
Governmental Career
Journalism
Pre-law Training
Graduate School preparation

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
REQUIRED COURSES :

Introduction to Political Science
American Government
General Psychology
Principles of Anthropology

91

Principles of Sociology
History U.S. to 1877
History U.S. since 1877
European Life & Society to 1815
European Life & Society since 1815
Introductory Micro Economics
Introductory Macro Economics
Introduction to Geography
MAJOR ELECTIVES: 30 semester hours
RELATED ELECTIVES: 2 semester hours

PROFESSIONAL WRITING PROGRAM
The Professional Writing Program is designed to prepare students to enter
the professional writing field in one or more of four areas: Creative Writing,
Journalism, Radio-Television, and Scientific-Technical Writing. The program
will allow a student to specialize in one of these writing areas and will allow
him sufficient opportunity to acquire additional skills in related subject
matter. In the interest of academic balance, the curriculum is designed to
make certain that the student receives a broad education. Within the area of
concentration requirements, provisions for internship credit, electives in a
related discipline, and distributed electives allow the student to plan a
program suited to his particular career goals.
The program will allow a student who has completed work at a community
college to apply basic writing credits to the program, thus permitting him to
complete the program within two years. The provision for some hours of
internship credits will also facilitate this transition, especially for the student
who has been employed in some capacity involving writing responsibilities in
addition to some prior formal study .
This Professional Writing Program sees the student as one who must
become aware of those qualities of clarity , conciseness, and style that
constitute competent writing. He must also be able to master basic writing
formats and the intricacies and jargon of his chosen field of concentration, be
it professional writing in business, science-technology , journalism, radiotelevision, or creative writing.
Students will get a broad liberal education and thorough professional
instruction. The highest professional standards are maintained in the classroom. In addition to sound educational background, faculty members have
had extensive professional experience in all areas of writing .
AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PROFESSIONAL WRITING
(EMPHASIS ON CREATIVE WRITING)
REQUIRED COURSES:

Advanced Writing
Independent Study in Writing

92

Seminar in Writing
Creative Writing: Fiction
Creative Writing: Poetry
Adaptation of Literary Materials
Article Writing
Advertising
Publishing the Literary Magazine
Studies in Writing

RELATED ELECTIVES: 38 semester hours
Creative Writing: Drama OR Playwriting
3 semester hours from the following:
Journalism I
Business Writing I
Scientific and Technical Writing
Essay Writing
Related Discipline: 16 semester hours
( In addition to the courses above, 16 hours in an approved academic
discipline . Program must be approved by the department involved.)
Internship OR Additional Electives from any area: 16 semester hours

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PROFESSIONAL WRITING
(EMPHASIS ON SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WRITING)
REQUIRED COURSES:
Advanced Writing
Independent Study in Writing
Seminar in Writing
Scientific & Technical Writing I
Scientific & Technical Writing 11
Business Writing I
Business Writing 11
Article Writing
Advertising
Studies in Writing

RELATED ELECTIVES: 38 semester hours
6 semester hours from the following:
Journalism I
Essay Writing
Creative Writing : Fiction
Creative Writing: Poetry
Creative Writing: Drama
Playwriting (THE)
Publishing the Literary Magazine
Any writing course

93

Related Discipline: 16 semester hours
( In addition to the courses listed, the student will have 16 hours in a
related discipline, chosen from the Natural Sciences or Science and Tech nology programs, to be approved by the department of this related
interest.)
Internship OR Additional Electives from any area : 16 semester hours

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PROFESSIONAL WRITING
(EMPHASIS ON PRINT JOURNALISM)
REQUIRED COURSES:
Advanced Writing
Independent Study in Writing
Seminar in Writing
Journalism I
Journalism 11
. Journalism 111 (editing)
Article Writing
Advertising
Studies in Writing
RELATED ELECTIVES: 41 semester hours
6 semester hours from the following :
Playwriting (THE)
Radio and TV Writing :
Radio and TV Writing :
Adaptation of Literary
Publishing the Literary

News and Commercial (SPE)
Dramatic Script (SPE)
Materials
Magazine

3 semester hours from the following :
Business Writing I
Scientific and Technical Writing I
Essay Writing
Creative Writing : Fiction
Creative Writing : Poetry
Creative Writing : Drama
Related Discipline : 16 semester hours
(In addition to the courses above, 16 hours in an approved academic
discipline. Program must be approved by the department involved.)
Internship OR Additional Electives from any area : 16 semester hours

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PROFESSIONAL WRITING
(EMPHASIS ON RADIO & TELEVISION JOURNALISM)
REQUIRED COURSES:
Advanced Writing

94

Independent Study in Writing
Seminar in Writing
Journalism I
Television Production (SPE)
Radio Production (SPE)
Radio and TV Writing: News and Commercial (SPE)
Radio and TV in a Free Society

RELATED ELECTIVES: 44 semester hours
12 semester hours from the follow ing :
Journalism 11
Journalism 111 (editing)
Advertising
Article Writing
Studies in Writing
Any writing course
3 semester hours from the following :
Business Writing- I
Creative Writing: Drama
Creative Writing : Fiction
Creative Writing : Poetry
Essay Writing
Playwriting (THE)
Radio and TV Writing : Drama
Scientific and Technical Writing
9 semester hours from the following :
Radio & TV Workshops
Radio & TV Announcing
Appreciation of Television
Advanced TV Production
Special Problems
Internship and/or Additional Electives from any area : 20 semester hours

PSYCHOLOGY
Psychology is at one time a scholarly discipline , a scientific field, and a
professional activity . Its overall focus is on the study of both animal and
human behavior and related mental and physiological processes. Thus Psychology emphasizes human communication, principles and theories of behavior,
research on the causes and dynamics of behavior patterns, and the practical
application of knowledge, skills, and techniques for t he solution and/or
prevention of individual and social problems.

95

Literature and Culture of Southeastern Europe
Literature and Culture of the Western Slavs
Literature and Culture of the Eastern Slavs
The Immigrant in American History
The History of Eastern Europe
Slavic Studies Seminar

MAJOR ELECTIVES: 12 semester hours in Eastern European Languages
RELATED ELECTIVES: 32 semester hours
12 semester hours from the following:
History of Russia
Geography of the Soviet Union
Politics and Government in Eastern Europe
Nationality Problems of Eastern Europe
Masterpieces of Russian Literature
Music of Russia and Eastern Europe
Byzantine and Early Christian Art
Peasant and Folk Cultures
Minority Group Relations
Additional Electives: 20 semester hours

SOCIAL WORK
All social work educational programs can be reduced to the premise of
"producing change in some human condition" by working with delinquents,
adoptive parents, psychiatric patients, hospital patients, marriage counseling,
parent-child disturbances, or a host of other human conditions. Social work is
dedicated to working with people, and the undergraduate program at California State College is dedicated to providing the student with a broad range
of academic and social agency experiences which will enable him to function
in a variety of settings.
The social worker understands human problems and has the ability to work
with human beings, using methods other than technical skills and mechanical
abilities. Persons choosing a career in social work usually do so because of a
genuine concern for others and a desire to help.
There should be continuing opportunities for growth and development in
the social work field, both in the nature and scope of the tasks assigned to
the social worker, and in the responsibility and commitment demanded by the
job.
Our program is designed to provide a most comprehensive training program
for social work students. It examines the nature of social work programs, and
outlines the functions and interactions within the various social service
organizations.
Emphasis is placed on defining human needs and the cooperative actions
that must be undertaken in order to respond to these needs .
This academic effort is augmented by an active f ield placement experience,
whereby the student has the opportunity to implement theoretical concepts in

98

a real-life situation, and is thus allowed to judge if the profession of social
work is suited to his or her career desires.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN SOCIAL WORK
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Caseworker
Child Welfare Worker
Probation, Parole , Corrections
Psychiatric Social Worker
Medical Social Worker
Family Service Worker
Public Assistance Worker
School Social Work
School Guidance Counselor
Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation
Mental Retardation
Geriatrics
Public Health
Graduate School preparation

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN SOCIAL WORK
REQUIRED COURSES:
Minority Group Relations
Contemporary Social Problems
Intro to Social Work
Social Casework I
Social Change
Delinquency
Delivery of Services
Welfare Practicum I
Welfare Practicum II
Principles of Sociology
Elements of Economics
General Psychology
Child Psychology
Adolescent Psychology
Social Psychology
Social Institutions
History of Social Thought
Urban Sociology
The Family

MAJOR ELECTIVE:
Research Methods OR Quantitative Methods

RELATED ELECTIVES: 2 semester hours

99

SOCIOLOGY
Although sociology has existed as a discipline for approximately 150 years,
efforts to understand human society go l:>ack into ancient history . The
attempt to understand society is the substance of sociology, as well as the
substance of any undergraduate sociology program.
Sociology is frequently defined as a "community of scholarship that uses
rational models to organize empirical data about human society and social
behavior ." This definition contains four components which constitute the
basis of the undergraduate sociology department at California State College : .
1. Our subject matter is human society and social behavior;
2. The method is that of observing empirical data;
3. Explanation occurs in and is validated by a community of scholarship ;
4. Organization and focus are provided by rational models .
Each of these areas requires the content of various courses for one to gain
adequate understanding of the discipline .
Sociologists attempt to approach their studies as objectively as possible ,
without bias. Preconceptions, however, are inherent in all thought processes .
Sociologists, like other scientists , tend to begin with systematic views of what
the world is like , how to study it, and even what may be discovered about it .
When these general perspectives are systematized and made explicit, they are
known as theoretical models . For sociology , the four theoretical models
described above are basic.
With its focus upon the whole of human society, sociology is a very broad
science. Its practitioners conduct research and seek to develop theory in areas
ranging from urbanization and race relations, through family and religious
behavior , to student dissent and drug use . In fact, the sociologist is interested
in virtually all aspects of human behavior .
The sociologist is not interested necessarily in changing society , even
though the results of his efforts may very well result in such changes. Rather ,
he is interested in discovering the content and process of social relations. His
d iscoveries are utilized by many individuals in various disciplines. The
practicing sociologist may be thought of as the individual who discovers the
methods of change, while others implement his findings to produce change.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN SOCIOLOGY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Law School Preparation
Graduate School preparation
Business Management
Insurance
Government Service

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SOCIOLOGY
REQUIRED COURSES :
Principles of Sociology

100

Research Methods
History of Social Thought
Principles of Anthropology
Introduction to Pol itical Science
American Government
Statistics
Elements of Economics
General Psychology
Social Psychology

MAJOR ELECTIVES: 27 semester hours
RELATED ELECTIVES: 11 semester hours
(Must include one course in Philosophy)

SOVIET STUDIES
The Soviet Studies Program is interdisciplinary and is administered by the
Slavic and Eastern European Studies Committee . It is of particular interest to
those who plan to work in government, journalism or international trade . A
large number of electives make the program relevant to both the Soviet Union
and Eastern Europe .
The language requirement is satisfied by the completion of second-year
Russian .

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN SOVIET STUDIES
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

United States State Department ·
United States Intelligence Agencies
Foreign trade - banking
Foreign trade - industry
Journalism - overseas
Translator
Writer
Foreign Service
Graduate School preparation

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SOVIET STUDIES
REQUIRED COURSES:
Two years of Russian
Introduction to Slavic Studies
Geography of the Soviet Union
History of Russia

101

Literature of the Soviet Union
Philosophy of Marxism
Politics and Government in the Soviet Union
Comparative Economic Systems
Slavic Studies Seminar

RELATED ELECTIVES: 32 semester hours
12 semester hours from the following list :
History of the Cold War
Literature and Culture of the Eastern Slavs
Soviet Foreign Policy
Politics and Government in Eastern Europe
Nationality Problems of Eastern Europe
Survey of Slavic Literature
Masterpieces of Russian Literature
Geography of East Central Europe
History of Eastern Europe
Eastern European Languages
Music of Russia and Eastern Europe
Additional Electives : 20 semester hours

SPEECH COMMUNICATION
The Department of Speech Communication offers two Arts and Sciences
programs, a general one, and one with an emphasis on i-adio and television .
Both are intended to encourage pursuit of a broad, liberal education. The
main distinction between them is that the latter program requires more radio
and television production experiences than does the former.
The two programs follow the pattern of the School of Arts and Sciences,
which- permits 60 hours of student-selected general studies . They require 34 to
36 hours of specific required courses, six to eight hours of elective courses
chosen from the Speech Communication disciplines that student and adviser
agree are pertinent to the particular student's development . In the general
program the required courses were selected by the departmental faculty as a
means of introducing the student to the varied aspects of Speech Communication . In the radio and television program the required courses were chosen to
encourage familiarity with radio and television and the pursuit of a liberal
education .
These two programs examine the discip line of oral communication . Such
study involves concern with how to communicate effectively in varied
situations by designing and delivering effective messages, how best to use the
strengths of various communicative formats, how to understand what takes
place in communication, and the evaluation of received communications.
Neither program is intended as vocational training. Both provide communication skills and perspectives that will enable a graduate to adapt readily to a
rapidly changing communicative world , irrespective of eventual career .

102

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN SPEECH COMMUNICATIONS
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Publ ic Relations Specia list
Communication Specialist
Sal esperson
Radio Performer
T elevision Performer
Information Officer
Political Affairs
Pre-professional training for Law, Ministry, and government

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION
(GENERAL)
REQUIRED COURSES:
Oral Communi cation
Survey of Radio, TV & Film
Intro to Parliamentary Procedu re
Fundamentals of Discussion
Intro to Communi cation Theory
Intro to Oral Interpretation
Intro to T elevision Production
Language and Behavior
Speech Criticism

MAJOR ELECTIVES:
Three Speech Communication Work shops
Advanced Public Speaking OR Persuasion
Argumentation and Debate OR Group Di scussion
Eight Credits in Speech Communication

RELATED ELECTIVES: 26 semester hours
AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN SPEECH COMMUNICATION
(EMPHASIS ON RADIO AND TV)
REQUIRED COURSES:
Oral Communication
Survey of Radio, TV & Film
Intro to Commun ication Th eory
Intro to Oral Interpretation
Three Radio and TV Workshops
Intro to Television Production
Intro to Radio Production
Radio and Television Announcing
Appreciation of Film
Advanced Television Production

103

MAJOR ELECTIVES:

Fundamentals of Di scussio n OR Group Discussion
Radio and TV Writing : News OR Radio and TV Writing: Drama
Six Credits in Speech Communication
RELATED ELECTIVES: 26 semester hours

THEATRE
The program in theatre is a Hum anities program with specialization in
Th eatre .
It promotes the highest professional standards in studying, teaching, play
production, and research; encourages and guides significant responses to new
and imaginative developments in communication and media ; infuses all
students with the conviction that theatre is vital, relevant, and artistic;
maintains procedures for stimulating career development, and presents an
important creative and aesthetic outlet .
This program provides a means by which our heritage, history, and way of
li fe is experienced by coll ege and community audiences .
In cooperation with the Student Activiti es Association, the department
sponsors three play -producing organizations: College Players, Theatre for
Chi ldren and Youth, and Th eatre Now. Each organization shares department
facilities, resources, and faculty .
T he department works closely with area schools, social groups, and
agencies, and provides an acting company which tours Western Pe nnsylvania as
a resou rc e group in creative expression.
CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN THEATRE

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1. Th eatre/d rama specialists for social groups and agencies . (neighbor-

2.

3.
4.
5.

hood, youth and se nior citizen centers, libraries , summer camps
and recreation areas)
Preparation for profess ional training in graduate or specialty
schools as: 1) stage performers , 2) directors, 3) managers, 4)
designers, an d 5) technicians (scenery, lighting , costuming)
Owne rs of or professional staff in commercial studios
Profess ional staff in performing arts or cultural centers (administration, box-office management, public relations)
Film and television performers, directors, producers, and technicians .

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN THEATRE
REQUIRED COURSES:

Production, Rehearsa l & Performance

104

MAJOR ELECTIVES:
Movement and Voice OR Games and Improvisations
Fundamentals of Acting OR Fundamentals of Directing OR Technical
Production
Seventeen Credits in Theatre Courses

RELATED ELECTIVES: 42 semester hours

URBAN AFFAIRS
The Urban Affairs program has four tracks: Urban Planning, Urban and
Regional Management, Urban Recreation, and General Urban Studies. All four
tracks have a common core of required courses, including Urban History,
Urban Geography, Urban Sociology , and the Seminar in Urban Affairs. In
addition to the core , the student selects a number of courses in his field of
specialization . Among these specialized courses are Planning and . Policy
Analysis, Planning Methods, Planning and Developing Areas and Facilities,
Recreation Leadership, Public Finance, and Principles of Management. Finally,
in his junior or senior year, the Urban Affairs student takes a variable credit
Practicum (4-16 credits) . For the Practicum a student spends a semester or
part of a semester involved in and learning the operations of a city planning
commission, housing authority, a local, state, or federal agency or a city or
county recreation department . The practicum experience prepares the student
to grapple with the day to day operations of an on-going urban-based agency .
The area of Urban Affairs offers numerous career opportunities . Graduates
may find jobs in City and County Transportation Authorities, Planning
Commissions, Social Agencies, and Recreation Departments. In an urban
culture the suburbs of the city as well as the city itself, demand trained
personnel to plan and operate local programs. The horizons for urban affairs
graduates are expanding as the suburbs become the focus for social and
physical planning decisions.
Urban Affairs graduates are encouraged to continue their education. Many
go directly to graduate school to pursue degrees in Urban Regional Planning,
City Administration, and Landscaping Architecture . Urban Affairs is also an
excellent preparation for a law career.
The Urban Affairs Practicum, discussed above, is an excellent opportunity
for the student to test and refine his career decision . Moreover, often it can
lead the student directly into a career .
At present, the Urban Affairs Curriculum is undergoing a significant
revision. Therefore, students interested in the program are strongly advised to
contact the program director: Dr . John Bauman , World Culture 301.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN URBAN STUDIES
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1. Urban Planning
'

,

105

I

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Urban Transportation
City Management
Law Careers
State and Federal Agencies
Suburban Government
Public Service
Graduate School preparation

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN URBAN AFFAIRS
REQUIRED COURSES:

Accounting
Statistics
Urban Geography
Regional Economics
Urban Sociology
Municipal Government
Public Administration
Problems in Urban History
Business Writing
Urban Transportation
Seminar in Urban Studies
Practicum (from 4-16 credits)
RELATED ELECTIVES: 19-31 semester hours

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN URBAN RECREATION AND
PARK ADMINISTRATION

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11 .
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Municipal Recreation Director
Health and Welfare Specialist
Planning and Construction Consultant
Armed Forces Recreation Specialist
Commercial Recreation Executive
Student Union Director
YMCA - YWCA Director
Boy & Girl Scout Executive
Hospital Recreation Specialist
Camp Director
Institutional Recreation Director
Senior Citizen Center Supervisor
Industrial Recreation Director
Church Recreation Coord inator
Community - School Director
Resort Manager

106

AREA OF CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS LEADING TO THE
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN URBAN RECREATION AND
PARK ADMINISTRATION
REQUIRED COURSES :
Community Organi zation and Leadership
Program Planning
Recreation and Par k Administration
Pl anning and Develo ping Areas and Facili ties
Accounting
Statistics
Urban Geography
Regional Economics
Urban Sociology
Municipal Government
Public Administration
Probl ems in Urban History
Business Writing
Urban Transportation
Se minar in Urban Studies
Practicum (from 4 - 16 credits)

RELATED ELECTIVES: 7-19 se mes ter hours

107

Description of Courses
(Introductory level courses are indicated by a dagger It/.)

AMERICAN STUDIES
XAS 201 . AMERICAN LIFE I: COLONIAL ORIGINS TO THE GILDED AGE . An
interdisciplinary examination of American civilization from its colonial origins through
the 19th century . The course emphasizes economic, social, religious, educational,
intellectual, and artistic developments. (3 crs.)
XAS 202. AMERICAN LIFE II : 20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIAL-URBAN AMERICA. A
study of the radical changes in American life which followed the United States' coming
of age as an urban and industrial civilization at the turn of the century , examining
changes reflected in the religious, educational, domestic and social life of the modern
American , and the impact of the new society on social stratification, population trends,
family affairs, city life, labor developments, as well as shifts in the judicial, political and
legislative systems. (3 crs.)
XAS 205. THE TRANSFORMATION OF AMERICAN SOCIETY . (3 crs.)
XAS 263 THE BUSINESS MAI" IN AMERICA. This course assesses the significant role
of the business man in American culture. Its objectives: ( 1) to trace the historical
development of the business man; (2) to analyze his relationship to the dominant
intellectual, social , and moral thought of his time, and (3) to study his portrayal in
fictional and non-fictional selections which characterize his origins, methods, value
system, life style, and contributions to the culture. (3 crs.)
XAS 401 . SEMINAR IN AMERICAN STUDIES I. An intensive study of a representative
figure, theme, or period (such as the 1840's or the 1930's) that has influenced and
reflected a significant aspect of American culture. Both structure and topic should afford
opportunity for the student to cut across lines of discipline . Independent reading and
research will be encouraged. Professors representing related disciplines will be invited to
participate. (3 crs.)
XAS 402. SEMINAR IN AMERICAN STUDIES II . This seminar examines the history
and development of American Studies, contributions of various disciplines to American
Studies, and different techniques and approaches employed in the study of American
culture. A special project or paper, reflecting the particular interests of the student, will
be supervised carefully by the director of the seminar. Key studies in American Studies
scholarship are incorporated into the course. (3 crs.)

ANTHROPOLOGY
ANT 100. PRINCIPLES OF ANTHROPOLOGY. (3 crs.)
ANT 101 . ARCHAEOLOGY FIELD SCHOOL I. (VC)
ANT 102. ARCHAEOLOGY FIELD SCHOOL II. (VC)
ANT 106. ARCHAEOLOGY SURFACE SURVEY . (3crs.)

109

ANT 110. LIVING HISTORY. A study of material folk culture of southwestern
Pennsylvania. Designed to show how to study material folk culture and how to replicate
aspects of that culture today . (3 crs.)
ANT 200 . OLD WORLD PREHISTORY . A middle-level survey of the main archaeological
focal points of the old world, requiring a basic understanding of archaeological concepts ,
goals, and techniques . (3 crs. )
ANT 210. PRIMITIVE INSTITUTIONS . Analysis and comparison of the social , political,
and religious institutions of pre-literate and pre-industrial peoples. (3 crs .)
ANT 220. AZTECS, MAYAS, AND INCAS . (3 crs .)
ANT 225 . 18 AND 19 ~ENTURY CRAFTS . (3 crs .)
ANT 230. CULTURE & PERSONALITY . (3crs.)
ANT 235 . ENCUL TURATION . A cross-cul t ural ex amination ·o f the universal human
problem of transforming a neonate into a functioning adult in a particular culture . (3
crs .)
ANT 240. PEASANT AND FOLK CULTURE . (3 crs .)
ANT 250. CULTURE CHANGE AND CULTURE SHOCK . (3 crs .)
ANT -255. WORLD ETHNOLOGY . (3 crs .)
ANT 260 . CLASSICAL ARCHAEOLOGY. The basic concept of Western man as revealed
in the archaeological record from Crete through the Hellenistic period . (3 crs.)
ANT 270. SOUTHWEST ETHNOLOGY . An ex amination of the constantly changing
cultural life styles that have existed in the Southwest Cu ltural Area of North America . (3
crs .)
ANT 280. INDIANS OF NORTH AMERICA . Social anthropology and cultural ecology of
American Indian cultures. (3 crs.)
ANT 281 . SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA . The cultural anthropology of representative African
groups, past and contemporary . (3 crs.)
ANT 285. ORIGINS OF MAN . Contemporary Physical Anthropology, emphasizing the
evolution of man as part of the evolution of the primates. (3 crs .)
ANT 286. PREHISTORIC MAN. A comprehensive survey of archaeology: history, theory
and techniques. (3 crs.)
ANT 350. PREHISTORIC INDIANS . The archaeology and reconstructed culture of the
Indians of the eastern United States. (3 crs .)
ANT 365 . DIGGING UP AMERICA . An introduction to Historical Archaeology . (3 crs .)
ANT 379 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANTHROPOLOGY . (VC)
ANT 385. PRIMATE SOCIETIES AND BEHAVIOR . Advanced study of the non-human
primates. (3 crs.)

110

ANT 420. HISTORY OF ANTHROPOLOGY . (3 crs.)
ANT 450. PREHISTORIC ARCHAEOLOGY FIELD SCHOOL. (6 crs.)
ANT 460. HISTORIC ARCHAEOLOGY FIELD SCHOOL. (6 crs. )
ANT 479. HONORS COURSE IN ANTHROPOLOGY . (VC}
ANT 495. SEMINAR IN ANTHROPOLOGY . (3 crs.}

ART
ART 100. SURVEY OF ART HISTORY : CAVE PAINTING TO PRESENT. Emphasis is
placed on the historical relevancy of art to our present society . (3 crs .}
ART 102. ART HISTORY I: CAVE PAINTING TO RENAISSANCE . (3 crs .)
ART 103. ART HISTORY II : RENAISSANCE TO PRESENT. (3 crs.)
ART 105. DESIGN I. An examinatior of elements and principles used in visual
composition. The student uses a variety of media to solve problems in the theory and
practice of art fundamentals. (3 crs.)
ART 107. MEDIA AND TECHNIQUES. Development of a broad knowledge of media
and techniques used in creative expression . Emphasis will be placed on exploration rather
than product. Two and three-dimensional media and techniques will be covered . (3 crs.)
ART 110. DRAWING I. Introduction to the basic elements (line, shape, value, etc. ),
materials (pencil , ink, charcoal , etc.) , and techniques of drawing. The development of
these graphic skills will be accomplished through analysis and interpretation of natural
and man-made forms . Some preparation for Commercial Illustration . (3 crs.)
ART 200. EGYPTIAN ART . An examination of the artistic skills of Egyptian civilization,
with emphasis on the accepted formulas and accurate observation of life portrayed in its
art. (3 crs.)
ART 202 . BYZANTINE AND EARLY CHRISTIAN ART. A study of historical traditions
and geographical areas that influenced early Christian and Byzantine styles in art and
architecture. (3 crs.)
ART 204. GREEK ART AND ARCHITECTURE . An examination of the basic elements
of symetry, proportion , and unity in Greek art and architecture. (3 crs .)
ART 205. DESIGN II. Design problems in the areas of advertising, and/or packaging,
fashion design , interior design, and functional design . Slides, films, magazines and field
trips will be used for exposure to good design . Prerequisite: Design I. (3 crs.)
ART 208. CALLIGRAPHY AND ADVERTISING . Designed to acquaint the student with
contemporary ideas in advertising and to make him/her knowledgeable in the art of
calligraphy and sign writing . (3 crs.)
ART 210 . DRAWING II. Further development of the knowledge and skills covered in
Drawing I, with increased emphasis upon individual forms of expression. Application of
line and color . Prerequisite : Drawing I. (3 crs.)

111

ART 220 . SCULPTURE I. Introduction to the basic language, components, elements, and
principles of organization of sculpture . The basic techniques of manipulation, subtraction,
substitution , and addition will be covered, involving a wide range of materials. (3 crs .)
ART 230. CERAMI CS I. An introduction to the construction, decoration, glazing, and
firing of pottery and other clay objects . Construction techniques will include wheel
throwing and hand -building processes. The course will cover a wide range of glazing
techniques. (3 crs .)
ART 240 . WEAVING I. Designed for the beginning weaver ; includes the very basics of
loom weaving with four harnesses. Instruction in the procedures involved in warping
thread, the step-by -step method of dressing a loom, and loom-controlled and handmanipulated weaving methods, including twills, lace weaves, wrapped-warp techniques,
soumack , rya, flossa, and combinations of weaves . A minimum of five finished pieces is
required at semester's end. (3 crs. )
ART 242 . FIBERS AND THREADS . Designed primarily to give the student an
opportunity to manipulate varying fibers in such techniques as macrame, tapestry
weaving , basketry, sprang , rug construction , braid i ng, twining , free stitchery , needlepoint,
etc. Imaginative treatments of all techniques is stressed , unusual uses and combinations of
materials are encouraged, and emphasis is on qual i ty pieces. (3 crs .)
ART 245 . TAPESTRY WEAVING . The exploration of free
upright tapestry looms as opposed to low -warp looms. The
unusual yarns and decorative materials, i.e ., ribbons, beads ,
bamboo, etc ., and will be evaluated on his competency on
imagination . (3 crs .)

tapestry techniques on
student experiments in
shells, feathers, leather ,
the loom, design, and

ART 250. FABRICS : SURFACE TREATMENT . An exploration of surface decorative
t rea tment s of commonplace and unusual fabrics. The techniques presented include batiks ,
tie dying , printed and stenciled procedures, applique, cutwork, quilting , trapunto, drawn
weaving, and combinations of surface methods. Design, interpretation, and craftsmanship
are emphasized. (3 crs.)
ART 252 . CRAFTS . An exploration of material s used in creating three-dimensional
obj ect s. Stresses the practical application of new materials and processes in creating art
fo rms. (3 crs.)
ART 255. JEWELRY I. An introduc t ion to the var ieties of creative jewelry construction
and design. Emphasis is placed on an original hand -built product. Techniques covered
including wire co nstruction, forging , cutting, piercing , etc . (3 crs. )
ART 260. WATERCOLOR PAINTING I. Designed to assist students in basic watercolor
t echniques . Emphasis will be pl aced on both transparent and opaque water colors . (3 crs.)
ART 270. PAINTING I. An introduction to th e fundamentals of painting . Emphasis is
placed on picto ri al representat ion and conceptu al development, primarily in oils, but
work in waterco lor or acrylic s m ay be developed . (3 crs.)
ART 280 . PRINTMAKING I. Th e fundam enta l techniq ues of intaglio, relief, and
serigraphy . Composition and craftsmansh ip are stressed in the printing processes. (3 crs .)
ART 290. EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM IN TEACHING OF ART . The student is in
di rect contact with ch ildren and their art. The class will use local elementary schools for

112

observing, teaching, and developing courses of study. A Saturday morning children's
workshop to initiate and test experimental programs may be used . Classroom problems
for the art teacher are explored . (VC)
ART 291. FILM AND SLIDE WORKSHOP - MULTI-MEDIA. A workshop designed to
explore and develop visual statements using 8mm film and color slides. The class will be
involved directly with the technical process of developing and editing film , as well as
experimenting with new techniques. (VC)
ART 292. EXP LOR ING MUSEUMS . A series of field trips exposing the student to a
wide variety of museums, galleries, and lectures by museum directors, curators, gallery
owners, and other individuals whose work relates to the presentation or display of works
of art. (VC)
ART 295. ART STUDENT WORKSHOP. Covers art-related activities not a part of the
regular art course offerings. Film series and photographic, ceramic , and gallery workshops
have been covered in the past. (Course description available in Art Department or at
Registration when offered .) (VC)
ART 300. ITALIAN RENAISSANCE ART . An in-depth study of the growth and
development of the Italian Renaissance from the 12th through the 16th century. (3 crs.)
ART 302 . ART OF AMERICA . A survey of American Art from colonial through
contemporary times. Emphasis is placed on the emergence and development of American
architecture, painting, sculpture, and crafts. (3 crs .)
ART 304 . BLACK ART IN AMERICA . A survey of Black art and artists in America ,
their heritage, influence, and future. (3 crs .)
ART 320. SCULPTURE 11. Further development of knowledge and skills covered in
Sculpture I, with increased emphasis upon individual forms of expression. Prerequisite:
Sculpture I. (3 crs.)
ART 330 . CERAMICS 11. Students in Ceramcis 11 are expected to draw upon previous
knowledge of materials, decoration, and design, and relate it to a personal aesthetic
statement. Prerequisite : Ceramics I. (3 crs .)
ART 335 . GLAZE TECHNIQUES. Glaze chemistry formulation and application , with
emphasis on mixing, applying , and firing glazeware. Processes will include raku , salt
glazing, ash glazing, and reduction glazing . Prerequisit e: Ceramics I. (3 crs.)
ART 336. Kl LN CONSTRUCTION. Designed for advanced ceramics students ; comprises
the history, design, and construction of ceramic kilns. A variety of kilns will be covered,
and students will observe on-site firing of studio and industrial kilns . (3 crs .)
ART 337 . FOLK POTTERY OF SOUTHWESTERN PENNSYLVANIA . An introduction ,
to the salt-glazed stoneware manufactured in Southwestern Pennsylvania during the
second half of the 19th century. Lectures, slides , field trips to pottery sites , and guest
lecturers and Historians. Actual construction of a piece on the potter's wheel , decoration
of the ware, and glazing in a salt-fired kiln . (3 crs.)
ART 340. WEAVING 11. An advanced weaving class designed for the student who, having
completed Weaving I, wishes to pursue this craft . Techniques include overshot weaving,

113

tape stry on four-harness looms, vertical soumack or wrapped warp, double weave and
double weave lace techniques , st enc iled , tie-d y ed or painted I KAT warps, and combinations of these procedures. Prerequisite : Weaving I. (3 c rs .)

BIOLOGY
BIO 100. INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY. The nature of living m atter ; general pr inciples
deduced from complexities of form and function, genetics, and evolut ion and the
implications involved in understanding life from a broad base : com parat ive survey of
plants and animals and their interrelationships in nature. Prerequisi t es : None. T hree hours
lecture and two laboratory hours weekly . (5 crs .)
BIO 101 . INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY LECTURE . Considerably m ore advanced than
most high school courses in that physiological systems, molecular ex pl anati on s, and
current research results are stressed in relation to their impact upon dail y life and an
understanding of their influence on the changes required in social organ izati o ns and in
technology. Prerequisites: None. Three lecture hours weekly. (3 crs . )
BIO 102. INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY (LABORATORY) . Laboratory experiences
related to the subject matter of BIO 101 . Ecological awareness, nature study , cel lular and
microscopic studies, molecular and p hy siological processes, as wel I as m ore cl assical
descriptive anatomy and classification . Prerequisites: Bl O 101 previously or concurrently.
Three laboratory hours weekly . (2 crs.)
BIO 105. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY . The interrelationships of various p lants and
animals as they relate to the biotic and abiotic constituents of diverse t errestrial and
aquatic habitats. Various basic structural and functional principles cont rolling the b iotic
community and the ecosystem will be stressed via discussions of popul ation dynamics,
material cycles, and ·energy flow particularly as these to p ics re late t o the continu~nce of
life on earth . Ecological succession will be developed in terms of b iotic, geological, and
physico-chemical characteristics. Especially suitable for non-sci ence students; requires only
a basic understanding of biology . Prerequisite: BIO 100 or BIO 101 and BIO 102. Three
lecture hours weekly. (3 crs.)
BIO 106. CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN HUMAN ECOLOG Y . An extensive exami nation of man's impact on the biosphere , hydrosphere, lithosph ere, and atmosphere, with
emphasis on ( 1) pollution of aquatic and triposphe r ic systems; (2) o th er pollutants in
human ecosystems; (3) human population dynamics in relation to disease, malnutrition,
genetics, and food . Lecture, possibly supplemented w ith va r iou s f ield tr ips . Prerequisite:
BIO 100 or BIO 101 and BIO 102. Three lecture hours weekly . (3 c rs .)
BIO 107 . HEREDITY AND HUMAN AFFAIRS . Fundame ntal concepts of the evolutionary processes , the reproductive processes , and hered itary processes. Prerequisite: BIO
100 or BIO 101 and 102. Three hours lecture week ly . (3 crs.)
B 10 111 . BOT ANY I. An analysis of the biol ogy of p lants, encompassing the origin of
plant life on the earth, the photosynthetic mechanism, modes o f increasing structural
complexity, the nature and meaning of sexuality, the nature of motility, and the
evolutionary processes, especially as man ifest in t he al gae and fungi. Prerequisites: BIO
115 or concurrent with BIO 115. Th ree hours lect u re and three hours laboratory weekly .
(4 crs.)

11 4

X

BIO 115. PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY. Structures and function common to all organisms :
cell structure and function , the chemical aspects of biological systems , energy and
materials balance in nature, developmental biology, principles of genetics, evolution, and
ecology . Prerequisite : Science majors. Three hours lecture and two laboratory hours
weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 121 . ZOOLOGY I.

A comprehensive

phylogenetic survey of the invertebrate animals,

with emphasis on evolutionary changes and their relationship to man . Laboratory studies
of representative members of the major phyla. Prerequisites : BIO 115 or concurrent with
BIO 115. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 205. FOUNDATIONS OF BEHAVIOR . A survey of the anatomical and physiology
basis of animal behavior, together with the techniques involved in behavioral analysis.
Prerequisites: BIO 115,111 , 212,121,222. Three lecture hours weekly . (3 crs.)
BIO 206. CONSERVATION OF BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES. A study of biological
aspects relating to plants and animals directly associated with water, soil , and environmental changes. Numerous field trips are taken into areas of Western Pennsylvania to
observe land reclamation, conservation practices, and basic problems confronting human
populations. Prerequisites: BIO 111, 115, and 212. Three hours lecture and a three hour
field trip are required weekly . (4 crs .)
BIO 207 . ENTOMOLOGY . A specialized study of the insects : identification and
classification ; development phases; physiological characteristics, economic importance;
disease vectors. Prerequisites: BIO 111, 115, and 212. Three hours lecture and three
laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs.)
BIO 212 . BOTANY 11. The origin and evolution of the land flora , emphasizing the origin
of lead , shoot, seed and flower in a progression of change from ferns and fern allies to
the flowering plants. Prerequisites: Bl O 111 and 115. Three hours le~ture and three
laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)
BIO 222. ZOOLOGY 11. A comprehensive phylogenetic study of the Phylum Chordata
with emphasis on the evolutionary changes and the interrelationship of animals of the
different classes with their environment . Prerequisites : BIO 115 and 121 . Three hours
lecture and three laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs .)
BIO 305. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY . A comparative study of the
organs and organ systems, primarily concentrating on comparing the rabbit with man.
Other chordates are used as ancillary material. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121, and 222.
Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs.l
BIO 306. HUMAN ANATOMY . A basic study of the structures of the human body .
Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121, and 222. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours
weekly . (4 crs.)
BIO 307 . PLANT ANATOMY . A detailed study of structural differentiations, especially
in the higher plants: the structure of meristems and developmental changes in their
derivatives. Prerequisites: BIO 115, and 121 . Three hours lecture and three laboratory
hours weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 308. BIOTIC COMMUNITIES. The principles of the structure and nature of various
biotic communities are considered from the concrete stand to the biome level. Factors
which limit, maintain, and modify biot ic assemblages are presented qualitatively and

115

quantitatively from the local to the regional portions of the communities . Interrelationships between organisms and environment in reference to the organism's morphological,
physiological, and behavioral adaptations. The dynamics of ecological succession are
stressed, illustrating the permanence of climax communities over geological time. Ecological techniques and methods to quantify and qualify the community will be pursued in
the field and laboratory . Extended field trips may be required . Prerequisites : BIO 115,
112, and 121. Three hours lecture and three hours of laboratory -field experience weekly .
(4 crs.)
BIO 314. PLANT ECOLOGY (4 crs.)
BIO 315. CYTOLOGY . A detailed study of m icroscopic and sub-microscopic components
of plant and animal cells, with emphasis on the modern research of morphology and
functions of various organelles. Mitosis, meiosis, chromosomal basis of heredity and
chromosomal aberrations in various organisms, including humans. Special attention is
given to experimental cytology cytological and cytogenetical theories and cytological
techniques . Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115, 121 , 212 , and 222. Three hours lecture and
three laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs.)
BIO 316. ECOSYSTEMS ECOLOGY . A n introductory study of the dynamics of the
biological, physic al, and mathematical relationships and interrelationships that proceed
within various ecosystems on the earth. Emphasis is placed on biogeoghemical cycling,
energy cycling , population dynamics, productivity, and pertinent problems concerning
ecosystem deteriorat ion. Field and laboratory studies concerning various processes
operating with in an ecosystem . Prerequis ites: BIO 111,115, 121,212 and 222 . General
Chemistry I and II and College Algebra recommended . Three hours lecture and three
hours of laboratory -field experience weekly . (4 crs .)
BIO 317 . EMBRYOLOGY . A study of oogenesis and spermatogenesis
developments following fertilization ; factors involved in morphogenetic
organology: sequences of changes in d eve lopment. Special emphasis on
comparative examples of development in other animals. Prerequis i tes : BIO
222. Three hours lec ture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs.)

and resultant
determination ;
the chick and
115, 121 , and

BIO 318. GENETICS. An introduction to molecular genetics and to the basic principles
of inheritance . Gene interactions, multiple-factor inheritance, chromosome mapping,
chromosomal extrachromosomal inheritance . The roles of mutation, selection, migration,
and genetic drift are investigated to determ ine the genetic composition of different
populations. Prerequisites: BIO 111 , 115,121 , 212 , and 222 . Three hours lecture and
three laboratory hours weekly (4 crs.)
BIO 321. BIOTIC INDICATORS OF WATER POLLUTION . A survey of biotic indicators
of pollution, with emphasis on relating these indicators to the chemical and physical
characteristics of various polluted waters. Practical exercises include field problems as well
as laboratory experiments. Prerequisites: Principles of Biology, General Chemistry I & 11 ,
and Analytical Chemistry I. (4 crs.)
BIO 325. ANIMAL HISTOLOGY . The study of cellular differentiations in tissue, tissue
identification , and special functions, especially in the mammals . Prerequisites: BIO 115 ,
121 , and 222 . Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs.)
BIO 326. MICROBIOLOGY . A detailed study of bacteria and viruses, with less emphasis
on fungi, algae and protozoans. Special emphasis on medical aspects of bacteriology and

116

virology . The cytology, physiology, microbiology and culture of microbes are pursued in
the laboratory . Prerequisites: BIO 111, 115, 121, 212, and General Chemistry I & II.
Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs .)
BIO 327. PARASITOLOGY . A study of the etiology, epidemiology, and biology of some
common animal parasites. Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121, and 222. Three hours lecture and
three laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs .)
BIO 328. ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. The functions of the animal body . Basic physiological
phenomena are studied, with considerable emphasis upon practical application to the
student ' s own life and well-being . Prerequisites: BIO 115 121, 222 , and either 305 or
405 . Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs.)
BIO 334. SOIL SCIENCE . A study of the various properties of soils as they relate to
plant production . Special attention given to the principles involved in the supply and
availability of plant nutrients, soil moisture, organic matter, soil reaction, and liming .
Other topics : soils and chemical pollution, and soils as they relate to the world's food
supply . Prerequisite: General Chemistry . Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours
weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 335. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY . Physic-chemical foundations of plant functions ; water
and salt absorption and translocation, photosynthesis, anabolic synthesis, respiration ,
plant hormones, vegetative and reproductive growth, growth correlations, germination ,
and dormancy . Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121, and 212 . Three hours lecture and three
laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs.)
BIO 336. PLANT TAXONOMY . A study of the relationships among the flowering plants
and ferns; their classification and methods of identification . Ecology is stressed as it
applies to Western Pennsylvania . Prerequisites: BIO 111, 115, and 212 . Three hours
lecture and three laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs.)
BIO 337. ORNITHOLOGY . The study of bird life . Classification , anatomy, behavior, and
recognition of birds, with emphasis on local species and their relationships to man and
the ecological balance with other organisms. Prerequisites : BIO 115, 121, and 222, or
consent of instructor. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours or field activity
weekly . (4 crs .)
BIO 338. PLANTS AND MAN . A study of man's relationship with and economic interest
in plants, from the products from plant cell walls, exudates and extractions, to
those primarily used for food and beverages. Special emphasis on wood and its uses,
fibers, latex products, tannins, food and medicinal plants. Additional emphasis on
conservation and the more intelligent use of plants. Prerequisite: Botany 11 or equivalent .
Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs .)
BIO 405. HUMAN GENETICS. Chromosomal abnormalities, Mendel ' s Laws, and the
effect of chance of gene action of Mendelian ratios . Other topics : sex-related inheritance,
random mating, consanguinity, allelism , mutations, and maintenance of polymorphism.
Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121, 222, and 318. Three hours lecture and three laboratory
hours weekly . (4 crs.)
BIO 406. MOLECULAR GENETICS. A detailed account of the relationship between
nucleic acids and the proteins for which the code was determined . Gene control
mechanisms, mutation mechanisms, genetic repair , and recombination in procaryotic and
eucaryot ic cells. Prerequisites : BIO 115, 121, 222, and 318. Th ree hours lecture and
three laboratory hours weekly. (4 crs .)

117

BIO 407 . MYCOLOGY . An extensive examination of the fungi, with emphasis on the
filamentous forms . The cytology , physiology , and morphology of the fungi are studied to
determine their role in the scheme of nature . Laboratory techniques in isolating,
culturing, enumerating, and identifying fungi. Prerequisites : Bl O 111, 115, 212, and 326.
Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs.l
BIO 408 . RADIATION BIOLOGY . Biophysical processes involved in absorption of
radiation by living systems. Production, properties, and measurement of ionizing radiations and radiosotopes, safety , and biological effects. This course provides necessary
background for special certification as a civil defense radiation instructor. Prerequisites :
BIO 111, 115,121,222, Physics I & II. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours
weekly . (4 crs.)
BIO 409 . INTRO TO RESEARCH . Given a problem in biology (or one of his own
choice) the student· surveys the literature and organizes a program that might lead to its
solution, and undertakes a few experiments as time permits. Prerequisites : Biology majors
in junior or senior year, others by approval of department . The number of hours spent
on the course per week is by arran~ement. (VC)
BIO 419 . BIOLOGY PRACTICUM . Upon approval limited number of majors in junior or
senior year may register. Practical laboratory and research methods under the intensive
supervision of experts in particular biological areas, located on or off campus . Emphasis
on research techniques, advanced skills, and group efforts. At least (3) three hours of
work per we!lk are required for each credit . Prerequisites : Biology majors in junior or
senior year , others by approval of department. The number of hours spent on the course
per week is by arrangement . (1-17 credits, may be repeated .)
BIO 426. CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY . A survey of the indigenous and pathogenic
microorganisms of man , general principles deduced from complexities involving biochemistry and physiology, host-parasite relationships, and laboratory procedures. Organisms
studi ed include bacteria, fungi, viruses, and rickettsia. Prerequisites : BIO 111, 115, 212,
and 326. Three hours lecture and three laboratory hours weekly . (4 crs .)
BIO 427. CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY . The physiology of the cell with emphasis on the
relation of structure and general properties to metabolism, synthesis and regulation . The
role of the nucleus and of the cytoplasm in heredity, including genetic mechanism,
mutation, and the physiology of gene expression . Physical and chemical foundations of
cells : the relation of cells to their environment; membrane phenomena; photosynthesis;
enzymes; osmosis and permeability . Prerequisites : Bl O 111, 115, 121, 222, and General
Chemistry I & 11. Organic Chemistry I & II recommended . (4 crs .)
BIO 428. ANIMAL SYSTEMATICS. Collection and study of animal species from the
various major phyla of animals; use of keys in determining taxonomic groupings of
animals collected . Prerequisites: BIO 121 & 222. (4 crs .)
BIO 430 . LAB INSTRUMENTATION FOR BIOLOGY . The theory of and practice with
major types of laboratory instrumentation used in modern biological practice. Content
will be adjusted to methods practiced at C.S.C. may also include any additional
procedu res of special interest to the class members . Practice in writing lab reports and
designir:,g experiments. Prerequisites: Physics 11 and Analytical Chemistry or permission of
instruetor. (4 crs .)
BIO 431 . TECHNIQUES IN ELECTRON MICROSCOPY . Detailed training in the
operation and care of the electron microscope; techniques of specimen preparation for

118

electron microscope visualization, including fixation, embedding, and ultrathin sectioning;
special techniques such as replication and shadow casting . Prerequisite or concurrent
courses: BIO 432, Organic Chemistry I and II , or consent of the instructor. (4 crs.)
BIO 432. ULTRASTRUCTURE. A study of the generalized cell, the highly specialized
cell, and some tissues as seen by the electron microscope, with special emphasis on
correlation of structure with function. An additional aim is to enhance the student's
ability to interpret electron micrographs. Prerequisites : BIO 115, 121 , & 222, 111 & 212,
Organic Chemistry I & II, a Molecular Biology course and/or consent of instructor. (3
crs.)
BIO 433 . HERPETOLOGY. A consideration of the Amphibia and Reptilia from
taxonomical , morphological, evolutionary, behavioral, and physiological viewpoints, with
special emphasis on the Testudinata . Prerequisites: BIO 115, 121, and 222. Three hours
lecture weekly . (3 crs.)
BIO 495. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY . Roundtable discussions of selected topics in biology,
reports from original literature both current and classical. Prerequisites : Biology majors in
junior or senior year . Two hours lecture weekly . (2 crs.)

THE HEAL TH PROFESSIONS
Students in the health professions commit themselves to a lifelong process of
self-education ; therefore , the development of scholarly motivation , independence, and
creativity are vital to professional medical competence . Acquiring an understand ing of
people, their societies, and their history is an invaluable asset in the practice of the health
professions. Consequently, a liberal education in the humanities and the arts, as well as in
social and natural sciences, provides the best professional preparation. In addition, the
student should demonstrate competence and concentrated study in a curriculum or field
of special interest. Although students interested in the health professions don 't necessarily
major in Biology, they should plan to take a significant number of Biology courses.
Varied program offerings make it possible to satisfy requirements for pre-medical,
pre-dental, pre-veterinary, pre-podiatry, pre-pharmacy, pre-chiropractic.. and other pre health fields. Those interested should contact the Biology Department to discuss their
career plans.

CHEMISTRY

X

CHE 101 . GENERAL CHEMISTRY I. An introductory course for majors and non -majors.
Topics covered include atomic structure, bonding, stoichiometry , chem ical reactions
(including redox reactions), solutions, and the liquid state. Three class hours and three
lab hours each week . (4 crs .)
CHE 102. GENERAL CHEMISTRY II. A continuation of General Chemistry I. The
gaseous state, solutions, thermodynamics, kinetics, acids and bases, gaseous and ionic
equilibria, and electrochemistry . Prerequisite: CHE 101 . Three class and three lab hours
each week . (4 crs .)
CHE 203 . GENERAL CHEMISTRY Ill. A continuation of General C~
istry II.
Descriptive chemistry of metals and non-metals, nuclear chemistry , and complex compounds . Three class hours each week . Prerequisite : CHE 102 . (3 crs .)

119

CHE 255. GEOCHEMISTRY . Basic chemical principles employed in the solut ion of some
geologic problems. Geologic dating , sedimentary geochemistry , chemical weathering,
colloids and structural aspects of clay minerals and soils. Three class hours each week. (3
crs .)
CHE 261 . ANAL YT I CAL CHEMISTRY I. An introduction to quantitative analytical
techniques and procedures, including a statistical evaluation of gravimetric, volumetric ,
chromatography, and electrochemical data. Prerequisites : CHE 101 and 102. Three
lecture hours and three laboratory hours each week . (4 crs .)
CHE 262. ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II. An introduction to colorimetric and spectrophotometric techniques and procedures, including ultraviolet and visible , infrared , emission and atom ic abso rption, nuclear magnetic resonance raman , and electron spin
resonance. Prerequisite : CHE 261 . Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each
week . (4 crs .)
CHE 331 . ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I. An introduction to the basic principles which
govern the behavior of carbon compounds . Particular emphasis on the structure of
organic compounds , acid and base theory , and an introduction to the fundamental
principles necessary for the study of organic reaction mechanisms . Three class hours each
week and four laboratory hours each week. Prerequisites : CHE 101 and 102. (4 crs.)
CHE 332 . ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 11. A thorough examination of the major reactions
characteristic of organic compounds. Particular emphasis on substitutions, additions,
el iminations, condensations , and rearrangements . Three class hours each week and four
laboratory hours each week . Prerequisite : CHE 331 . (4 crs .)
CHE 345. MEDICINAL MEDICINE . A general understanding of the chemistry, pharmacology and synthesis of the more important classes of medicinal agents used in therapy.
A glimpse for pre-medical and other health-related students into this large and fascinating
field . Three class hours each week . (3 crs .)
CHE 369. INDIVIDUAL WORK I. An opportunity for each student specializing in
chemistry to organize, investigate, and report on a specif ic problem of his own selection.
(VC)
CHE 411. BIOCHEMISTRY I. The chemistry of the carbohydrates, fats , and proteins; a
survey of the chemistry and functions of enzymes, vitamins, and hormones. Three class
hours each week and four laboratory hours each week . Prerequisites: CHE 331 and 332 .
(4 crs .)
CHE 412. BIOCHEMISTRY II. The chemistry of the carbohydrates, fats, and proteins; a
survey of the chemistry and functions of enzymes, vitamins, and hormones. Three class
hours each week and four laboratory hours each week . Prerequisites: CHE 331, 332 , and
411. (4 crs .)
CHE 421. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY I. Modern treatment of principles of
inorganic chemistry, emphasizing chemical bonding and sterochemistry, with emphasis on
periodic properties, acids and bases, and non-aqueous solvents. Three class hours each
week . Prerequisite : CHE 451 . (3 crs.)
CHE 422 . ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY II. Coordination compounds ; nomenclature , sterochemistry, and kinetics of coordination compounds of the short and long
transition metals. Prerequisite: CHE 421 . (3 crs.)

120

CHE 425. ORGANIC PREPARATIONS. An advanced course in synthetic organic
chemistry . Important reactions and special experimental techniques are applied to the
preparation of more complex organic compounds . Three class hours each week and three
laboratory hours. Prerequisites : CHE 331 and 332. (3 crs.l
CHE 426. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Identification of pure organic
compounds and mixture by classical and instrumental methods. One class hour each week
and four lab hours each week . Prerequisites: CHE 331 and 332. (3 crs .)
CHE 433 . ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I. A detailed study of th e modern
structural theory of organic chemistry. Pa rticular emphasis on the correlation of the
structure and reactivity of organic compounds . Three class hours each week . Prerequisites: CHE 331 and 332 . (3 crs .)
CHE 434 . ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II. A study of the application of
modern instrumental techniques to organic structural problems. Particular emphasis on
the interpretation of the ultraviolet, infrared , nuclear magnetic resonance , and mass
special data for elucidating the structure of organic molecules. Three class hours each
week. Prerequisite : CHE 433. (3 crs.)
CHE 441 . LABORATORY TECHNIQUES WITH INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS I.
Chromopotentiometry, coulometry, electrodeposition, stripping analysis, chronoamperometry, polarography, voltametry , cylclic voltametry , and column , thin-layer, and gas
chromatography . Three class hours each week and three laboratory hours each week .
Prerequisites: CHE 261 and 262. (4 crs.l
CHE 442. LABORATORY TECHNIQUES WITH INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS II.
Ultraviolet, visible, infrared , and reman, emission , atomic absorption, electron paramagnetic resonance , and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy . Three class hours each
week and three laboratory hours each week . Prerequisite : CHE 441 . (4 crs .)
CHE 445. MATH FOR CHEMISTS. Mathematical techniques, including differential and
integral calculus, ordinary and partial differential equations, vector and matrix algebra,
eiginfunction theory and group theory are employed in the solut ion of problems of
chemical systems . Three class hours each week . (3 crs.)
CHE 451. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I. Properties of gases, kinetic-molecular theory,
molecular energies, classical and statistical development for the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd laws of
thermodynamics, with applications to thermochemistry and chemical equilibria. Prerequi sites: CHE 261 and Mathematics through Integral Calculus. Three class hours and three
lab hours each week . (4 crs. )
CHE 452 . PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II . Kinetics of chemical reactions, properties of
liquids, phase equilibria, solutions, thermodynamics, properties of electrolytes in solution
and electrochemistry . Prerequisite : CHE 451 . Three class hours and three lab hours each
week . (4 crs.)
CHE 453 . ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I . Classical and statistical thermodynamics as applied to chemical systems. Three class hours each . Prerequisites: CHE 451
and 452 . (3 crs.)

CHE 454. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II . Kinetics and electrochemistry.
Prerequisite: CHE 453. (3 crs.)

121

CHE 457 . CHEMISTRY FOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS. Designed for the teacher in
service. Will include recent ideas in chemical bonding, crystal structure, and radio and
nu c lear chem istry . Three class hours each week . Prerequ isite : Certification in General
Science of Chemistry . (3 crs.)
CHE 463 . ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I. Theory and application of
instrumental techniques used for inorganic and organic systems. Topics considered are
separation and electrochemical techniques. Separation techniques utilize all modes of
chromatography ; and , using the "double layer" theory , all electrochemical techniques are
treated for the analysis of the systems. Prerequisites : CHE 261 and the permission of the
instructor. (3 crs.)
CHE 464 . ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II . Theory and application of
instrumental techniques used for inorganic and organic systems . Using group theory as a
basis, all divisions of spectroscopy are treated for the analysis of the systems. Prerequisites: CHE 261 and permission of the instructor. (3 crs.)
CHE 479 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY. (VC)
CHE 495 . CHEMISTRY SEMINAR . Students may choose a particular topic in chemistry
and, under the supervision of a faculty member, prepare and present a seminar on it. The
topics are to be on material not covered in the undergraduate courses , or may be an
extension of some particular aspect of chemistry included in less detail in an undergraduate course . (1 er.)
CHE 497 . SPECIAL TOPICS. Meets the needs of students who may want to study a
topic in more detail than is given in the regular courses, or who may want to pursue
some topic not included in their course I/I/Ork. (VC)

EARTH SCIENCE
EAS 100. INTRODUCTION TO EARTH SCIENCE . A study of earth environments and
processes within the environments. Laboratory experiences are a part of the course,
although no laboratory periods are designated . (3 crs .)
EAS 150. INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY . Intended primarily for the non-science
major. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course, and the student has the
opportunity to work with rock and mineral samples, fossils, topographic maps, and
geologic maps and cross-sections. (4 crs .)
EAS 151 . PHYSICAL GEOLOGY. Physical Geology is the first of a two-course sequence
(followed by Historical Geology) designed as an introduction to the field of geology .
Primar ily for Geology majors, but suitable for Earth Science Secondary Education
students, students needing a two-semester lab sequence, or any studen't wishing to
increase his knowledge of our planet. (4 crs .)
EAS 152. HISTORICAL GEOLOGY . This survey in earth history assumes some
knowledge of geologic terminology . Required for Geology majors, but suitable for
stud ents in Earth Science Secondary Education as well as anyone interested in the
historical evolution of the earth . Geolog ic time ; the use of fossil material; the origin and
evolution of the earth (with special emphasis on North America) . Laboratory work
includes selected problem sets, a study of the major plant and invertebrate fossil groups,
and, whenever possible, field trips . (4 crs .)

122

EAS 157. DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY .
solar system, their physical characteristics
system, and extra-galactic space and the
mathematical phases generally omitted from

Recognition of the various elements of the
and motions, the phenomena of the galactic
constellations, with a consideration of the
studies of this kind . (3 crs .)

EAS 160. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. The physical elements in the geographic pattern of
man's environment and introductory phases of systematic geography . (3 crs .)
EAS 221 . PETROLEUM GEOLOGY I. The first of a two-semester course sequence,
Petroleum Geology I examines the composition and origin of petroleum, source beds ,
reservoir rocks, migrat io n of fluids, and reservoir conditions. In addition, the various
trapping mechan isms for petroleum are examined by studying actual oil fields . Laboratory work includes the preparation of geologic maps and cross-sections, as well as
prospect analysis. (3 crs .)
EAS 222. PETROLEUM GEOLOGY 11. Extensive consideration of geological , geophysical, and geochemical exploration techniques. Estimation of petroleum reserves (formation
evaluation l by means of well logs, and other computer applications in petroleum geology .
Discussion of alternative sources of oil (oil shales and tar sands) . (3 crs .)
EAS 230. EARTH RESOURCES . The first half of this course covers the identification
and description of rocks and minerals, the origin and classification of soils , and water as a
resource . The second half is concerned with the distribution and geologic origin of the
economically important metals, non-metals, and fossil fuels . A non-technical course .
Elementary physical and chemical properties of earth materials are analyzed in the
classroom and, when appropriate in the field . (3 crs.)
EAS 235. ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY . The interaction between man and his geologic
environment. The student needs only a limited background in geology (e .g. Introduction
to Geology) , as the course has been designed as much for the environmental studies
major (and general education student) as for the geology major . Erosion , floods,
sediments and pollutants, health hazards, soils, earthquakes (prediction and control), mass
movements, volcanoes, and urban environmental problems. (3 crs .)
EAS 241 . METEOROLOGY . An introduction to the physics of the atmosphere ,
approached from the standpoint of earth-atmosphere interaction . The effects of controls
such as land and water distribution upon weather and climate. Weather map analysis and
weather observations. (3 crs .)
EAS 242 . CLIMATOLOGY . A systematic study of the climatic regions of the world and
the advantages and limitations of each for man's occupancy. The physical qualities of the
atmosphere and the regional characteristics of climate . Recommended : Meteorology. (3
crs. l
EAS 251 . MINERALOGY . An introduction to the morphology and internal structure of
crystals and an examination of the chemical and physical nature of minerals. Laboratory
time is devoted to the study of crystal models and the identification of selected mineral
specimens. This course presupposes a basic knowledge of Physical Geology and General
Chemistry , and serves as an introduction to the Petrology course . (3 crs .)
EAS 252 . PETROLOGY . A detailed examination of the three major rock groups .
Particular emphasis placed on the origin of individual rock types and the several bas of
classification . Laboratory work includes hand specimen and thin section identificatio .
Recommended : Physical Geology , Mineralogy , and General Chemistry prior to taking this
course . (3 crs .)

123

EAS 256 . ECONOMIC GEOLOGY . The composition, distribution, origin, and exploitation of the economically important rocks and minerals. The first half of the course
examines the metallic minerals, the second half the non-metallic minerals. Field trips are
an essential part of the course . Recommended : Physical or Introduction to Geology,
Mineralogy, and General Chemistry . (3 crs.)
EAS 265. GEOMORPHOLOGY. The origin, description , and classification of surface
features (landforms) . Particular emphasis on the evolution of landscapes as related to
underlying geologic factors and the climatic regime. Time is devoted to the examination
of landforms as displayed on topographic maps. (3 crs .)
EAS 266 . GEOLOGY OF PENNSYLVANIA . A survey course intended for non-major as
well as the student majoring in geology . The origin and description of landforms, the
physical and historical evolution of th e Appa lachian Mountain complex, the economic
resources of our state , and the various aspects o f coal formation in western Pennsylvania .
A basic knowl edge of Physical and Historica l Geology is presumed . Field trips to selected
localities. No formal lab. Recommended: Introduction to Geology or Physical Geology
and Historical Geology. (3 crs .) (2nd level course)
EAS 350 . PALEONTOLOGY I. This t wo-course sequence (see 351 below) is an
expans ion of the one-semester course, Pr incipl es of Paleontology. The first semester,
Paleontology I , examines the essenti al biological and geological principles basic to all
paleontological studies . In addition, co nside rable time will be devoted to the study and
identification of various microfossil groups that are intensively used in exploration
programs by the petroleum industry. (3 crs .)
EAS 351 . PALEONTOLOGY 11. A detailed study of the various invertebrate phyla and
consid eration of the more important of these a5 inde x fossils . Of interest to biology and
geology students. (3 crs . )
EAS 355 . STRATIGRAPHY . Emphasis on the time and spatial relationships of layered
rocks. The use of guide fossils is stressed, and the stratigraphy of Pennsylvania is
examined in detail . Students become involved in local and regional stratigraphic problems
of individual interest. Recommended : Physical Geology, Historical Geology, and Paleontology . (3 crs.)
EAS 356 . STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY . An examination of the dynamic nature of the
earth . The response of rocks to deforming forces, fold systems, fault systems, and the
tectonic history of the earth . Modern theories of continental drift. sea -floor spreading ,
and sub-crustal convection . Opportunity is provided for study of local structural features
of interest to the individual. Recommended: Physical Geology, Historical Geology, and
College Physics. (3 crs.)
EAS 357 . SEDIMENTOLOGY . All aspects of sediments and sedimentary rocks . Laboratory work includes hand specimen and thin-section descriptions and classificat ion of
sedimentary rocks, and the mechanical and statistical analyses of sediments . Two hours
lecture and one two-hour lab . Recommended: Physical and Historical Geology, Mineralogy , and Chemistry I. (3 crs.)
EAS 358. OCEANOGRAPHY . An introductory study of the four main branches of
Oceanography : (1) Geology of the oceanic basins (origin of the oceans , structure and
geomorphology of the ocean's floor, methods of investigation) ; (2) Chemistry of the
oceanic waters ; (3) Physics of the oceans (currents, waves, tides, etc. ); (4) Biology of the
oceans (marine plants and animals) . No preliminary studies required, but a previous
course in geology is recommended. (3 crs .)

124

EAS 377 . REMOTE SENSING IN GEOLOGY. The use of remote sensing techniques in
the analysis of the geologic environment . The qualitative and quantitative analysis of such
mapping systems as optical telemetry, aerial photography, radar , etc . The basic principles
of photo-interpretation and photogrammetry . (3 crs.)
EAS 409. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EARTH SCIENCE . Development of individual
research problems . Does not replace any course regularly given . Permission of staff
required. Hours to be arranged . (VC)
EAS 419. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN GEOLOGY . See 409 . (VC)
EAS 429 . HONORS COURSE IN EARTH SCI ENCE . Directed reading and research in
field of interest chosen by student in consultation with the instructor. Prerequisites:
provisions of the Honors Program of the college. Approval by staff of the department.
Week ly meeting with instructor to be arranged . (VC)
EAS 436. FIELD METHODS IN EARTH SCIENCE . An intensive micro-earth science
study through actual field work . An advanced course . Permission of staff required for
registration . One hour lecture and four to eight hours field work each week. (3 crs . )
EAS 437 . FIELD METHODS IN GEOLOGY . Designed to provide geology majors with a
knowledge of p roblems encountered in field work and the techniques used to solve these
problems. Major emphasis on geologic mapping and the use of various instruments.
Students should have a broad knowledge of geologic principles and mathematics . One
hour lecture and four hours of lab (field work) per week . (3 crs .)

EAS 439 . HONORS COURSE IN GEOLOGY . A series of independent study courses
designed to stimulate study and investigation in areas of current research in the
geosciences. Intended for major students of advanced standing who have maintained a
QPA of 3 .0 in the major field . Prerequ isites: provisions of the Honors Program of the
college . Approval by staff of the department . ( VC)
EAS 491 . SUMMER FIELD COURSE : EARTH SCIENCE . Planned trips in summer
sessions, during which lectures and discussions are conducted . Open to all students. (VC)
EAS 492. SUMMER FIELD COURSE : GEOLOGY. See 491 . (VC)
EAS 493. EARTH SCI ENCE WORKSHOP . Designed to provide students with a combina tion of experiences: lectures, field work, and laboratory situations. It is hoped that
through these experiences the student will gain insights relevant to present-day situations.
Prerequisite: Permission of staff. Hours to be arranged. (VC)
EAS 494. GEOLOGY WORKSHOP . See 493 . (VC)
EAS 495 . SEMINAR IN EARTH SCIENCE . (VC)
EAS 496 . SEMINAR IN GEOLOGY . Designed to give students of advanced standing in
geology a chance for group discussion and involvement in areas of geoscientific interest.
The content and approach of the seminars varies from semester to semester, with
individual staff members covering their areas of greatest competency . (VC)
EAS 498 . PRACTICUM IN GEOLOGY. The student combines academic theory with
practical on-the-job experience by spending up to a full semester ' s internship in one of

125

several state or local agencies such as the Governor's Energy Council , Council on
Environmental Resources, State Geological Survey, etc. The practicum can be taken for
3-17 credit hours, and includes supervision by the participating agency as well as
performance evaluation by the academic adviser. Limited to geology majors. (VC)

ECONOMICS
ECO 100. ELEMENTS OF ECONOMICS. An introduction to the elements of economic
analysis, particularly geared for the non-major . A brief exposition of pricing and a survey
of principles of modern macroeconomic theory and policy. (3 crs.)
ECO 104. CURRENT ECONOMIC ISSUES. An application to contemporary economic
problems of economic principles developed in Economics 100. Current readings in
economics are examined. (3 crs .)
ECO 111. ACCOUNTING I. (3 crs .)
ECO 115. INTRODUCTORY MICROECONOMICS. Microeconimic relationships and
methods of analyses. The theories of demand and production are studied intensively
together with a careful and in-depth examination of the basic market models. (3 crs .)
ECO 130. INTRODUCTORY MACRO ECONOMICS . This beginning course seeks to
familiarize the student with the basic principles of the market system . Emphasis is then
placed on the monetary system, the determ ination of national income, and fiscal policy
and its implications. (3 crs .)
ECO 205. DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN ECONOMY . A critical analysis of
economic life in Colonial America and a study of the East-West immigration and the
growth of modern business and industry in the United States. Special attention directed
towards corporations and their part in the nation's dynamic growth . The causes and
consequences of the great depression are also considered . Prerequisite : Economics 100 or
Economics 130. (3 crs .)
ECO 207 . MONEY AND BANKING . The functioning of the monetary and banking
system as a whole and its relationship with the balance of the economy . Emphasis on
commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System, the Treasury Department, the nature of
money, and the significance of monetary policy . Prerequisit e: Economics 100 or
Economics 130. (3 crs .)
ECO 208. PUBLIC FINANCE . A study of governmental activities in the collection and
spending of public income . Subjects include government expenditures, taxes and revenues ,
public debt management, fiscal policy , and fiscal administration. Prerequisites : Economics
115 and Economics 130. (3 crs .)
ECO 212. ACCOUNTING II . (3 crs .)
ECO 213. MANAGERIAL FINANCE . (3 crs.)
ECO 214. ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS. (3 crs .)
ECO 215. INTERMEDIATE MICRO THEORY . (3 crs .)

126

ECO 217.
concept of
on human
considered .

PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT. The initial introduction to the basic
management as an essential process applicable to all enterprises. Emphasis is
factors, b.ut the influences of economic and technological factors are also
(3 crs .)

ECO 218. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. The objective of
student with some bas ic principles of managerial finance,
Modest use of automatic data processing equipment and
technique , including case studies, is employed . Prerequ isite :

the course is to acquaint the
principally corporate finance .
a liberal use of the problem
Economics 212. (3 crs .)

ECO 225. MONETARY FISCAL POLICY . (3 crs .)
ECO 230. INTERMEDIATE MACRO THEORY . (3 crs .)
ECO 235. LABOR ECONOMICS . (3 crs.)
ECO 238. ENV I RONMENTAL ECONOMICS . Emphasis on the understanding of the
impact of economic growth on the environmental and the interrelationship between
production , private cost minimization , and environmental damage . Prerequisites : Eco nomics 100 or 115. (3 crs .)
ECO 240. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS . (3 crs .)
ECO 250. ELEMENTS OF ECONOMETR ICS. The application of bas ic mathematical
concepts to economic theories. Relationship of functions and graphs, simultaneous
equations, and maximization techniques . (3 crs .)
ECO 255. INPUT-OUTPUT ANALYSIS . (3 crs.)
ECO 260. REGIONAL ECONOMICS . (3 crs .)
ECO 275 . MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS . An extension of microeconomic theory to
specific, case-oriented subjects, with emphasis on the decision -making process of a given
firm . Production theory, empirical estimates of market demand , and demand constraints .
Prerequisites: Economics 115 or 250 . (3 crs .)

ECO 300. APPLIED ECONOMETRICS. (3 crs.)
ECO 305. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING. An introduction to the collective bargain'ing
model as a decision -making process in the workplace . Current federal and state legislation
governing the bargaining relation ship is examined . and specific strategies and tactics are
discussed. Designed to broaden the student's perspective of union-management relations.
(3 crs .)

ECO 313. ACCOUNTING Ill. (3 crs .)

ECO 314. ACCOUNTING IV . (3 crs .)
ECO 315 . COST ACCOUNTING. The various types of cost, systems , budgetary-control
procedures, and other cost-related subjects . A modest use of automatic data processing
and a wide use of problem techniques . Prerequisite: Economics 313 . (3 crs .)

127

ENG 266 . THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE IN LITERATURE : 20TH CENTURY . (3
crs .)
ENG 305 . LITERATURE FOR THE ADOLESCENT . An examination of reading
materials available for the teaching of both general and academic classes, grades 7 to 12,
designed to acquaint the potential teacher with these materials and the technique of
presenting them . Required of all Secondary English and Communication majors. (3 crs .)
ENG. 307. JOURNALISM I. Basic instruction and practice in the gathering of news from
various sources; in-class experience in writing in accepted newspaper style. (3 crs .)
ENG 310. SURVEY OF OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH . A study of English literature,
read in modern English, from its beginnings to around 1400. Works examined include
Beowulf, elegiac and Christian poetry , early drama, and romance . The historical and
social background of the period . (3 crs.)

ENG . 316. MYTHOLOGY I. An exploration of the origins of mythology and various
myths through a study of samples from Greek, Roman, Nordic, Oriental , African, and
American Indian mythologies . The roles of gods and heroes in the indicated cultures . (3
crs .)
ENG 317 . MYTHOLOGY II. A further examination of mythology , with emphasis on
legends and folktales, through study of English, Irish , German, Italian, French, and
American mythologies. (3 crs.)
ENG 321. THE ENGLISH RENAISSANCE: SKELTON THROUGH DONNE. A study of
the nondramatic prose and poetry chosen from such writers as Wyatt , Surrey , Sackville,
Skelton, Sidney, Spenser, Shakespeare, and Donne, with emphasis on such literary genres
as the lyric and sonnet, and an examination of various philosophical , historical , and social
documents. (3 crs.)

ENG 322. THE ENGLISH RENAISSANCE : BACON THROUGH MARVELL. A study of
the nondramatic prose and poetry. of England in the seventeenth century from the works
of Donne, Jonson, Herrick, Herbert, Milton , and Vaughan . Emphasis on the three schools
of poetry of this century . (3 crs .)
ENG 331. RESTORATION AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURY : DRYDEN THROUGH
POPE . A concentrated study of the major literary figures of the late seventeenth and the
first forty years of the eighteenth century, including Dryden , Congreve, Addison, Steele,
Defoe, Swift, Gay, and Pope . (3 crs.)

ENG 332 . RESTORATION AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURY : RICHARDSON THROUGH
BURNS. An examination of the work of Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, Gray,
Cowper, Burns, Johnson, Walpole , Goldsmith, and Sheridan . (3 crs.)
ENG 341 . ROMANTIC LITERATURE . An intensive study of selected works by such
Romantic poets as Wordsworth , Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, Byron, and Blake. (3 crs .)

ENG 342. VICTORIAN LITERATURE. A historical and critical survey of the poetry and
non-fictional prose of the Victorian period through such writers as Tennyson, Browning,
Arnold, Rosetti, Hopkins, Mill , Ruskin, Newman, Huxley , and Pater. (3 crs .)

130

ENG 345. ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND USAGE . A practical study of traditional and
modern approaches to grammar. Required of all Secondary English and Communications
majors. (3 crs .)
ENG 346 . HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE . A survey of the development of
the language from its Germanic base to the emergence of American English . Explanations
of sound shifts and foreign and soci al influences. Required of all Secondary English
majors. (3 crs . )
ENG 347. INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. An exam ination of the several areas of
language study : history of the language, phonology and morphology grammars (tradi tional and modern), and contemporary American usage , dialects, lexicography , and
semantics. (3 crs .)
ENG 348 . HISTORY OF LITERARY CRITICISM . An examination of major critical
documents from Plato through the modern critics . An intensive examination of the works
themselves, with some additional concern on their pl ace in literary history . (3 crs .)
ENG 355 . SURVEY OF THE ENGLISH NOVEL I: THE BEGINNINGS THROUGH
SCOTT . A study of th e development of the novel from its beginnings through the
Romantic period , with emphasi s on Defoe, Richardson , Smollett, Stern, and Austin . (3
crs .)
ENG 356 . SURVEY OF THE ENGLISH NOVEL II: DICKENS TO THE PRESENT . A
study of the novels and novelists of t he Victorian period and the twentieth century ,
including Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray , Eliot , Conrad , Joyce, and Woolf . (3 crs .)
ENG 357 . 20TH CENTURY BRITISH LITERATURE TO WORLD WAR II . A study of
fiction , drama, and poetry with emphasis on Yeats, Lawrence , Shaw , Joyce, Conrad ,
Woolf , Forster, and Auden. (3 crs.)
ENG 358. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE SINCE WORLD WAR II . An exploration
of major genres in English and Continental literature by such authors as Mailer,
Vonnegut, Fowles, Lowell, Kesey, Durrell , Malamud, Plath , Gunn , Pasternak, Beckett,
Genet, Ionesco , and Brecht . (3 crs.)

The following courses examine major authors and trends of the periods indicated.
Secondary English majors are required to complete any two of these three courses .

ENG 365. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1865. A study of the writings
of the Coloni sts, the Federalists , the Romantics , th e Transcendentalists, and others , with
emphasis on the Puritan ethic , early American social history, and the widening conflicts
in American culture . (3 crs .)
ENG 366. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE FROM 1865 TO WORLD WAR I.
A study of the emergence of modern American literature through the work of Whitman ,
Dickinson, Twain , Harte, Howells, James, Dreiser, and others. (3 crs .)
ENG 367 . SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE WORLD WAR I. A study of
the I iterature from 1914 to 1971 , concerned with such writers as Hemingway, Frost,
Faulkner, Wolfe , Fitzgerald , Sandburg, Dickey, Stevens, and others . (3 crs . )

131

ENG 375 . ADVANCED WRITING . A presentation of the theories of expository,
persuasive, and specialized report writing, and the opportunity for the student to practice
these under editorial supervision. Required for all Secondary English and Communication
majors and all Liberal Arts Writing majors. Prerequisites: English Composition I and
English Composition II or equivalent writing ability. (3 crs.)
The following courses develop special techniques through a study of theory and writing
practice .
ENG 376 . CREATIVE WRITING: FICTION. (3 crs .)
ENG 377 . CREATIVE WRITING : POETRY . (3 crs .)
ENG 378. CREATIVE WRITING: DRAMA . (3 crs.)
ENG 407. JOURNALISM II. A continuation of the newswriting princip les presented in
ENG 307, as applied to specialized news situations. Prerequisite : Journal ism I or
equivalent news-writing ability. (3 crs .)
ENG 408. JOURNALISM Ill. An advanced study of the roles of editor and special staff
assignment, with emphasis on· editing copy, laying out pages, and understanding basic
typography and the responsibil_ity of production . Prerequisite : Journalism I or equivalent
news writing ability. Journalism 11 recommended before taking this course. (3 crs .)
ENG 415 . CHAUCER. A study pr imarily of the Canterbury Tales as reflective of the
author and his times. (3 crs .)
ENG 425. SHAKESPEARE I. (3 crs .)
ENG 426 . SHAKESPEARE II. (3 crs .)
Each of th ese courses explores different sets of Shakespeare 's plays, with emphasis on his
times and theatre and the universal content of the plays.
ENG 427 . MIL TON . An examination of the major poetry: Paradise Lost, Paradise
Regained, Samson Agonistes and Lycidas. The prose will be treated only insofar as it is
related to the poetry . (3 crs .)
ENG 440 . LINGUISTICS AND THE TEACHING OF ENGLISH . A presentation of the
practical application of modern linguistic developments and theory to the teaching of
language acquisition, reading, grammar, and writing. (3 crs.)
ENG 445 . DESCRIPTIVE LINGUISTICS. An examination of the methods used by
linguists to describe languages in terms of their own internal structures. Topics explored
include world language families, language classification, writing systems, inventories of
speech sounds, and other related material. (3 crs.)
ENG 446 . INFORMATION THEORY, SEMANTICS, AND PSYCHOLINGUISTICS . A
survey of recent attempts to describe speech meaning as developed by variant theory
sources. Topics covered include cybern_e tics, information theory , etymology, language
learning, communication in cultures, and other related material. (3 crs . )
ENG 447 . PHONOLOGY AND MORPHOLOGY OF AMERICAN ENGLISH . An examination of the language in terms of systems and structures, simple designs, conformities, and
aberrations. Regional dialect and Black American English will be discussed in detail. (3
crs.)

132

ENG 448. PRACTICAL CRITICISM. Designed to provide examples of criticism and the
opportunity to criticize poetry, fiction, and drama. Required of all Secondary English
majors. (3 crs.)
ENG 478. DIRECTED STUDIES IN ENGLISH . An opportunity to pursue a specific
interest in literature or linguistics under the personal direction of a member of the
English faculty . Students must submit a one-page summary of intent and method to the
Department Chairman in the term prior to the one in which they plan to take the course.
Required of all Arts and Science and Secondary English majors . (3 crs .)

The following courses vary in subject matter, depending on the assigned instructor . They
permit the student to study in some detail a specific aspect of the literature of the period
noted. Students should have a general knowledge of the period before electing any of
these courses.
ENG 481 . STUDIES IN OLD AND MIDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE . (3 crs.)
ENG 482. STUDIES IN RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. (3 crs .)
ENG 483. STUDIES IN THE RESTORATION AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURY . (3 crs .)
ENG 484. STUDIES IN NINETEENTH CENTURY LITERATURE . (3 crs .)
ENG 485. STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE. (3 crs .)
ENG 486. STUDIES IN THEMES IN AMERICAN LITERATURE . (3 crs .)
ENG 487. STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERARY GENRES . (3 crs .)
ENG 488. STUDIES IN DRAMA . (3 crs .)
ENG 490. STUDIES IN LITERARY CRITICISM . (3 crs .)
ENG 495. CREATIVE WRITING SEMINAR . (3 crs .)
ENG 591. SEMINAR IN MAJOR AUTHORS OF ENGLISH LITERATURE. (3 crs.)
ENG 592. SEMINAR IN MAJOR AUTHORS OF AMERICAN LITERATURE . (3 crs.)
ENG 593. SEMINAR IN THEMES IN AMERICAN LITERATURE . (3 crs .)
ENG 594. SEMINAR IN LITERARY GENRES . (3 crs .)

The courses listed under the LIT prefix are all introductions to literatu re, with emphasis
on t he subject matter indicated in the title . They are aimed at the general student and
may not be counted as English major courses .

LIT 115. MAN ' S VIEW OF GOD . An examination of man's view of God from ancient
times to today through the li t erature which reflects these views . Particular emphasis is on
the Bible as literature. Discussion includes topics such as extrasensory perception, witches,
devils, and intuition . (3 crs.)

133

LIT 116. MYTH, MAGIC, AND MYSTICISM . A study of the use in literature of magic,
fantasy, mysticism , and myth. Concerned with theoretical explanation and literature
describing immediate experience. (3 crs .)
LIT 117. LOVE THEME IN LITERATURE. A discussion of the recurring love theme in
literature, with particular emphasis on spiritual , familial, and romantic love. Materials
examined include fiction, poetry, and drama. (3 crs.)
LIT 118. THE AMERICAN HERO. An examination of the development of the American
hero in fiction, with specific emphasis on the nature of the hero, his character, and his
maturation . (3 crs .)
LIT 125. THE AMERICAN WEST. A general introduction to the literature of the Great
American West through an examination of a variety of literary types . (3 crs.)
LIT 126. SLAVIC LITERATURE . (3 crs.)
LIT 127. WOMAN AS HERO. An exploration of heroic roles assigned to women in
literature, the contrast between reality and the literature, and the differences between
fictional women created by male and female authors. An analysis of the reasons for these
differences form part of the subject matter. (3 crs .)
LIT 128. THE ADOLESCENT IN LITERATURE . A study of short stories, short novels,
and poetry focusing on adolescence, and how young people have bridged the gap between
childhood and maturity . Emphasis on the concept of self-awareness. (3 crs.)

LIT 130. ATHEISM AND EXISTENTIALISM. A discussion of the philosophies of
atheism and atheistic and theistic existentialism through philosophical background
application in a variety of literary works . (3 crs .)
LIT 135. THEMES IN AMERICAN DRAMA . A survey of the themes of past and present
American dramas and dramatists, including O'Neill, Miller, Williams, and Inge. (3 crs.l
LIT 136. TIME IN LITERATURE . (3 crs.)
LIT 137. SATIRE . An examination of the theory and practice of sat ire from Chaucer to
Mad Magazine and other contemporary works . (3 crs .)
LIT 138. WAR IN NOVEL. (3 crs .)
LIT 140. SEA FICTION (3 crs.)
LIT 145. WAR IN 20TH CENTURY (3 crs.)
LIT 146. SEARCH FOR IDENTITY . A discussion of the major modern writers who deal
with the question of finding one's identity within various wor ld cultural systems.
Emphasis on an examination of the individual's role in his own socio-economic system . (3
crs.)
LIT 147. SCIENCE FICTION . An introductory survey to the forms of science fiction,
with particular emphasis on the authors' ability to communicate and predict future
developments . (3 crs .)

134

LIT 148. HORROR IN LITERATURE. An examination of the tradition of horror
literature in England and America from a literary, historical, and psychological viewpoint.
Some emphasis on the sociological implications of the popularity of the form . (3 crs.)
LIT 150. BASEBALL IN LITERATURE . A survey of the great American past-time in
fiction and reportage . Offered only in the spring semester . (3 crs .)

LIT 156. LITERATURE OF ECOLOGY. (3 crs.)

LIT 157. FICTIONAL FUTURES. An examination of those speculative fiction writers
who have concerned themselves with the positive and negative potential earth futures
which may occur as a result of current trends and ideas. (3 crs .)

LIT 158. PSYCHOLOGY AND LITERATURE .
fiction from the perspective of psychological
personality types , emotional disorders, the role of
sexual behavior, and motivation examined through

A study of American and European
ter ms and concepts. Such topics as
father/mother, the maturation process,
literary analysis. (3 crs .)

LIT. 160. AMERICAN NATURE WRITERS. An introduction to the best of America' s
great naturalists, emphasizing the development of informed and educated attitudes toward
the American earth as an organic entity worthy of protection from exploitation. The
literature of ecology particularly emphasized . (3 crs .)
LIT 165. AMERICAN FOLKLORE . A general introduction to the appreciation and
understanding of the folklore of the American people, including humor , tales, legends,
beliefs and customs, ballads and songs, superstitions, proverbs, speech , riddles , games, and
rhymes. (3 crs .)
LIT 166. SACCO-VANZETTI CASE . An examination of the mass of literature which
resulted from the famous court trial and conviction of the 1920's which many felt to be
political injustice . (3 crs .)
LIT 167. ASIAN LITERATURE . An introduction to the literary traditions and genres of
the Orient against the background of social, political , and cultural developments in China ,
Japan, and Vietnam. (3 crs.)
LIT 168. SOVIET LITERATURE (3 crs.)

LIT 170. ALL ABOUT WORDS . A survey of wo rds - their structure and function, use
and abuse. Words examined as games, formulas , gestalts, messages, weapons , and blinders.
(3 crs.)
LIT 175. CENSORSHIP, PORNOGRAPHY, AND THE LAW. An examination of such
topics as the psychology of erotic realism , the history of erotica, censorship and the
Anglo-American Constitut ional System, and the economics and corruptability of pornography . (3 crs .)
LIT 176. MAN AND MACHINE IN LITERATURE . A discussion of the profound impact
of technology on contemporary life through developments in industry, the media,
warfare , transportation , medicine, and education. Man and his reactions to t he machine
are ex amined through their manifestation in his literature . (3 crs .)

135

LIT 177. SOCIAL PROTEST. An examination of the cultural conditions which make
social protest necessary, and the various forms such protest takes in literature, with
emphasis on the last 20 years of history . (3 crs .)
LIT 178. LITERATURE AND Fl LM . A study of the total relationship between literature
and film, with emphasis on the involvement of literary writers in motion pictures and
television, the process of I iterary adaptations, and the influence of motion picture on
literary critics and writers. (3 crs.)

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
XES 100. MAN AND HIS ENVIRONMENT. The broad field of environmental management. Man's biological basis, soils, land use, water pollution, air pollution, noise
pollution, and agencies and laws associated with the above topics . No one area will be
covered in depth . Rather, the student will be introduced to each problem, its source,
current corrective measures, and possible future technology . (3 crs .)
XES 200. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION . Renewable natural resources. Units for
discussion and study include soil use and abuse, water management, wildlife functions
and conservation, and the role of environmental quality in future priorities. (3 crs.)
XES 210 . CONSERVATION IN OUTDOOR LIVING. The philosophy, understanding,
attitudes, and knowledge essential for counseling and outdoor living experiences. The
acquisition of the skills of campcraft , outdoor living, safety, and survival. The planning ,
developing , and utilizing of outdoor sites and laboratories. Four class hours per week . (3
crs.)
XES 259. ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCE PROBLEMS. An independent study with a
cooperating faculty member. Emphasis on scientific research on contemporary environmental problems. These independent studies are to be as field-oriented as possible, with a
final research paper written in proper scientific notation . (Note : As of January, 1975, no
environmental studies student may enroll in more than eight (8) credit hours of this
course within his/her total college curriculum . ) (VC)
XES 300. INTERPRETATION. To acquaint students with opportunities, through practical work in the field, for the interpretation of natural and physical phenomena.
Explores the environments of plants and animals in the complex interrelationships of
nature. The study of the conservation and horticulture practices necessary in the
preservation a_n d maintenance of our environmental resources. Covers the four seasons of
the year. Prerequisites: Botany and Zoology. Four class hours per week . (3 crs.)
XES 318. DEVELOPING TRAILS AND TRAILSIDE MUSEUMS. Designed to give the
,tudent interested in pursuing conservation as an occupation. Practical knowledge in the
construction of nature trails. This course covers proper construction, signing, and use of
nature trails by the interpretive naturalist. Also provides field experience in the
establishment, operation and function of nature museums. Prerequisites : Botany, Zoology, and Interpretat ion. (3 crs.)
XES 421 . GAME HABITAT MANAGEMENT . Application of historical and economic
aspects of game problems to present-day conditions. Field and laboratory studies with
demonstrations of basic game management . Prerequisites: Botany, Zoology, and Interpretation . Five class hours per week . (3 crs .)

136

XES 422. WILDLIFE TECHNIQUES. Field studies of basic techniques necessary in the
study and use of fish, wildlife , and outdoor recreation skills , with emphasis on use in
Conservation and Outdoor Education programs . Methods in observation , area studies,
collecting, field data, habitat evaluation and relationships, and basic program methods and
procedures. Prerequisites: Botany, Zoology , Ecology, Interpretation. Four class hours
each week . (3 crs.)
XES 490. ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION WORKSHOP. An interdisciplinary summer
program designed to prepare the public school teacher for teaching environmental
education. This workshop considers all aspects of the relationship of man and his
institutions to the environment. It also has a large "how to do" component (VC)
XES 491 . SEMINAR. (2 crs .)
XES 492. SEMINAR . (2 crs .)
XES 493. SEMINAR. (2 crs.)
Specific topics
preparation of
(Both Federal
environmental

of technical importance to the Environmental Studies major. Examples are :
environmental impact statements; environmental laws, rules, and regulations
and State) ; the use of various forms of the media to influence public
attitudes.

XES 494. SEMINAR - NATURE CONSERVATION . Lectures, individual reports, panel
discussions, and individual project assignments concerning the environment and man 's
future roles in improving the quality of life . (3 crs .)

FRENCH
FRE 100. BASIC CONVERSATIONAL FRENCH . Introductory French conversation for
those who wish to learn spoken French , or for those intending to stay or travel in a
French -speaking area. Emphasis on the practical application of spoken French to
everyday situations. Prerequisite: none. Two credits, elective only , no credit toward a
major in French . (2 crs .)
FRE 101 . ELEMENTARY FRENCH I. For the student without previous knowledge of
French . The development of the fundamentals of correct idiomatic French . Basic sound
patterns and sentence structures: hearing and speaking , then reading and writing .
Classroom instruction is supplemented by laboratory study and practice . Three class
hours each week and one hour language laboratory per week . (3 crs .)
FRE 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH II. A continuation of French 101. Three class hours
each week and one language laboratory per week . Prerequisite : French 101 or one year
of high school French . (3 crs.)
FRE 203 . INTERMEDIATE FRENCH I. French grammar and reading . For students who
have completed French 101 and 102 or two years of high school French. A review of
essential French grammar. Development of audiolingual comprehension and reading and
writing facility . Three class hours each week ; one hour language laboratory per week .
Prerequisites: French 101 and 102 or two years of high school French. (3 crs .)
FRE 204. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH II. Continuation of French 203 . After a short
review of grammar, st ructural patterns are further developed through reading and
discussion of selected prose by modern authors. Prerequ isite: French 203 or equivalent.
Three class hours and one hour language laboratory each week. (3 crs .)

137

FRE 211 . FRENCH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND PHONETICS I. Cu l tural
themes as a basis for idiomatic conversation and discussions; written compositions are
assigned to teach the student how to write correct French . Three class hours and one
hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite : French 204 . (3 crs .)
FRE 212. FRENCH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND PHONETICS II. Continuat ion of French 211 on a more advanced level as reflected in conversation. Three class
hours and one hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite : French 211 or comple tion of French 204 with the grade A or B. (3 crs.)
FRE 290. FRENCH CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION I. A study of the most significant
aspects of French history, from th e Middle Ages to modern times . Selections from
literary works and other prose writings, with discussions of the social political , economic,
and cultural aspects of France. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per
week . Prerequisite : French 211 or 212 or permission. (3 crs .)
FRE 291. FRENCH CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION 11 . A continuation of French 290 .
Prereq uisite : French 211 or 212 or permission. (3 crs.)
FRE 295. STUDIES IN FRENCH CULTURE . Taught in English ; no previous knowledge
of French required. Films, slides, music, graphic materials, and other educational media
illustrate the French way of life, past and present . Art , music diplomacy, cuisine ,
education, architecture, customs, and all face ts of French culture and civilization . (3 crs.)
Subjec ts change from semester to semester . and may be repeated for additional credit so
long as the topic remains different . Thre e class hours each week. No prerequisites.
FRE 305. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 16TH CENTURY . Thr_
ee class hours each
week. Prereq uisite : French 321 or French 322 . (3 crs.)
FRE 306 . FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 17TH CENTURY. Three class hours each
week. Prereq uisite : French 321 or French 322 . (3 crs.)
FRE 307 . FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 18TH CENTURY . Three class hours each
week . Prereq uisite: French 321 or French 322 . (3 crs.)
FRE 308 . FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 19TH CENTURY . Emphasis on the
romantic and realist periods. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite : French 321 or
French 322. (3 crs.)
FRE 315. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 20TH CENTURY. Emphasis on recent and
contemporary schools of thought . (3 crs .)
FRE 321. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE I. A general survey of French literature
from the Middle Ages to 1800. Three class hours each week . Prerequisite: Twelve hours
of French beyond French 1 02 . (3 crs.l
FRE 322 . SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE 11 . A general survey of French
literature of the 19th and 20th centuries; the principal novelists, poets, and dramatists of
the rom antic, realist and modern periods. Three class hours each week . Prerequisite : 12
hours of French beyond French 102. (3 crs.)
FRE 469 . STUDIES IN FRENCH LITERATURE . Subject matter to be arranged .
Designed for French majors who wish to take additional credits. Prerequisite : 18 hours of
French . (VC)

138

FRE 479. FIELD WORK IN FRENCH STUDIES. Study outside the United States,
usually in Canada or France . Subjects chosen from courses offered in the French language
at an established and accredited educational institution . Three class hours each week or
according to the program of the institution. (VC)
FRE 490. READINGS IN FRENCH LITERATURE. A particular period, problem, or
literary genre. Intended for students who have already had the survey of French literature
and have a general grasp of the fundamentals of French . Subject matter varies from term
to term, and the materials are selected according to the professor and student needs.
Three class hours each week . Prerequisites: French 321 or French 322. (3 crs.)

GEOGRAPHY
GEO 100. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY . The physical factors of the environment
and man's adjustment to them. World patterns of landforms, climate, soils, vegetation,
etc., emphasized in relation to economic and cultural activities. (3 crs.)
GEO 105. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY. The existing group patterns and the spatial distribution of the occupants of the earth. Broad lines of human evolution and recent economic
and demographic changes. (3 crs.)
GEO 170. GEOGRAPHIC CONCEPTS AND TECHNIQUES. Introduction of core topics
fundamental to geographic philosophy and exposure to basic procedures important to
geographic research . (3 crs.)
GEO 200. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY . The geographical bases for the production,
manufacture, and distribution of the earth's resources, and the relationship arising as man
engages in making a living. (3 crs .)
GEO 215. POPULATION GEOGRAPHY. A consideration of demographic processes and
the determinants and consequences of population trends. Special emphasis on distributional patterns and environmental problems . (3 crs .)
GEO 216. URBAN POPULATION . An investigation and examination of population
numbers, distribution, and characteristics as they apply to urban places. The United
States serves as a microstudy area. (3 crs .)
GEO 220. GEOGRAPHY OF THE AMERICAN ENVIRONMENT . A regional study of
the United States in which Pennsylvania is used as an example of microgeography . The
physical environment as the setting for the multifaceted life of Americans . Pro blems
resulting from the interaction between people and that environment. (3 crs.)
GEO 240. HUMAN ECOLOGY . Man's interaction with the elements of the natural
environment. Emphasis on problems created by man's adjustments to the natural
environment. The principles of conservation are stressed . (3 crs. )
GEO 245. URBAN ECOLOGY . Major urban problems of the American city in an
ecological perspective. Emphasis on the generation and developmental processes from
rural to urban landscape. Special concentration on suburban entry into the urban system.
(3 crs.)

139

GEO 250. GEOGRAPHIC ASPECTS OF URBAN ANALYSIS. The role of geography in
the development and problems of urban areas. Specifically, it familiarizes students with
the forces influencing the spatial character of urban economic, political, and social
systems. Data collection, analysis, and mapping. (3 crs.)
GEO 270. CONTEMPORARY GEOGRAPHIC PROBLEMS. Various physically and
human-oriented courses based on the application of geographic techn iques and concepts
to selected problems of spatial interaction. Specific course topics and course numbers are
available at each registration . (3 crs.)
GEO 300. MARKETING GEOGRAPHY. A geographic ana lysis of the factors involved in
the production and distribution of economic goods. Local and world patterns of
commerce and industry and their effect on national and international affairs.
Recommended : Economic Geography . (3 crs.)
GEO 305. TRADE AND TRANSPORTATION . The principles of transportation, characteristics of common transport modes, and the evolution of transport services in the
U.S.A. as they relate to national land space. The basics of international maritime
commerce and some selected foreign transport case studies. Recommended : Economic
Geography, Principles of Economics, or Geography of the American Environment. (3 crs.)
GEO 310. URBAN GEOGRAPHY. An analysis of cities in selected regions. Classification,
location , distribution, function, and growth , as well as types and patterns of land use. (3
crs.)
GEO 315 . URBAN TRANSPORTATION . The characteristics of urban functions , structure, location , and internal patterns associated with spatial variation in transportation
systems . Urban problems related to transportation. (3 crs.)
GEO 316. METHOD OF URBAN ANALYSIS. Provides training in the quantitative
methods of urban research . Consideration given to statistical techniques for analyzing
cities and urban regions . Attention given to analysis of the urbanization process and the
development of urban systems. (3 crs.)
GEO 317 . URBAN LAND USE ANALYSIS AND PLANNING. An analysis of the
structure of urbanized areas, with particular emphasis on the description, patterns, and
trends in urban land use . Methods for defining, representing, and evaluating land use.
Explanations of land use patterns through factor models. (3 crs.)
GEO 318. GEOGRAPHY OF CHINA. A geographic study of the historical, cultural ,
political , and economic factors as they combine to make twentieth-century China an
important factor in world affairs. Traditional Chinese society, the impact of the West ,
modern China, and the physical environment . (3 crs.)
GEO 320. GEOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA. A regional study
of the United States and Canada, considering man's adjustment to the physical factors of
relief, climate, soil, vegetation, and mineral resources. Political structure and the
relationships between the two countries and the rest of the world. (3 crs.)
GEO 325. GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE. Europe's natural and political regions, the
complexity of the continent's natural and cultural features, and the effect they have had
on the occupants, past and present. (3 crs.)

140

GEO 326. GEOGRAPHY OF PENNSYLVANIA . A regional analysis of Pennsylvan ia,
emphasizing man's cultural and economic response to environmental factors . Field trips
are an integral part of the course . (3 crs .)
GEO 327 . GEOGRAPHY OF EAST CENTRAL EUROPE . A systematic and regional
geography of the Communist states of East Central Europe, including Poland, Czechoslo vakia, Hungary, Rumania, Albania, Yugoslavia, and Bulgaria. The geographic trends and
problems in these countries in the postwar period. (3 crs .)
GEO 328. GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN AMERICA . The effects of the physical environment
of Latin America upon human activities. Effects of the historical background , types of
governments, and ethnic backgrounds of the peoples upon the development of the natural
resources of Lat in America. The study is regional by nations. (3 crs .)

GEO 330. GEOGRAPHY OF THE SOVIET UNION . A regional study of the physical and
cultural features of th e Soviet Union . Emphasis is placed upon the factors responsible for
the current position of the Soviet Union as a major world power , and upon potential
future development . (3 crs .)
GEO 335. GEOGRAPHY OF ASIA. The geography of Sou t h and Southwest Asia
including the Middle East and India . Emphasis on the relationships between the Moslem
and Hindu worlds, and the relationships between the Moslem world and the state of
Israel. Problems of econom ic development. (3 crs.)
GEO 336. GEOGRAPHY OF THE FAR EAST. The geography of Japan, Korea , and
Southeast Asia . A comparison is made between industrialized Japan and the agricultural
nations of Southeast Asia . The impact of the Far East on the modern international scene .
(3 crs.)

GEO 337 . GEOGRAPHY OF AFRICA . The physical background and the human set-up
of Africa are first surveyed to achieve a general understanding of that continent . Modern
problems of African nations are further examined within the framework of several broad
regions . Recommended : Introduction to Geography and /or Human Geography . (3 crs.l
GEO 338 . GEOGRAPHY OF THE PACIFIC BASIN . Lands and people of the great
ocean . Particular attention given to Australia, Indonesia , New Zealand , and the Philippines. (3 crs.)

GEO 340. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY . A study of the interrelationships between the
natural environment and the historical development of the United States. The attraction
of North America for colonization, the expansion from sea to sea , the absorption of
millions of immigrants, the schism and refusion of the nation, and the development of
resources to a position of world power. (3 crs .)
GEO 345. POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. A political geography, giving attention to internal
and external problems of state, as influenced by human and natural resources. (3 crs.l
GEO 370. MAP INTERPRETATION . A non-technical laboratory course designed to
develop competence in map use and evaluation . The history of maps ; use and interpretation of globes, cartograms, diagrams, and topographic maps; theory of map construction
and the application . of maps and mapping techniques to teaching . Recommended for all
education majors - no prerequisites. (3 crs .)

141

GEO 371 . CARTOGRAPHY . Designed to acquaint the student with the history of maps
and mapping ; the interpretation of globes, cartograms, and geographic diagrams ; the
nature and functions of maps, includ ing concepts of scales and cartographic symbols ; and
the use of cartographic tools and equipment in map construction. (3 crs.)
GEO 372. MAP AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH INTERPRETATION. An intensification
and application of cartographic methods to include statistical representation, map
reproduction , and familiarization with technical equipment . The use of maps and aerial
photographs as sources of quantitative and qualitative information . The principles of
image identification , simple photo-grammetric measurements, mapping from aerial photo graphs, and interpretation of natura'I and cultural landscape . (3 crs .)
GEO 373 . STATISTICAL CARTOGRAPHY . The statistical approach to cartographic
representation . Methods of data manipulation , problems of symbolization , and techniques
of presentation. (3 crs.l

GEO 409. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN GEOGRAPHY . Development of individual research
problems . Does not replace any course regularly given . Permission of staff required . Hours
to be arranged . (VC)
GEO 419 . HONORS COURSE IN GEOGRAPHY . Directed reading and research in field
of interest chosen by student in consultation with the instructor. Prerequisite : Provisions
of the Honors Program of the college . Approval by staff of the department . (VC)

GEO 445 . FI ELD METHODS IN GEOGRAPHY . An intensive micro-geographic study
through actual field work . An advanced course . Permission of staff required for
registration . One hour lecture and four to eight hours field work each week . (3 crs .)
GEO 449 . RESEARCH PROJECT. Individual geographic research in the field or library ;
however, upon request of the student and support of the faculty, the course may be
tutorial. Students are required to prepare written and oral presentations. Culminating
course for the Arts and Sciences major in geography . (3 crs .)

GEO 491. SUMMER FIELD COURSE GEOGRAPHY . Trips are made to various places of
geographic interest, where lectures and discussions are conducted . (VC)
GEO 492 . GEOGRAPHY WORKSHOP . Designed to prov ide students with a combination
of experiences. Lectures , field work , and laboratory situations . It is hoped that through
these experiences the student will gain insights relevant to present-day situations.
Permission of staff required . Hours to be arranged . (VC)
GEO 493 . SEMINAR IN GEOGRAPHY . Consideration of evolving geographic thought ,
evaluation of selected geographic literature , and the development of individual or group
research projects. Recommended as a culminating course for majors in geography . (VC)
GEO 498 . INTERNSHIP IN GEOGRAPHY . The geography intern (during his sophomore ,
junior or senior year) spends a semester of practical experience with a planning ,
governmental, business, industrial, or social agency . Credit for the course varies , depend ing upon the nature of the internship assignment and the number of hours of on-the-job
training . The internship culminates with a report submitted by the intern, a report that
serves along with the sponsor's evaluation of the intern as a basis_ for determining the
credit and grade given. (VC)

142

GERMAN
GER 100. BASIC CONVERSATIONAL GERMAN. Introductory German conversation for
those who wish to learn spoken German, or for those intending to stay or travel in a
German-speaking area . Emphasis on the practical application of spoken German to
everyday situations. Prerequisite : none. Two credits, elective only, no credit toward a
major in German . (2 crs .)
GER 101 . ELEMENTARY GERMAN I. For those who have had no previous instruction
in German or who reveal insufficient training for a more advanced level. Develops the
fundamentals of correct idiomatic German through basic sound patterns and sentence
structure. Language laboratory is used in conjunction with this and the following courses .
Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week . (3 crs.)
GER 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN II. Continuation of German 101. Three class hours
and one hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite : German 101 or one year of
high-school German . (3 crs .)
GER 203 . INTERMEDIATE GERMAN I. The goals are understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing on a more advanced level. A review of the structural principles covered in
German 101 and German 102 and additional structural material, idioms, etc. More
emphasis on both speaking and reading . Three class hours and one language laboratory
per week . Prerequisite : German 102 or two years of high school German . (3 crs.)
GER 204. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN II. Continuation of German 203, with speaking,
reading, writing on a more advanced level. Three class hours and one hour language
laboratory per week . Prerequisite : German 203 . (3 crs.)
GER 211 . GERMAN CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION , AND PHONETICS I. Concentrates on the further development of knowledge and skill in speaking and writing, based
upon a relatively small amount of reading particularly well ada1;>ted to this purpose. Three
class hours and one hour language laboratory per week . Prerequisite: G-erman 204. (3
crs.)
GER 212. GERMAN CONVERSATION , COMPOSITION , AND PHONETICS II. Continuation of German 211, conducted on a more advanced level. Three class hours and one
hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite: German 211 or the completion of
German 204 with the grade A or B . (3 crs .)
GER 290. GERMAN CULTURE AND CIVI LIZA Tl ON . Covers in outline the entire field
of German literature, with particular reference to the German people and their historical,
political, economic, and geographic background and their art and folklore . Three class
hours and one hour language laboratory per week . Prerequisite : German 2D4. (3 crs .)
GER 295. STUDIES IN GERMAN CULTURE. Designed as an Arts and Science elective
in the Modern Language Department; no knowledge of German required.
The individual topic for Studies in German Culture changes from semester to semester.
The subject may be an outstanding person (e.g. Goethe), an era (e.g. The Wilhelminian
Era), or an entire culture (e.g. Switzerland) . As long as the topic remains different, the
course may be taken for credit repeatedly . Three class hours each week . No prerequis ite .
(3 crs .)
GER 305. ROMANTICISM : 1790-1830. Foundation course in understanding the German

143

HISTORY
HIS 101 . HISTORY U .S. TO 1877. The social, political, economic, and intellectual
development of the United States to 1877. (3 crs.)
HIS 102. HISTORY U.S. SINCE 1877 . The social, political , economic, and intellectual
development of the United States since 1877. (3 crs.)
HIS

105. SURVEY OF U .S. HISTORY. Covers as thoroughly as possible the .most

important ideas and events in American history, and emphasizes the vital role which
Pennsylvania played in the historical development of th e U.S. (3 crs .)
HIS 111. THE DEVELOPMENT OF MAJOR WORLD CIVILIZATIONS . Focus on the
process and interplay of the m ajor world cultures in their evolution. Included are the
following contemporary cultures: Indian, Moslem , East Asian (China, Korea, Japan),
Slavic, Western European, Latin American, and African. (3 crs.)
HIS 112. MAJOR WORLD CIVILIZATIONS IN TRANSITION. Focuses on the develop ment of the factors which continue to influence the direction of change among the
world's cultural areas . (3 crs.)
HIS 121. EUROPEAN LIFE AND SOCIETY TO 1815. The development of the social,
economic, political, religious, and cultural experiences of the European people. The
decline of monarchial Europe and the major democratic movements in Europe . (3 crs.)
HIS 122. EUROPEAN LIFE AND SOCIETY SINCE 1815. The development of Europe
from the Congress of Vienna to the 1970's, with specific examination of the social,
political and economic stimulations that led to the emergence of nationalism, dictator·
ship, and war . (3 crs.)

HIS 145. HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA . Th e development of the Latin American
countries from the period of discovery to th e p re sent . Th e colonial, revolutionary, and
national periods . Europea n and Am erican relations are emph asized. (3 crs.)
HIS 146. HISTORY OF THE FAR EAST . The interaction of East and West, with
emphasis on developments since 1800. Th e impact of modern t echnology, imperialism,
nationalism, and communism on Ori ental cultures is given special att ention . (3 crs.)
HIS 147. HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST . A review of the history of the peoples of
the region, in addition to a consid eration of major political, economic, and cultural
factors which color international affa irs in the Middle East. (3 crs.)
HIS 150. HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT WORLD . A study of th e origins of Western
civilization from prehistoric man to the disintegration of the Roman Empire , embracing a
thorough study of
civilizations. (3 crs.)

th e cultural

aspects

of

the

fertile crescent and

Greco-Roman

HIS 155. 100 YEARS OF CSC. (3 crs .)

HIS 200. HISTORY OF PENNSYLVANIA . A study of the historical development of
Pennsylvania from colonial times to the present; the changes involved in soci al, political,
and economic life are treated from internal and external points of view . (3 crs .)

145

I

HIS 205. HISTORY OF POWER. A history of the use of various forms of power in
America , with stress on coal and A-power . Covers such early uses of power as human,
animal, and water ; and past , present, and future uses of alternative forms of power such
as the wind, tides, fuel cells. etc. (3 crs.)
HIS 206. RESEARCH METHODS . To introduce students to research and report writings.
Theory and practice by examples will illustrate how methods of work and investigation
are relevant in all of scholarship. New ideas and methods in history, e.g. , quantification .
Will not follow the usual classroom lecture format, but will be modified toward
workshop/independent problem -solving . (3 crs.)
HIS 210. PROBLEMS IN URBAN HISTORY . Major urban issues of American cities in
historical perspective . Historic urban experiences in the United States, and the impact of
industrialism, the relationship of urban transportation facilities to urban spatial-social
development, urban housing, crime in the city, and the dilemma of urban renewal. (3
crs.)
HIS 215 . THE EXPANSION OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY . To develop an
understanding of the salient historical patterns that have characterized the foreign policy
of the United States. (3 crs .)
HIS 216 . HISTORY OF ENGLAND . The rise of England as a world power from the
reign of Henry VI I to the modern era, with particular attention to the social and
economic aspects of British life. The ri se and fall of the British colonial empire and its
consequences o n world affairs. (3 crs .)
HIS 217 . THE AFRO -AMERICAN IN U .S. HISTORY . A survey of the role of
Afro-Americans in the course of American history, from the beginnings to the present . (3
crs.)
HIS 225 . HISTORY OF CONTEMPORARY EUROPE . A topical outline of the major
developments in Europe within the last 35 years - developments which have significance
in challenging and transforming many of the traditional values of this society . The decl ine
in the pre-eminent position of Europe in world affairs and the rise of a global civilizat ion .
(3 crs .)
HIS 226. HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE . A study of the political , social,
economic, and cultural forces of the Middle Ages, with emphasis on the institutional and
cultural life from the fall of Rome to the Renaissance . (3 crs.l
HIS 227 . RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION . A study of Renaissance culture in
Europe from the 14th to the 16th century, with emphasis on Italy . Late med ieval
civilization , humanism, artistic Renaissance, and the growth of the middle class. The
universal church , appearance and character of the principle b ranches of Protestant i sm,
and reform within the Roman Catholic Church. (3 crs .)
HIS 230 . HISTORY OF EASTERN EUROPE . The medieva l ori gins of Poland, Czec hos lo vak ia, Hungary , Yugoslavia, and Bulgaria ; Romania throu gh t he period of nationa l revi val
of the 19th century, independence after World War I , sov iet i zat ion after World Wa r 11,
and re-emerging nationalism . (3 crs.)
HIS 235 . 20TH CENTURY WORLD HISTORY . Back ground and analysis of 20th -century
events and emerging issues : the growth of capita lism, imperialism, and tota lit ariani sm,
World Wars I and 11, and recent efforts toward collect ive security and internatio nal
understanding . (3 crs . )

146

HIS 236. HISTORY OF URBAN AMERICA . The urban experience in America from the
17th century to the present. Urban America in the context of world urbanization,
demographic trends, technology, and the implications of these forces on the socioeconomic scene of urban development. (3 crs.)
HIS 237. SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES . A study of the major
groupings and ways of thought of the people of the United States from Colonial days to
the present. Designed for upper-level students with a background in American history. (3
crs.)
HIS 238. HISTORY OF AMERICAN LABOR . A survey history of American labor from
early Colonial times to the present , covering various periods, problems of these periods,
solutions proposed to these problems by the American worker , and the vital role
American labor has played in the history of our nation from earliest times to the present.
(3 crs.)
HIS 240. H 1STORY OF THE COLD WAR . The nature of the conflict between the
United States and th e Soviet Union from 1945 to the mid-1960's. The historical and
contemporary global context shaping the evolution of the policies of both countries
during that period . (3 crs.)
HIS 245 . HISTORY OF RUSSIA . A survey of Russian history, culture, and institutions
from the inception of the Kievan state to the present . Emphasis on the pre-Soviet periods
and on those aspects of development of the Russian state and people that have played a
dominant role in the shaping of Russian character, temperament, and history . (3 crs .)
HIS 247. HISTORY OF ETHNIC AMERICA. Concerns the role of the immigrant in U.S .
history from the 18th century through the contemporary period . (3 crs.)
HIS 250. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY . A general study of the growth of
the American constitutional system , with special emphasis on those aspects of constitu tional growth which relate closely to the fundamental structure of the American
government and social order . (3 crs.)
HIS 255 . FIELD STUDIES IN LOCAL HISTORY. The local aspects of communications,
transportation, economic, cultural , and ethnic developments, with the project approach in
the field . (3 crs.)

HIS 260 . WOMEN IN U .S. HISTORY. An introduction to the study of women from the
Colonial era until the present , arranged around topics such as reform, abolition , political
activism, working conditions, and contemporary issues. (3 crs .)
HIS 280. SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, AND POLICY . Examines the organization and
administration of scientific research and development, both private and public, in the
U .S. (3 crs .)
HIS 296. THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION, 1763-1789. To introduce students to the
period of transition of Amer ica from an English colony to nationhood . (3 crs.)
HIS 300. CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION. The causes of the Civil War ; the
military, political, economic, and social developments du r ing the war ; the consequences
of the post-war period from the standpoint of contemporary developments and their
applications today. (3 crs .)

147

HIS 304. THE GREAT DEPRESSION AND WORLD WAR II. A study of the stresses
and strains of the 1930-1945 period of U.S . history, using recent trends in teaching and
scholarship . (3 crs.)
HIS 305. CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES . The unprecedented
changes that have occurred in the United States since the beginning of the New Deal. (3
crs .)
HIS 315. HISTORY OF U.S. SECTIONALISM, 1820-1860. The interaction of sectionalistic processes compared with continuing nationalistic trends, as well as the dynamics of
political parties from 1848-1860.
HIS 320. THE ANATOMY OF DICTATORSHIP . The basic , social, economic, psychological, and political elements which make up the modern dictatorship . The elements of
strength and weaknesses which either destroyed or changed the structure of the original
philosophy of dictatorships of our current century in terms of their objectives, aims, and
potential. (3 crs .)
HIS 336. AMERICAN URBAN ELITES. The historical evolution of American urban
elites. An examination of the changing urban decision -making structure within the
context of the contemporary urban crisis . (3 crs .)
HIS 337. ANTEBELLUM REFORM . The study of the various reform movements during
the 1800-1860 period of U .S. history . (3 crs.)
HIS 350. ADOLF HITLER . An analysis of the philosophical and psycho logical elements
that led to the rise of National Socialism, and its impact upon the western world . (3 crs .)
HIS 379. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HISTORY . Development of individual programs by
students. Does not replace any course regularly given . (VC)
HIS 479 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HISTORY . (3 crs .)
HIS 495. SEMINAR IN HISTORY . Historical survey of writings in U .S. history as well as
trends, developments, and theories in current historiography . (3 crs .)

HUNGARIAN
HUN 469 . SELF-INSTRUCTIONAL HUNGARIAN . Students teach themselves, chiefly
with tapes. Students must provide their own cassette or tape player and blank tapes . A
weekly meeting with a native speaker is held , and grading is based on an examination at
the end of the semester . (3 crs.)

ITALIAN
ITA 101 . ELEMENTARY ITALIAN I . For the student without previous knowledge of
Italian . Develops the fundamentals of correct idiomatic Italian through basic sound
patterns and sentence structure. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per
week . (3 crs .)
ITA 102. ELEMENTARY ITALIAN II . Continuation of ltali,an 101 . More reading, and
more advanced speaking. Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week .
Prerequisite : Italian 101 or one year of high -school Italian . (3 crs.)

148

ITA 203 . INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN I. A review of essential Italian grammar, and
further development of aud i o -lingual skills and comprehension , as well as reading and
writing facility . Three class hours and one hour language l aboratory per week . Prerequi sites : Italian 101 and 102 or equivalent . (3 crs.)
ITA 204. INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN II. A continuation of Italian 203, with speaking ,
reading and writing on a more advanced level. Three class hours and one hour language
laboratory per week . Prerequisite: Italian 203 or equivalent. (3 crs.)
ITA 295 . STUDIES IN ITALIAN CULTURE . Designed as an Arts and Science elective in
the Modern L anguage Department; no knowledge of Italian required .
The topics for Studies in Ital ian Culture change from semester to semester. Th e subjects
may be significant personal ities or movements in literature, painting , sculpture, architec ture , music , philosophy or science . As long as the topic remains different, the course may
be taken for credit more than once . Three class hours per week . No prerequisites. (3 crs .)

LATIN
LAT 101 . ELEMENTARY LATIN I. For the student without previous knowledge of
Latin. An introduction to basic Latin grammar and vocabula ry with the aim of
developing a reading knowledge in Classical Latin . Three class hours each week . (3 crs .)
LAT 102. ELEMENTARY LATIN II. A continuation of Latin 101. (3 crs.)

MATHEMATICS
MAT 100. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS. Sets and their language, numeration
systems , properties of natural numbers, whole numbers, integers, rational and real
numbers, elementary number theory, modular arithmetic , mathematical systems, elementary algebra, logic, probability , and intuitive geometry . No prerequ i sites . (3 crs .)
MAT 101. COLLEGE ALGEBRA . Fundamental operations, factoring and fractions,
exponents and radicals, functions and their graphs, linear and quadratic equations,
systems of linear equations, systems of equations involving quadratics, ratio, proportion ,
and variation, progressions, the binomial theorem, inequalities and their solutions ,
complex numbers, theory of equations, matrices and determinants. Prerequisite : three
years of high school mathem atics or honor grade in Fundamentals of Mathematics . (3
crs.)
MAT 102. COLLEGE TRIGONOMETRY . Logic, set theory, real numbers, functions and
relations, circular functions and trigonometric functions, tables and graphs, identities,
equations, inequalities, inverse trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, complex
numbers, exponential and logarithmic functions. Adequate background in algebra and
some plane geometry desir able . (3 crs .)
MAT 103. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY . Fundamental notions (lines, segments, slopes, angl e
between lines, graph and equations), conics, simplification by translation and rotation,
algebraic and transcendental curves, Polar coordinates, parametric equations, threedimensional analytic geometry. Prerequisites : high school algebra, trigonometry , and plane
geometry desirable. (3 crs.)

149

MAT 105. BASIC PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE . Elementary computer concepts in such
areas as the nature and structure of computers, the history and development of
computers, flow charting and elements of the basic language involved in reading and
printing , transfer statements, looping, subroutines, conversational programming , etc . The
computer language taught is basic . No prerequisites. (3 crs .)
MAT 106. TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS I. Designed to prepare the student for further
study in technological fields . Review of basic arithmetic operations, introduction to
exponents and radicals, algebra, and linear equations, functions, and graphs. (3 crs .)
MAT 107. TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS 11. A continuation of Technical Mathematics I
with added emphasis on practical mathematics and the applications of mathematics in
business and industry rather than an abstract concept of mathematics. Logarithms,
introduction to geometry, a further study of algebra, and introduction to trigonometry
and analytic geometry. Prerequisites-: Technical Mathematics I or consent of the
instructor. (3 crs.)
MAT 108. INTRODUCTION TO COBOL. No prior programming knowledge is required.
Designed for the student who seeks a programming language for business applications.
Students will be taught the basics of COBOL. (3 crs.)
MAT 111 . CALCULUS I. A review of numbers,
introduction to analytic geometry ; limits; continuity;
tions and some applications of the derivative; and
fundamental theorem of integral calculus . Prerequisite:
Analytic Geometry or equivalent. (3 crs .)

symbols , and sets; inequalities;
differentiation of algebraic funcintroduction to integration-areas;
550 or better math college board ,

MAT 112 . CALCULUS II. More analytic geometry; applications of integration - area,
volume, fluid pressure work, length of plane curve and area of a surface revolution ;
transcendental functions ; methods of integration. Prerequisite : Calculus I. (3 crs .)
MAT 121 . COMPUTER SCIENCE I. The student
submits programs to the computer center for
laboratory basis. In the laboratory, students are
time sharing terminals. Prerequisites : high school
crs.)

is taught the Fortran IV language and
execution . Taught on a lecture and
instructed in the use of keypunch and
algebra or consent of the instructor. (3

MAT 135 . GEOMETRY . Analysis of axiomatic systems, axiomatic development of
elementary Euclidean geometry and non-Euclidean geometry. No prerequisites. (3 crs .)
MAT 151 . DIAGNOSTIC AND REMEDIAL TECHNIQUES IN MATHEMATICS . For
elementary education majors with an area emphasis in mathematics. Various approaches
and methods designed to engage the student in a critical analysis of strengths and
weaknesses in approaches to teaching mathematics. Materials and games to remedy
deficiencies of the child . Teaching techniques such as flexible grouping patterns and
individual instruction . Prerequisites : College Algebra and College Trigonometry . (3 crs .)
MAT 152. I NTUITIVE GEOMETRY . The presentation of spherical, projective, and
Euclidean geometries by the intuitive method. The introduction of a set of postulates for
a finite geometry. The role of geometry in the elementary school curriculum. Not open
to math majors or others who have taken MAT 135, Geometry . (3 crs .)
MAT 155. METRIC WORKSHOP . For anyone who wishes to improve his use of the

150

metric system in all aspects of his daily life. Activities applicable to teachers, parents, and
persons in business and industry. Teaching strategies, games, and sources of materials for
teachers. (1 er.)
MAT 171. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I. Formulas used in working finance problems
and how they are formulated and applied . The use of tables to shorten the arithmetic.
Economics students should take this course. A working knowledge of algebra is required.
(3 crs.)
MAT 172. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE 11. A continuation of Mathematics of Finance
I, encompassing some of the everyday financial problems of an average family (including
merchandise shopping with discounts and mark-up problems), shopping for the cost of
money (renting money), insurance, taxes, investments as a hedge against inflation, public
and private financing, higher education as an investment, etc . Emphasis on underlying
principles and mathematical computations. Prerequisites: Math of Finance I or equivalent
knowledge of Math of Finance. (3 crs.)
MAT 205. FIELD WORK IN MATHEMATICS. Approximate data and significant digits,
the slide rule and desk calculator, linear measurement and scale drawings, angle mirror,
hypsometer and clinometer , plane table and alidade, sextant, transit and leveling. A
laboratory course, except for lectures presenting the theory . Students are encouraged to
make some of the simple instruments. Prerequisite: Trigonometry. (3 crs .)
MAT 213. CALCULUS Ill. Vectors in the plane , indeterminate forms and improper
integrals, polar coordinates, infinite series, and the theory of infinite series . Prerequisite:
Calculus 11. (3 crs.)
MAT 214 . CALCULUS IV . Expands the concepts of vectors in the plane to vectors in
three space. The differential calculus and the integral calculus of functions of several
variables. The student is shown how the calculus can be applied to systems of particles ,
e.g., moments and centroids . Prerequisite: Calculus 111. (3 crs.)
MAT 215 . STATISTICS. For non-math majors, not counted toward a math major .
Frequency distribution, percentiles, measures of central tendency, variability, normal
distribution, curve, populations, samples and error-sampling distribution of means,
sampling distribution of proportion null and alternative hypotheses, type I and type 11
errors, tests of means confidence and intervals and decision procedures, correlation,
chi-square, simple analysis of variance, statistics, and design of experiments. (3 crs .)
MAT 216 . LOGIC AND SWITCHING THEORY OF THE COMPUTER. Taught on a
lecture-laboratory basis. An in-depth study of digital computers , including the circuits and
logic involved in the computer . Prerequisites: MAT 121 and 222. (3 crs.)
MAT 222. COMPUTER SCIENCE II. Solidifies the concepts and methods acquired in
MAT 121 and gives the student an opportunity to become more familiar with
third -generation computer systems. Three class hours each week with outside assignments
requiring programming a. digital computer to assist in the solution of problems assigned .
Prerequisites: MAT 121 or consent of the instructor . (3 crs.)
MAT 231 . ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I. Fundamental concepts of logic, sets, relations, and
functions . Groups, fields, rings, and integral domain and the properties associated with
these structures. The number systems from the natural numbers to the complex numbers
system (its structure and properties) . Elementary concepts of number theory. Designed to
introduce students to Abstract Algebra in a way that emphasizes the nature of the
subject and the techniques of rigorous proof. Prerequisites: Calculus I, Geometry . (3 crs .)

151

MAT 253. BASIC CALCULUS . The basic ideas of calc~lus presented primarily through a
study of the algebraic functions. Transcendental functions considered . Emphasis on
intuitive concepts rather than rigorous proofs. Prerequisites : College Algebra and Col lege
Trigonometry . (3 crs .)
MAT 254. MATHEMATICAL INSIGHTS . A gradual introduction to the basic concepts of
logic, set theory , and abstract algebra . The ax iomatic structuring of these topics is
especially emphasized to provide the student with an adequate introduction to problem
solving, relations , functions, and probability . A basic lecture course designed for the
elementary mathematics major . Prerequis ite : MAT 111 or MAT 253 . (3 crs .)

MAT 256. COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUCTION (CA I ). The concepts of and uses of the
computer-aided and computer-managed instruction . Instructional situations to which CAI
is applicable , and situations to which the benefits of CAI or CMI would be marginal.
Lecture-laboratory . Students are expected to be able to use time sharing terminals and be
familiar with at least one conversational computer language, preferable BASIC. In the
laboratory session, students will be exposed to various types of CAI programming
materials and be instructed in the development of their own CA I " package ." (3 crs.)
MAT 275 . COMPUTER OPERATIONS . The hardware of the computer and the use and
operat ion of the Central Processing Unit and its per ipheral equipment. Lecture and
laboratory basis, with greater emphasis on the laboratory . The student wil I be expected
to become familiar with most computer hardware devices and their use in a computer
operation . Prerequisites : Computer Science I and 11. (3 crs .)

MAT 305 . THEORY OF EQUATIONS . Complex numbers, polynomials in one variable ,
algebraic equations and their roots, limits of roots, rational roots, cubic and biquadratic
equations, separation of roots , and approximate evaluation of roots . Prerequisite : MAT
111 . (3 crs. )
MAT 306 . DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Ordinary d ifferential equation and its
solution . The existence and uniqueness of solutions. Various types of differential
equations and the techniques for obtaining the ir so lution . Some basic applications,
including some nume rical techniques . Prerequisite: Ca lculus 111. (3 crs .)
MAT 307 . LOGIC CIRCUITS OF THE COMPUTER . (3 crs .)

MAT 323. ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING . The full instruction set of a
computer, including supervisor, loader, library, and assembler. Computer organization,
representation of numbers and characters , instruction codes, machine language, macros,
and subroutines. Prerequisites: Computer Science I and 11 . (3 crs.)
MAT 332. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA 11. A continuation of the study of abstract algebra .
The theory of groups, group isomorphism and homomorphism, theory of rings, integral
domains and fields, polynomial rings . To prepare students for advanced work in
mathematics by a very careful and rigorous study of algebra . Prerequisite: Abstract
Algebra I. (3 crs.)
MAT 341 . LINEAR ALGEBRA I. An elementary trea_tment of linear algebra suitable for
students in the first sophomore term, offering fundamenta ls of linear algebra with
applications and numerical computations . Emphasis on vocabulary, operational procedures, and computat ional skills . (3 crs.)

152

MAT 342 . LINEAR ALGEBRA II. Extends the concepts learned in Linear Algebra I.
Linear transformations are re visited . Eigenvalues and eigenvectors are investigated . Euclid ean spaces are explored. Real quadratic forms are studied, along with the related
geometry . The use of linear algebra in solving linear systems of differential equations is
introduced. May be elected at any time during the student's fifth, sixth, or seventh
semester. (3 crs .)
MAT 361 . STATISTICAL ANALYSIS I. Basic concepts of both discrete and continuous
probability theory. The concept of a random variable is stressed, and a number of
standard distributions are studied in detail. The student is assumed to have taken at least
two courses in calculus . A required course for math majors normally taken the second
semester of the sophomore or the first semester of the junior year . (3 crs.)

MAT 362 . STATISTICAL ANALYSIS II. Fundamental concepts of stat istical inference .
Covers classical statistical inference, but certain decision theoretic not ions also developed .
The st udent is expected to understand the theory underlying certain statistical procedures
and be able to solve problems using these procedures. Prerequi site: Statistical Analysis I.
(3 crs.)
MAT 375 . SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. Some basic concepts and tools of systems analysis
within the context of real-life problem situations. Prepares to handle the increasingly
complex tasks assigned to people working the computer field. Prerequisites : Computer
Sci ence I and 11. (3 crs.)

MAT 377. INFORMATION STRUCTURES . The theory and methods of file organization
and manipulation of structure data . Data structures, concepts and algorithms u sed in
solution of non-numerical probl ems. Applications to data management systems, information retrieval, and list processing . Prerequisites: Computer Science I and 11. (3 crs.)
MAT 401 . ADVANCED CALCULUS I. Students taking this course should have a
background in algebra, analytic geometry, and elementary calculus . Presenteq by lectures
along with outside reading and problem assignments. Required by all Arts & Sciences
math majors. (3 crs.)
MAT 402 . ADVANCED CALCULUS II . Cont inues where Advanced Calculus I left off in
presenting an introductory course in analysis. Students t aki ng this course must have
received a pass ing grade in Advanced Calculus I or its equivalent. Required of all Arts &
Sciences math majors. (3 crs .)
MAT 405 . TOPOLOGY . Preliminari es (sets, ordering, relations , cardinality, etc.), metric
spaces, topologies, separation axioms, convergence, coverings, compactness, etc. Prerequi sites: Analytic Geometry and the Calculus seq uence. (3 crs.)
MAT 424. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS . Modern methods of numerical analysis, especially
as these methods have been influenced by widespread usage of the digital computer .
Prereq uisites: MAT 121 . MAT 214 , or consent of the instructor . (3 crs.)
MAT 455. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. An introduction to
computer syntax, semantics, compiler structure, and technique. The power and limitations of algebraic la nguages, string manipulation languages, and interactive languages will
be studied together with compiler structure and techniques . Prerequisites : Computer
Science I and 11. (3 crs.)

153

MAT 469 . HONORS COURSE IN MATHEMATICS. Math majors must, as a prerequisite
for this course, have completed 64 credits with a QPA of 3 .25 in all work . Recommendation of the mathematics faculty and the approval of the department head and Dean of
Instruction . No one special te x tbook for the course . Meets by arrangement. (VC)
MAT 485 . SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE . Provides Mathematics or
Mathematics and Computer Science majors w it h an opportunity to do individual study or
research on topics and materials not ordinar ily cove red by other courses . Subject matter
depends on the needs of the students taking it and the faculty member offering it . (3
crs .)
MAT 495. SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICS . Designed fo r the student wishing to develop
more fully certain concepts in Mathematics. A student taking this course must have the
approval of the department head . Prerequisite : 18 hours of mathematics. (VC)

MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGE
MF L 101 . ENG LISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE I. For the foreigner on campus taking
courses t aught in English. Intended to help him master the language of instruction .
Varying degrees of competence will be encountered, and the course will be adapted to
the needs of the individual student. (3 crs .)
MFL 102. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE II. A continuation of MFL 101 . (3
crs .)

MUSIC
MUS 100. INTRODUCTION MUSIC . Historical, analytical , and aesthetic elements of
music . Through the use of recordings , radio , concerts, and other media , every possible
contact is made with music . (3 crs .)
MUS 105 . SURVEY OF JAZZ . The historical background of jazz from 1900 to the
present, the noted figures in jazz and their contributions to the American musical form,
and analysis of jazz styles through record ings and live performances. (3 crs.)
MUS 106. TWENTIETH-CENTURY MUSIC SURVEY . A study of the development of
contemporary music (including electronic music) . Begins with Debussy and considers such
prominent figures as Schoenberg, Berg, Webern, Stravinsky, Boulez , Stockhausen, Cage, et
al. (3 crs.)
MUS 107. AMERICAN MUSIC . A study of American folk, popular, and art music native
and European . Primitive music, psalmody, early opera and concert life, African and
European folk music ' s influences on America, the music of European immigrants, and the
roots of Jazz . A chronological study of American composers and the ir music, including
Black composers and their contributions to American music . Recordings of musical
examples will be played throughout the semester. (3 crs.)
MUS 108. THE MUSIC OF RUSSIA AND EASTERN EUROPE . The music of Bulgaria,
Yugoslav ia, Romania , Hungary, Czechoslovakia, the Ukraine, Poland, and Russia . Folk
music, nationalistic music, and art music , and their relationship with and contributions to
international music . Recorded examples of the music used throughout the course . No
prerequisites. ( 3 crs .)

154

MUS 115. FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC. Designed to provide students with a knowledge of the fundamentals of music and an ability to execute basic skills. Includes the
study of note values, meter signatures, scales, key signatures, and the use of syllables in
reading music . A basic introduction to the piano keyboard . Strongly recommended for
Elementary Education students and any others interested in strengthening their knowledge of music fundaments. (3 crs. )
MUS 196. STAGE BAND . Entrance by interview with Stage Band Director. Required
attendance at rehearsals and all public performances. Meets regularly 5th period, Tuesday
and Thursday. Other rehearsals as required. (1 er.)
MUS 197 . CALIFORNIA CHORALE . A group of approximately 20 mixed voices.
Members are chosen from the student body, faculty, and members of surrounding
communities. Membership is granted only by audition. The group sings good choral
literature, most of which is sung a cappella . (1 er. )
MUS 201 . HARMONY I. Begins with a study of all diatonic chords, along with rules for
four-part writing. Introduction to modulation. Extensive ear training . Also included are at
least two short original compositions in four parts, with or without words, involving
materials studied. Prerequisite : Music 115 or thorough knowledge of music fundamentals
(2 crs.)
MUS 205. SIGHT SINGING AND EAR TRAINING . Concentration on sight reading of
material traditionally taught in public schools. Includes melody and rhythm, as well as
two, three, and four-part singing; ear training in use of intervals, chords, cadences,
melodic dictation of easy to moderate difficulty . (2 crs.)
MUS 206. RHYTHMIC EXPERIENCES. Structured for those students in Elementary
Education with music as their area of interest . May be an elective for anyone else who
has a basic understanding of music fundamentals. The class has two basic aims: (1) to
review and fortify previous knowledge and understanding of basic rhythms, meters, note
values, sight reading, and related problems associated with rhythm ; (2) to present the
students with skills and methods of presenting rhythmic activities in the elementary
music curriculum. Students participate in actual performances on tuned and non-tuned
percussion instruments. (2 crs.)
MUS 207. CHILDREN'S SONG LITERATURE . Study and memorization of songs for all
occasions. Songs about animals, seasons, transportation, other countries, etc., are repre sentative of material included . Provides a memory repertoire for the teacher . Students
also participate in classroom teaching. (2 crs .)
MUS 208. THE SYMPHONY . A general survey of the development of the symphonic
form from earliest practice to the beginning of the 20th century , with emphasis on
composers whose primary significance rests on symphonic achievement . (3 crs.)
MUS 211. KEYBOARD I . For the student interested in learning some facility at the
piano . Major and minor scales, patterns and fingerings . Chords (I, IV, v7 ) in both major
and keys followed by their inversions. The common tone chord sequence pattern . A
studen t completing the course should be able to play simple songs - melody with chord
accompaniment. (2 crs.)
MUS 302. HARMONY 11. A continuation of Harmony I, including more detailed
modulation, altered chords, and ana lysis . At least one short four-part composition,
written according to specification, is required. Prerequisite: Music 201 . (2 crs.)

155

MUS 305. OPERA SURVEY . The origin and history of opera , national contributions to
the arts, the analysis of numerous representative operas, the relationship of operatic plots
to history and events. (3 crs.)
MUS 312. KEYBOARD II. A continuation of Keyboard I for the more advanced student .
Review of scales, chords, inversions, and sight reading, followed by the improvisation of
simple accompaniments from chord symbols. Modulation study is begun with the study
of the circle of fifths ; further methods of modulation are introduced as time permits .
Transposition at both the second and third are introduced. A thorough study of
dominant seventh chords relating to simple improvisation within any given key . (2 crs.)
PRIVATE INSTRUMENTAL AND VOICE
Limited to instructor's availability. (1 er.)

INSTRUCTION

is offered per semester .

MUS 469 . INDEPENDENT STUDIES I N MUSIC . Limited to instructor's availability .
(VC)
CCU CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES :
Students may earn up to four semester hours of credit toward graduation in
co-curricular activities. They may continue participation and have more than four
co-curricular credits recorded on their transcript . However, only four such credits may be
counted in the 128 hours required for graduation . These four credits may be counted as
Free Electives only .
CCU 190. WOMEN'S CHORAL ENSEMBLE . (lcr.)
CCU 191. COLLEGE BAND. (1 er.)
CCU 192. COLLEGE CHOIR. (1 er.)
CCU 193. MEN'S GLEE CLUB. (lcr.)
CCU 195. COLLEGE COMMUNITY SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA . (1 er.)
CCU 291 . MUSIC FOR TOUR ABROAD . (1 er.)

PHILOSOPHY
Refer to page 244 for the course descriptions for the Philosophy Department.

PHYSICAL SCIENCE
PHS 111 . MAN AND HIS PHYSICAL WORLD I. (Physical Science Study Committee) An
introduction to the nature of scientific inquiry and experimentation, designed to develop
an interest in science. The topics discussed all contribute to the development of a single
theme - solid matter and the techniques for its investigation . The depth and pace of the
course are such that students without strong backgrounds in science and mathematics can
be successful. (5 crs .)
PHS 112. MAN AND HIS PHYSICAL WORLD II. (Physical Science Study Committee) A
continuation of Man and His Physical World I (PSNS) . The nature and structure of solid
matter is studied further . Prerequisite : Man and His Physical World I. (5 crs.)
PHS 116. BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE A . Designed to provide the non-science major
with the opportunity to acquire a basic understanding and appreciation of contemporary
physical science. An alternative to those who do not wish or are unable to schedule our
five-credit course . Classroom activities and discussions will center on the topics chosen by
the professor with or without the solicited aid of the students in the class. (2 crs .)

156

PHS 117. BASIC PHYSICAL SCIENCE B. An elementary, non-laboratory approach to
the physical world . Topics selected jointly by students and instructor. (3 crs .)
PHS 118. MAN, METHODS, MATERIALS . An activity-oriented class which cuts across
the lines of social science, science, and mathematics. The major objectives are to improve
the technological literacy of the student - to give him that understanding of modern
technology (its capabilities, characteristics, and limitations) which is so important if he is
to cope with the problems of the interaction of technology and society . Emphasizes
systematic approaches for analyzing complex problems (3 crs.)
PHS 125. OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY. Designed for science and non -science
majors interested in understanding and observing the night sky . The basic concepts of
astronomy , and t he use of star finders, tables, charts , and graphs as they relate to
night-time observation . Contemporary films in astronomy will be shown and current
developments in astronomy discussed . Direct night-time sky orientation and observation
w ill be included, and appropriate projects undertaken as time and weather permit . Two
class hours each week . (2 crs. )
PHS 126. MODERN PHYSICS AND ANTI -PHYSICS . The objective is to create in liberal
arts students an awareness of the principal concepts of 20th century, or modern , physics .
Since it is assumed that many of the students have not had high school physics, some
time will be spent on the classical physics. Emphasis on concepts, not mathematical
details, and a high school course in Algebra will suffice as mathematical preparation . The
climax of the course will come during discussions of special relativity, and quantum, or
wave, mechanics. Many of the original arguments, such as Einstein 's famous "Gedanken "
experiment s, will be presented . The use of the modern ideas in astrophysics will
terminate the course . (3 crs .)
PHS 127. THE PHYSICS OF MUSIC. A zero-math level course intended for a general
audience interested in understanding the physical basis of music and musical instruments.
Approximately the first third of the course is devoted to the physical principles necessary
for an understanding of the physics of music . The latter two thirds of the course consider
t he appl ication of physics to music. (3 crs.)
PHS 128. PR ACT I CAL E LE CTR ON I CS. A practical non-mathematical view of some
fields of elementary electronics. The student is given the opportunity through laboratory
work to examine some of the theory presented in lecture . In addition, he is required to
build a project of his choosing . Solid theory and application is emphasized, although
vacuum tubes are mentioned. (3 crs.)
PHS 135. CHEMISTRY OF MATERIALS. Study of some of the raw materials employed
in the construction and fabrication of a technological society . Particular emphasis on
those chemical characteristics of material which render it useful in fabrication. (3 crs .)
PHS 136. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY . A number of the most significant factors in
the relevance of science and the chemical environment in which people live . The air,
water , and earth provide raw materials to be used in the practice of science' and
technology for the sustenance and comfort of mankind . (3 crs .)

J

PHS 145. ASTRONOMY . Non-mathematical presentation of methods and results of
astronomical discovery . Survey of facts and important astronomical theories . Solar
systems and the stellar system , including binary and variable stars, clusters, and nebulae.
Discussion of observations, techniques, and interpretations. Three class hours each week.
(3 crs. )

157

PHS 205. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES OF SCIENCE AND SOCIETY. Major sciencerelated societal problems. The class wi II identify some of these problems: air pollution ,
water pollution, sound pollution, population control and distribution, and drug abuse . (3
crs.)
PHS 409. PRACTICUM FOR TEACHERS OF SCIENCE IN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Emphasizes design and use of apparatus , demonstrations, and experiments for
general science , chemistry, physics, and biology, Special emphasis is placed on secondary
school scientific instructional materials. (3 crs .)

PHYSICS
PHY 101. COLLEGE PHYSICS I. Introductory Physics. Vectors, mechanics, hydrostatics,
heat and thermodynamics . Three class hours and three lab hours each week. Corequisite :
Trigonometry. (4 crs .)
PHY 102. COLLEGE PHYSICS 11. A continuation of Physics 101. Waves and acoust ics ,
electricity, magnetism, AC circuits, and electromagnetic waves . Three class hours and
three lab hours each week . Corequisite: Calculus I. (4 crs .)

PHY 105. GENERAL PHYSICS - MED TECH. An introductory course for students of
Medical Technology . Mechanics, electricity and magnetism, light and radio-activity . Three
class hours and three lab hours each week . Prerequisite: College Algebra . (4 crs .)
PHY 106. GENERAL PHYSICS - INDUSTRIAL ARTS. Emphasis on mechanics:
vectors, forces, work, power, and energy . Considerable attention given to the application
of the principles of physics to machines . Three cl;iss hours each week and three
laboratory hours each week . Prerequisite: College Algebra . (4 crs.)

PHY 111 . INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS I - BIOLOGY. An introductory course in
physics for biology majors. Topics include mechanics, properties of matter, and heat.
Examples from biology are given as application of physical laws. Three class hours and
three lab hours each week . Recommended : A functional knowledge of algebra and
elementary trigonometry . (4 crs.)
PHY 112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS II - BIOLOGY . A continuation of Physics Ill.
Topics include waves, electricity and magnetism, and modern physics. Three class hours
and three lab hours each week . Prerequisite : Physics 111. (4 crs .)

PHY 203. COLLEGE PHYSICS Ill. A continuation of Physics 102 . Light atomic and
nuclear physics, and special relativity . Some time is also spent reviewing material from
Physics 101 and 102. Three class hours and three lab hours each week . Prerequisite:
Physics 102 . Corequisite: Calculus II. (4 crs.)
PHY 221 . INTERMEDIATE MECHANICS . Vector calculus, Newtonian kinematics, and
dynamics of many particle systems with emphasis on first integral relations, motion in a
central potential, scattering theory, systems with constraints, variational principles in
mechanics, small oscillations, wave equation, and special relativity . Three class hours each
week and three laboratory hours each week . Prerequisite : Physics 102. Corequisite:
Calculus Ill. (4 crs.)

158

PHY 256. ASTRONOMY . Astronomy of the solar system and the universe beyond, the
evolution of stars and stellar systems, recently discovered quasars and pulsars, and the
current cosmological models of the universe. (3 crs .)
PHY 261 . INTERMEDIATE ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM . Ordinary differential
equations, fundamentals of electromagnets, multipole fields, Laplace and Poisson equations, electromagnetic field equation s, electromagnetic waves, reflection, and refraction.
Three class hours each week . Prerequisite : Physics 221. (3 crs .)
PHY 305. ELECTRONICS . A thorough grounding in the concepts of digital electronics .
Diode, transistor , and other switching circuits , switching logic and logic gates, transistor
amplifiers and oscillators, flip -flops , multivibrators, counters, registers , readout devices,
and analog-digital instruments. Three class hours each week and three laboratory hours
each week. Prerequisite : Physics 261 . (4 crs .)
PHY 322. ADVANCED MECHANICS. A continuation of Physics 221 . Variational
pr inciples, relativistic dynamics, Hamilton ' s equations, canonical transformations ,
Hamilton-Jacobi theory, continuous systems, and classical field theor y. Applications to
quantum mechanical, elect romagnetic , and relativistic systems. Three class hours each
week . Prerequisites : Physics 221 , Physics 261 . (3 crs.)
PHY 331 . MODERN PHYSICS I . Relativistic kinematics and dynamics, particle and wave
aspects of radiation and particles, the structure of the hydrogen atom , and the many
electron atoms. Quantum mechanics introduced for the first time here. Three class hours
each week . Prerequisites : Physics 261 and Calculus 111 . (3 crs.)
PHY 332. MODERN PHYSICS 11. An introduction to solid state physics, nuclear physics,
and elemen tary particle physics. Three class hours each week . Prerequisite : Physics 331 .
(3 crs.)
PHY 341 . MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS I. The application of the
following techniques to problems in physics: ordinary differential equations, infinite
series , evaluation of integrals, eigenfunction theory , calculus of variations, vectors and
matrices, special fur,ctions , and partial differential equations. Three class hours each
week . Prerequisites: Physics 261 , Calculus 111. (3 crs .)
PHY 342. MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS II. A continuation of Physics
341 . Perturbation theory , integral transforms, integral equations of complex variables,
tensor analysis, and an introduction to groups and group representations . Three class
hours each week . Prerequisite : Physics 341 or equivalent math courses . (3 crs.)
PHY 362. ADVANCED ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY . A cont inuation of Physics 261 .
The microscopic theory of dielectrics, magnetic properties of matter, slowly varying
currents, introduction to plasma phys ics, applications of Maxwell's equations, special
relativity electrodynamics, and superconductivity. Three class hours each week . Prerequisite : Physics 261 . (3 crs .)
PHY 375. RADIATION AND OPTICS . This course begins with a review of Maxwell's
equations and wave analysis, and then goes into Fraunhofer diffraction , radiat ion from
atoms, polychromatic waves, scatt ering, reflection and transmission of waves, magneto and electro-optic effects, and an introduction to laser and maser theory . Three class hours
each w!lek . Prerequisite : Physics 261 . (3 crs .)
PHY 376. STATISTICAL AND THERMAL PHYSICS . Statistical methods, stat istical
thermodynamics, macroscopic thermodynamics and its relation to statisti<.al mechanics,

159

application of statistical mechanics to gases and solids, phase equilibrium, and quantum
statistics. Three cl ass hou rs each week . Prerequisite : Physics 261 . (3 crs .)
PHY 405 . QUANTUM MECHANICS . This course. after an introduction to the necessity
of quantum mechanics, includes a discussion of Schroedinger's equation in one dimen sion, systems of particles in one dimension, motion in three dimensions, angular
momentum and spin , approximation methods, and various applications to atomic and
nuclear physics. Three class hours each week . Prerequisite : Physics 332 . (3 crs .)
PHY 409 . SENIOR THESIS . An opportunity for each physics major to do individual
research on a topic of his choosing, either experimental or theoretical. Prerequisites:
Senior standing and Physics 332. (VC)
PHY 435. PLASMA PHYSICS . An introduction to tensor analysis, electrodynamic
equations, elastic collisions, the Boltzmann equation, charged particle interactions, wave
phenomena in plasmas, plasma oscillations, and plasma generation . Three class hours each
week . Prerequisites: Physics 261 and Physics 376 . (3 crs .)
PHY 445 . NUCLEAR PHYSICS . The deuteron, nucleon, nucleon scattering , nuclear
models, gamma transit ions, alpha decay , beta decay , nuclear reactions , and an introduction to elementary particle physics . Three class hours each week. Prerequisites: Physics
332, Physics 405 . (3 crs .)
PHY 451 . ADVANCED LABORATORY I. Experiments selected from topics discussed in
Modern Physics I. The lecture time will be used to discuss error analysis , curve fitting,
and points of interest to the laboratory reports . One class hour each week and six
laboratory hours each week . (3 crs .)
PHY 452. ADVANCED LABORATORY 11 . An extension of Physics 451 . The experiments are selected from Modern Physics 11 as well as from some of th e advanced courses
(such as Nuclear Physics, Solid State Physics, Plasma Physics. and Optics). Computer
analysis of data . One class hour each week and six laboratory hours each week.
Prerequisites: Physics 451 and Physics 332 . (3 crs .)
PHY 455. SOLID STATE PHYSICS . Crystal structure, crystal binding, elastic constants,
lattice vibrations, thermal properties of insulators, the free electron model of metals, the
energy band theory of insulators and semiconductors, and the properties of semiconductor crystals . Three class hours each week . (3 cr s.)
PHY 465. SPECIAL AND GENERAL RELATIVITY . Relativistic mechanics and
dynamics of mass points, mechanics of continuous matter, applications of the
theory the principle of equivalence, the field equations and the general
experimental tests of the general theory, and equations of motion in t he general
Three class hours each week . Prerequisite : Physics 332 . (3 crs .)

electrospecial
theory ,
theory .

PHY 475. ASTROPHYSICS. Topics chosen from the following concerning stellar
evolution: observations, physical state of the stellar interior, evolution ary phases and
initial and final stellar structure, and some vital statistics of the stars . Three class hours
each week . Prerequisites : Physics 332 and Physics 376 . (3 crs .)
PHY 495 . SEMINAR . An introduction to literature , history , teaching, and research
methods in the physical sciences . Prerequisites : Junior standing and at least 19 hours of
physics (including College Physics I and College Physics II) . (1 er.)

160

POLISH
POL 101. SPOKEN POLISH . Classroom use of audio-lingual methods. Students must
p rovide cassette or tape players and blank tapes. Students with a grade of B or better
may continue their study through Polish 469. (3 crs.)
POL 102. SPOKEN POLISH. A continuation of Spoken Polish 101 . (3 crs.)
POL 469 . STUDIES IN POLISH LITERATURE. Independent readings in Polish literature . The instructor and the student arrange a program of study according to the
student's needs and desires. (VC)

POLITICAL SCIENCE
POS 100. INTRODUCT ION TO POLITI CAL SCI ENCE. The characteristics, concepts, and
trends of politica l science . (3 crs.)
POS 105. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT . The general principles of the American system
of constitutional government . Specia l emphasis on the organization and functions of the
national government - legislative, executive and judicial. Careful treatment of the rights
and duties of citizensh ip, the electorate, political parties, civil rights , and the growing
regulatory function of government. (3 crs.)
POS 205. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT . The history, organization , structure, and functions of the major types of municipal government in the United States. The student
should have some knowledge of the American federal system . (3 crs.)
POS 207 . AMER I CAN FOREIGN POLICY . (3 crs.)
POS 208. SOVIET FOREIGN POLICY. (3 crs . )
POS 215 . COMPARATIVE POLITI CS . Different political systems illuminated by compari son . System, structure, and function are basic concepts employed in devising categories
for comparative analysis. An intensive examination of individual countries, ranging from
Western, industrial politics to non-Western, pre-industrial, and authoritarian states. (3 crs .)
POS 216 . NATIONALISM. A systematic study of the origin and development of
nationalism in modern times and its role in world polit ics . Prerequisites: Political Science
100 and 105. (3 crs.)
POS 218 . POLITICAL PARTIES. (3 crs.)
POS 220 . INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION . An analysis of the history
and scope of public administration in the United States. Organizational theory and
practice and problems of centralization, decentralization, management, and political and
legal controls . Prerequisites : Political Science 100, 105. (3 crs .)
POS 222 . THE
STATES . (3 crs .)

ADMINISTRATION

OF

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

IN

THE

UNITED

POS 22 5 . D EV E LOPMENT OF POLITICAL THOUGHT . A study of the principal
w r itings and theories of the major political philosophers and thinkers from the time of
the Greek city-state to the 19th century . Prerequisite : Political Science 100. (3 crs.)

161

POS 226 . COMPARATIVE COMMUNISM . Eastern Europe exclusive of the Soviet Union:
The Balkans, Hungary, Romania, Czechoslovakia , and Poland . Post -World War 11 developments in politics and government, with considerable stress on the roles of the Party in
each political system (3 crs.)
POS 227 . NATIONALITY PROBLEMS IN EAST EUROPE . (3 crs .)
POS 235. STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT. (3 crs.)
POS 236 . INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. (3 crs .)
POS 237. INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION . An analysis and evaluation of the
United Nations and other international organizations, and consideration of some of the
theoretical concepts and practical problems involved. Prerequisite: Political Scienc e 100.
(3 crs.)
POS 250 . CONSTITUT I ONAL LAW . (3 crs .)
POS 260 . INTEREST GROUPS AND PUBLIC OPINION . Studies of the influence of
individuals and groups on governmental policy decisions through formal and informal
processes. Emphasis on the formation, expression, measurement , and role of public
opinion and the organization techniqu es, policies , and membership of political interest
groups. Prerequisites: Political Scie nce 100 and 105. (3 crs.)
POS 270 . POLITICS OF DEVELOPING AREAS . (3 c rs.)
POS 280 . POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT OF THE SOVIET UNION . (3 crs.)
POS 379 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE . Devel opment of individual
program s by students. Does not re place any course regularly given. (VC)
POS 479. HONORS COURSE IN POLITICAL SCI ENCE. Di rected reading and research in
an area of interest chosen by the stud ent in consultation with an instructor. Prerequisites:
Provisions of the Honors Program of the co l lege. (VC)
POS 495 . SEMINAR IN POLITICAL SCI ENCE. Selected studies in the literature,
philosophy, techniques, and research of political science. Prerequisite: Permission of the
instructor. (3 crs .)

PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. A general introduction to the sci entific study of
the principles of behavior with emphasis on such topics as methods of research,
development of the individual , learning , motivation, emotions, cognitive processes,
sensation, perception, testing , personality, behavior disorders, and individual differences.
Ex perimental research as well as practical application is stressed. (3 crs.)
PSY 110. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY . A study of the nature of the learning
process, with emphasis on the application of principles of learning to the problems of
teaching. The study of actual classroom problems and r,rocedures by observation of
regular work and by special illustrative demonstrations in the laboratory school. The
psychological climate of t he classroom , the importance of evaluating the child ' s total
learning, the group process, and guidance as an essential part of creative teaching . Should
furnish the prospective teacher with a foundat ion in the theories , principles, and master
idea s of the educative process. Prerequis ite: General Psychology . (3 crs .)

162

PSY 205 . CHILD PSYCHOLOGY . A st ud y of th e patterns of ph ys ica l , m en ta l, soc ial and
em o ti o nal developm ent in th e per iod of ear l y childh ood t hr o ugh the pre pubesce n t p eriod.
Th e ro le o f m at u ra ti o n an d o f ex p er ience i n determi ni ng norm al develop m ent of the
indi v idu al . Pr ereq u is ite: Ge nera l Psy ch o logy. (3 crs.)
PSY 206. A DOLE SCENT PS YC H O LOG Y. An in trodu c t ion to t he st udy o f t h ose factors
th at in f lu ence th e growth and deve lop m ent of adolesce nt s. Emph asis o n t he re lat io nship
amo ng ph ys io log ica l, psycho log ica l and soc io log ica l f actors. Th eoret ica l syste m s u sed to
d esc ribe, exp lain, p redict, and work w i t h ad o lesce n ts. Prereq u is ite: Genera l Psyc hology.
(3 c rs.)
PSY 207 . DE V ELOPMENT PSYC HOLO GY. A stud y of t he patterns of ph ys ica l, m en ta l ,
soc ial and em ot ional developm ent fro m ear ly chi ld hood t hro ugh m at u ri ty. Par ticul ar ly
or iented to stude n ts w h o w ill work w ith c hil d ren and w ish to und ersta nd th eir
deve lopmenta l patterns . Prereq ui site: Genera l Psyc ho logy. (3 crs.)
PS Y 21 5. PS Y CH O LO G Y O F E XC EPTIO NA L C HILD . A su rvey of t he p syc ho logica l
prob lem s of hea rin g, speech, m ental, and pe r so n al ity d efects, and of chil d ren w ho are
cul t urall y d isad vantaged , as we l l as prob lems of ch ildren o f su per ior ab il ity. A m ajor
purp ose is to gai n a functiona l un dersta nd in g of t heir p rob lem s and of t he procedures for
helpin g them to cop e with t hem . Prereq u isite: Genera l Psyc ho logy. (3 crs. )
PSY 310. MENTAL H Y GIE N E. Pro b le m s of persona li ty and m ec hanism s of ad ju stm en t ,
inc luding a stu dy o f t he orig in and reso lut io n o f co n f li cts, and t he ro le o f em ot io n in t he
patt ern s o f behavior. (Sh o ul d not be take n if Psyc ho logy of A d j ustm ent has bee n take n .)
Prereq ui site: Genera l Psyc hology. (3 crs. )
PSY 315 . PS YC HOLOGY OF AD.JUSTM ENT . A study o f th e indi v id u al 's adju st ive
processes in p erso nal and soc ial relati o nship s. A rev iew of d ef ensive react io ns, ab no rmal
be hav iora l reac t ions , pro bl em so lv ing, and sup er io r ad ju stm en t. Prereq ui site: Gene ral
Psych o logy . (3 cr s.)
PS Y 320. SOCIAL PS Y CHOLOG Y. A study of t he in te r ac ti o n betwee n the ind iv id ual
and hi s soc ial gro ups w it hin a cul t u ra l co ntext; t he indi v id u al in hi s soc ial ro le , soc ial
gro ups, and so ci al in st itu t io ns. Pre req ui site: G eneral Psy cho log y . (3 crs .l
PSY 325. PSYC HOLO GI CA L STATI STI CS. Th e need fo r stat istics in psyc ho logy is
dem o nstrated by examining t he var iab le nat ure of psyc ho log ica l m easu rem ents . Th e
st at ist ics of chance var iab ili ty and its re lat io n to t he nor m al proba bili ty c urve are stu d ied
in det ail. A number of cor relat io nal m et hods are prese n ted , alo ng with t h e ty pe of
psyc ho log ica l p rob lem s fo r w h ic h eac h is su ited. Pred ic t ion of o ne va riab le from ano ther
usin g t hese corre lat io ns and regress io n coeffic ients is lea rn ed , b ut wit h co nsid era bl e
attenti o n t o d ata typ ica l of pro bl em s in t he area o f psyc ho logy . Pre req ui site: Genera l
Psyc ho logy. (3 crs.)
PSY 326 . INDUSTRIAL PSY CHOLOGY. A study of t he ap p li cat io n of p sych o log ica l
prin cipl es of behav ior t o peopl e-work cond it ions. An exa m inat ion of busi ness and
indu stri al acti v it ies and the ro le t he psyc h o logist p lays in such ac t ivities. A strong
emphas is o n th e p ract ica l and everyday prob lem s t hat confro nt peop le in t he wor ld of
wo rk . Prereq ui site: General Psyc ho logy. (3 crs. )
PS Y 3 3 0 . PH Y SIOLOGICAL PS Y CHOLOG Y. A st udy of t he re lations hi ps betwee n
bodil y processes and behav io r . The relat io nsh ip betwee n p syc ho log ica l ph eno m en a and

163

the physiological funct ioning of the organism . Sensat io n and perception, re flex ive
behav ior, motivat ion , emotional behavior and critical functioning. Some laborato ry
experience will be included in this course . Prerequisite : Genera l Psychology . (3 crs .)
PSY 335. PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING . A study of the nature and conditions of
learning ; types of lea rning and the experimental procedures used in the study of learning
problems . The various in terpretat ions of the process will be examined and evaluated .
Prerequ isite : Gen era l Psychology and Junior rank. (3 crs.)
PSY 340 . PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING . A study of the nature and function of
measurement in psychology , with concentration on test construction prob lems and
procedures and an ex amination of some typical tests in the fields of intelligence,
personality , speci al aptitudes, abil ities and interests. Prerequisite : General Psychology . (3
crs.)
PSY 345 . HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY. A detailed look at the
evolution of psychological thou ght from its ancestral background through its development
into a separate scientific discipline. The early problems and methods of psychology are
examined in some detail , as are the various schools of psychological thought . Emphasis
directed toward the effect of the di scoveries and thinking of the times on the course of
the development of psychology as a science . Prerequisite: General Psychology . (3 crs .)
PSY 350. PRINCIPLES OF BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION . A consideration of the
app l ication of the princip les of con temporary behaviorism to the problem of behav ior
modification i n educational and clin ical settings. Major emphasis on the remediation of
problems of academic, emotional, and social adjustment in the classroom . Prerequisites:
Educational and Developmental Psychology or permission of the instructor. (3 crs .)

PSY 360 . EXPERIMENT AL PSYCHOLOGY . Research methodology, experimental des ign,
and the appropriate stat istical treatment of psychological data . Although demonstrations
are used , students are encouraged to design their own procedures for testing scientific
propos i tions. A combination of laboratory time and discussion periods permits a cr iti cal
consideration of principles and theories amenable to experimental investigation . Students
are required to do an individual experiment as part of the course requirements .
Prerequisite: General Psychology . (4 crs .)
PSY 400. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY . A survey of behavior pathology - including the
psychoses , neuroses, character disorders including drug addiction and psychophysiological
disorders - together with a general consideration of etiology, treatment, and prognosis.
Prerequisite : General Psychology . (3 crs .)

PSY 405. PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY . An introduction to the study of the
essential factors that result in creating individual differences of human behavior. Current
theories used to explain the development and structure of personality . The characteristics
of the normal and the maladjusted personality, with special concern for developmental
patterns. Prerequisite : General Psychology . (3 crs .)
PSY 411 . CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY I. The kinds of information and d ata to be
obtained in studying individuals. The problCJms and procedures which constitute clinical
procedure . Not designed to train the student to become a clinical psychologist, but is an
introduction to the applied areas of clinical psychology . Prerequisites : General Psychology, Abnormal Psychology. Psychological Testing, Psychology of Personality, and Senio r
Standing . (3 crs .)

164

PSY 412 . CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY II. The projective techniques used to assess
individual personality . The construction and methods of interpreta t ion of these techniques. An introduction to some of the tools of the clinical psychologist and counselor .
Prerequisites: General Psychology, Abnormal Psychology , Psychological Testing , and
Senior Standing. (3 crs .)
PSY 419 . CLINICAL PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY I. Special study in case study
methods, psychological testing, and psychopathology . Prerequisites: Psychological Testing,
Psychological Statistics, Clinical Psychology, and permission of the head of the Department. (3 crs.)
PSY 429 . CLINICAL PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY II. A continuation of Clinical
Practicum I, but with greater emphasis on psychotherapy, use of clinical instruments,
d iagnostic cases, and visits to hospitals and clinics . Prerequisites: Psychological Testing,
Psychological Statistics, Cl inical Psychology , Clinical Practicum I, and permission of the
head of the Department . (3 crs .)
PSY 450 . APPLIED BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION . An opportunity for students to apply
techniques enumerated in PSY 350 to the modification of behavior of fellow students
and children in a number of settings. For example, those enrolled might function as
tutors in courses with which their peers are having difficulty or as a general study skills
trainers , or emrollees might apply behavioral techniques while working as nursery school
or day care center aides . Prerequisite: Psycholody 350 or permission of the instructor. (4
crs .)
PSY 479 . SPECIAL STUDIES IN PSYCHOLOGY . An opportunity to engage in individual
study and research in an area of interest to the student . Admission to this course subject
to t he approval of the department head . Prerequisites : General Psychology and consent of
the instructor . (VC)
PSY 490 . SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY . A discussion seminar covering selected areas of
psychology not covered in the departmental course offerings. The selected areas will be
announced each semester. An opportunity to cover the pertinent literature in depth and
to engage in critical discussions of the area. Prerequisite: General Psychology ; Approval
by Department Chairman; consent of instructor. (VC)
PSY 495. HONORS COURSE IN PSYCHOLOGY . An opportunity to engage in independent study in psychology under the direction of a member of the faculty . Prerequisites:
h igh academic performance ; approval of Department Chairman ; consent of the instructor.
(3 crs.)

RUSSIAN
AU S 101 . ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN I. For students without previous knowledge of
Russ ian. The fundamentals of correct idiomatic Russian . The student is made aware of
basi c sound patterns and sentence structures , with emphasis first on hearing and speaking ,
then reading and writing . Classroom instruction supplemented by laboratory study and
practice. Three class hours each week and one hour language laboratory per week . (3 crs .)
AUS 102 . ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN II . A continuation of Russian 101 . Prerequisite :
R ussian 10 1 or one year of high -school Russian . Three class hours each week and one
hour language laboratory per week . (3 crs .)

165

RUS 203. INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN I. Understanding, speaking, reading, and writing
on a more advanced level. A review of essentia l Russian grammar and further developmen t of aud io lingu al compreh ension, as well as reading and writing facility. Prerequisite :
Russi an 101 or 102 . Three class hours each week and one hour language laboratory per
week . (3 crs.)
RUS 204. INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN II. To d evel op a reasonable control of the
p ri ncipal structural pattern s of Russian through dialogue and oral, reading , and wr iti ng
practice from reading of modern auth ors . Thr ee class hours and one hour language
laborat ory per we ek . Pre requisite : Russian 203 . (3 crs .)
RUS 469 . STUDIES IN RUSSIAN LITERATURE . Independent readings in Russian
literature. The instructor and the student arrange a program of study according to the
student 's needs and desires. (VC)

SERBO-CROATIAN
SCR 1 01 . SPOKEN SERBO -C ROATIAN . Cl assroo m use of audio -lingual method s.
St udents mu st provi d e cassette or tape pl ayers and blank tapes . Studen ts w ith a grade of
B or better may continue t heir st udy th rough Serbo-Croatian 469 . (3 crs.l
SCR 102. SPOKEN SERBO -CROATIAN . A co ntin uat io n of Spoken Serbo Croatian 101 .
(3 crs .)
SCR 469 . STUD I ES IN SERBO -CROATIAN LITERATURE . Independent readings in
Serbo-Croatia n literatu re . Th e instructor and the student arrange a program of study
accord ing to t he stud ent's needs and desires. (VC)

SLAVIC STUDIES
XSS 105. INTRODUCTION TO SLAVIC STUDIES . A consideration of the history, so cia l
and political insti t ut ions, cu st om s, literature and arts of the various Slavic peoples in an
effort to d iscover their diversity and un ity . (3 crs .)
XSS 106. MASTERPIECES OF RUSSIAN LITERATURE . A study of selec ted work s of
maj or Ru ssia n au t hors . Particul ar stress on the m ajor prose writers of th e 19th century:
T olstoy , D ostoyevski , Turgenev, and Ch ek hov. (3 crs .)
XSS 110. THE LITERATURE AND CULTURE OF SOUTHEASTERN EUROPE . The
life of the peopl es o f Yugoslavia, Hungary, Bulgari a, and Romania; their literatu re, art,
and intellectual ac hi evements. (3 crs.)
XSS 111 . THE LITERATURE AND CULTURE OF THE WESTERN SLAVS . The life of
the peo pl es of Pol and , Czec hos lovak ia, and th e Baltic land s; their literature, art, and
intellectua l ac hiev ements. (3 crs .)
XSS 11 2. THE LITERATURE AND CULTURE OF THE EASTERN SLAVS . The life of
the peop les of Ru ssia, White Ru ss ia and the Ukrai ne; their literature, art, and intellectual
ac hi eve m ents. (3 crs .)
XSS 499 . SEMINAR IN SLAVIC STUDIES. Advanced study on selected topics in the
Slavic and Eastern European area. (3 crs.)

166

SOCIAL SCIENCE
SOS 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SCIENCE . A functional systems approach to
the treatment of the subject matter of Social Science . (3 crs .)
SOS 101 . WORLD CULTURE . An i ntroduction to the concept, content, and diversity of
human culture . (3 crs .)
SOS 105. SLAVIC WORLD : HISTORY . A general survey of the historical and cultural
background and development of th e western, southern, and eastern Slavs, from the
origins of the Slavic tribes to the present. (3 crs .)

SOS 106. SLAVIC WORLD : POLITICS . An analysis of the governments and political
systems of Bulgaria , Yugoslavia, Czechoslovakia , Poland, and the Soviet Union , with
special emphasis placed upon ideology, the politics of Communist parties, present and
past, governmental structures and processes, and theories concerning the evolution of
Communist systems in these coun t ries. (3 crs.)
SOS 107. UNIVERSAL CULTURE PROBLEMS . A comparative approach to problems
common to many societies . (3 crs .)
SOS 145. CHARISMATIC LEADERS. An analysis of five leaders and th eir charismatic
qualities. (3 crs .)
SOS 150. MODERN LIBERATION MOVEMENTS. An investigation of five groups who
have worked since th e 1700's to free themselves from exploitation . (3 crs .)
SOS 155. CULTURAL VIEWS OF WOMEN . An examination of the atti t udes toward
women in five different cultures. (3 crs .)
SOS 160. CONTEMPORARY WOMEN 'S MOVEMENT. An investigation of themes,
philosophies, and activists in the current women's revolu t ion . (3 crs.)
SOS 200. QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN SOCIAL SCIENCE . An introduction to basic
research design, measurement, sampling, and survey techniques . In addition to elementary
statistics, the course offers a survey of computer applications to social science research,
particularly in sociology , social work, history and political science . (3 crs.)
SOS 220. CULTURAL REVOLUTION IN CHINA . A study of the cultural traditions and
the dynamics of change in modern Chinese society . (3 crs .)
SOS 230. LATIN AMERICAN SOCIETIES. A study of the origin and evolu t ionary
development of various Indian and Latin cultures of Latin America . (3 c rs .)
SOS 240 . THE ARAB WORLD . An examination of continuity, change, and cultural
variation in Arab society . (3 crs.)
SOS 379 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SOCIAL SCIENCE . (VC)
SOS 479. HONORS COURSE IN SOCIAL SCIENCE. (VC)
SOS 495. SEMINAR IN SOCIAL SCIENCE . (3 crs .)

167

SOCIAL WORK
SOW 150. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK. Introduces the beginning student to
the social , political and economic dimensions of poverty and welfare services of the
United States. Complements other beginning courses in the social sciences by integrating
this knowledge in a fashion which aids in the comprehension of welfare services whil e
establishing a basis for movement toward higher level courses. (3 crs .)
SOW 208. MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS . Analysis of the historical, economic and
political relations of American religious, ethnic and racial minorities in terms of social
change and social structure . Special attention given to Puerto Rican, Chicano and Indian
subcultures. Sources of prejudice and discrimination, social processes including conflict,
segregation, assimilation, accommodation , and cooperation . Prerequisite: Principles of
Sociology . (3 crs .)
SOW 255 . SOCIAL CASEWORK I. An introductory course in dyadic relationships
designed to enable the student to synthesize knowledge gained from the social sciences ,
and learn how such knowledge can be used in understanding and working effectively with
people. Values are stressed . Fundamentals of interviewing with emphasis upon understanding the interviewee as a person and as a member of any given group , and
understanding oneself as an individual who will be dealing with persons who may differ
from him in many significant ways . (3 crs .)
SOW 265 . JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. The causes, prevention, and treatment of
deviancy among the youth. Emphasis on the concept of the non-adversary role of the
juvenil e court system and the urgent need for change . An exploration of the sociological
theories for deviancy and the changing attitude toward treatment and treatment facilities .
(3 crs.)
SOW 270 . CHILD WELFARE . Child welfare as a specialized field of social work
concerned with social role enactment. Child welfare services : supportive services, supplementary services, protective services, day care, adoption, and foster family care . (3 crs .)
SOW 309. WELFARE PRACTICUM I. An opportunity to learn and apply theoretical
knowledge to pract ice through involvement in a social welfare agency setting or
institution. The student is required to spend 6 clock hours per week in the field . (6 crs.)
SOW 319 . WELFARE PRACTICUM II. Continuation of Welfare Practicum I. The student
continues to work under a trained social worker , preferably in the same setting as his
previous placement . The student is expected to demonstrate a considerable amount of
classroom knowledge . He should show conviction about the value of social work in
improving the client's psycho-social functioning . The student is required to spend 6 clock
hours per week in the field. (6 crs .)
SOW 352. SOCIAL CASEWORK 11. Builds upon those elements of casework practices
introduced in Social Casework I . The process of psychosocial study, diagnosis, and
treatment more adequately developed. Abundant use of assigned texts and case material,
particularly those concerned with social welfare . Pedagogic use of role playing is also
systematically developed . Generic concepts stressed, but specific settings topically considered . (3 crs.)
SOW 365. DELIVERY OF SERVICES. The new delivery systems developed in the ·fields
of health and welfare services. The value of comprehensive planning and the growing

168

interest on the part of the government at all levels. An examination of the vast
complexities of community structure that make the initiation of such systems a difficult
task. The advantages to the individual consumer of effective delivery systems. (3 crs .)
SOW 370. SOCIAL CHANGE. Develops the thesis that the social worker must possess the
ability to analyze a community and its needs and to contribute to planning and action
that take into account the human dimension . Models for analyzing a community's power
structure and methods for intervening in system maintenance patterns, methods for
developing citizen participation in social reform movements. (3 crs .)
SOW 379. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SOCIAL WORK. (VC)
SOW 479. HONORS COURSE IN SOCIAL WORK . (VC)
SOW 495. SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WORK . (VC)

SOCIOLOGY
SOC 100. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY . This ·basic course examines interaction among
human beings . Emphasis on natural and social heritage, the meaning and functions of
culture, the origin, functions, and characteristics of social institution with inquiry into
the nature and genesis of social pathology. (3 crs .)
SOC 110. AFRO-AMERICAN CULTURE . The contemporary Black experience in the
United States; different currents of black social, economic and political thought and their
relationship to those of other groups in this society. Intended for all students who have
some interest in the Afro-American and his relationship to the total American society . (3
crs.)
SOC 200. RESEARCH METHODS. Specifically designed for Arts and Sciences sociology
or social welfare majors . It is assumed that these students have not studied, nor have they
been involved in systematic, empirical social-scientific research . Consequently, the objective is to fundamental concepts of research in the social sciences . The logic and
procedural rules for scientific problem solving are studied , and the methods and
techniques for implementing these rules in actual research are emphasized. (3 crs.l
SOC 205. CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS. Provides an objective view of some
of the social problems which many in the college community consider only subjectively; _
provides a theoretical frame of reference for analyzing social problems . (3 crs.1
SOC 210. SOCIAL STRATIFICATION . Provides the student with an objective appraisal
of our society and an awareness of the extent of our class structure. The student will be
made more aware of our truly stratified society. Prerequisite: SOC 100. (3 crs.l
SOC 220. THE FAMILY. An opportunity for the student to gain some knowledge of the
purpose of this universal model as the primary unity of most known societies . Considers
the needs of the college student who anticipates marriage or who has married. In both
instances, the concept of adjustment and accommodation prior to and during marriage is
stressed . (3 crs.)
SOC 230. COMMUNITY AND ECOLOGY . Various criteria thought to characterize
communities are theoretically and empirically considered : a specific population and living
with a specific geographic area, amongst whom are present shared institutions and values,
and significant social interaction . (3 crs .)

169

SOC 235. URBAN SOCIOLOGY . Much of the current material that describes the
problems of urban life is part of this exploration of the dimensions of the urban mass
and the problems of the people who live there: the effects of a technological age and a
rapidly changing urban civilizat ion , and their challenge to the viability of the urban
habitat. Accommodates primarily social work and sociology majors after they have had
an in t roductory level sociology course . (3 crs .)
SOC 240. SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS . Analysis of the collectivity form a behavioral
perspective . The family and political , economic, religious , and educational institutions are
examined . Consideration of the systematic provisions in society which provide for the
maintenance of group patterns of behavior. (3 crs.)
SOC 260. CRIME. Particular emphasis on t hose vi o lations that are socially palatable but
costly to our society . The adult offender and society ' s efforts to deal with him ; existing
attitudes and shifts in attitudes; the effect iveness of sentencing and punishment and the
results of long-term imprisonment . (3 crs .)s,
SOC 375 . HISTORY OF SOCIAL THOUGHT. Si gnificant social th eorists, particularly as
they have influenced the development of contemporary social theory; ways of approaching social reality by way of social theo ry ; historical development in the 19th and 20th
centuries. Intended primarily for sociology and social work majors in the sixth semester
or higher level. (3 crs.)
SOC 379 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SOCIOLOGY . Development of individual programs
by students . Does not replace any course regularly given. (VC)
SOC 479 . HONORS COURSE IN SOCIOLOGY. Directed reading and research in an area
of interest chosen by the student in consultation with an instructor. Prerequisite:
p rovisions of the Honors Program of the college. (VC)
SOC 495. SEMINAR IN SOCIOLOGY. (3 crs .)

SPANISH
SPN 100. BASIC CONVERSATIONAL SPANISH . Introductory Spanish conversation
designed for those who wish to learn spo k en Spanish, or for those intending to stay or
travel in a Spanish-speaking area. Empha sis on th e practical applic ation of spoken Spanish
to everyday situations. Prerequisite : none. Two credits , elective only, no credit toward a
ma!or in Spanish. (2 crs.)
SPN 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH I . For the student without previous knowledge of
Spanish who wishes to achi eve a sound basis for an active command of the language . The
development of the fundamental speech skills, reinforced in the language laboratory .
Progressively greater emphasis is placed on reading and writing . Three class hours and one
hour language laboratory per week . (3 crs .)
SPN 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH II . A continuation of Spanish 101 . Three class hours
and one hour language laboratory per week . Prerequisite : Spanish 101 or one year of
high school Spanish . (3 crs .)
SPN 203 . INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I . An adequate review of the essentials of Spanish
grammar through intensive oral structures and written practice to facilitate the use of

170

Spanish grammar, and to develop the use of words and expressions accepted throughout
the Spanish-speaking world . Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per
week . Prerequisites: Spanish 101 and Spanish 102 or the'ir equivalents. (3 crs .)
SPN 204. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH II. To develop a reasonable control of the principal
structural patterns through dialogue and oral, reading, and writing practice from reading
of modern authors . Three class hours and one hour language laboratory per week .
Prerequisite: Spanish 203. (3 crs .)
SPN 211 . SPANISH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION , AND PHONETICS I. Intensive
practice based on modern prose to provide models of natural, spontaneous speech which
includes cultural themes and colloquialisms and up-to-date dialogues on which to base
class discussions. Written compositions using orthographic rules and an introduction to
written Spanish . Th ree class hours and one hour language laboratory per week .
Prerequisite : Spanish 204 . (3 crs.)
SPN 212 . SPANISH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND PHONETICS II . A study
of the essential Spanish morphology , syntax, semantics, and linguistics, as reflected in
some representative authors that confronts the student with new ways of writing and
thinking that prepare him for the Spanish Culture and Civilization courses . Three class
hours and one hour language laboratory per week. Prerequisite : Spanish 204. (3 crs .)
SPN 215. CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION OF SPA I N . A study of the most significant
aspects of Spanish hi story , with a broad discussion of its essential characteristics and
contribution to western civilization . Designed to stimulate thought on the social, political,
economic, and cultural problems of Spanish history . Three class hours each week .
Prereq uisite : Spanish 211 or Spanish 212. (3 crs.)
SPN 216. CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION OF HISPANIC-AMERl"CA. A study of the
pre-Colombi an cultures of the Span ish-American countri es and the impact of the Spanish
conquest upon the peoples of these countries . Wider appreciation of the psychological
elements that have made their imprint upon the people who live in these lands and an
exa minati on of the contemporary political, economic, literary, artistic, and scientific
movements in the most important republics of Hispanic-America, and their relationship to
the United States. Three class hours each week . Prerequisite: Spanish 211 or Spanish 212 .
(3 crs .)
SPN 295. "STUDIES IN HISPANIC CULTURE. Taught in English; no knowledge of
Spanish required . An Arts and Sciences elective in the Modern Language Department.
Offers insight into Span ish culture and civilization, providing material that is interesting
and intellectually challenging, from primitive culture, Roman domination through the
Arab conquest, and the impact of the discovery of America on Spanish life . The
individual topic for studies in Hispanic Culture changes from semester to semester .
Specific topics selected through guest lecturers; films, slides, moveis, music and other
ed ucat ional m ed ia illustrate the Spanish way of life, past and present . As long as the
topics remain different, the course may be repeated . Three class hours each week. No
prerequisite . (3 crs.)
SPN 296. SPANISH FOR SOCIAL WORKERS I. The fundamental vocabulary used for
in terviews. The development of basic Spanish language meaning structure. (3 crs.)
SPN 297 . SPANISH FOR SOCIAL WORKERS II . Continuation of SPN 296 I, with
special emphasis on the development of conversational vocabulary and sentence structure .
(3 crs .)

171

SPN 298 . SPANISH FOR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY I. Th e fundamental vocabulary u sed
at hospital s, with emphasis on the practical use of the Spanish languag e in specific
situations. (3 crs.)
SPN 299 . SPANISH FOR MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY II. Continu ation of SPN 298 I ,
with specia l emphasis on the d eve l opment of conversational vocabul ary and se ntence
structure as it relates to hospital situations.
These co u rses are designed to be taken in seq uence . Instructional m edia and textbooks
especially written for these courses are used to develop communication skills in the
Spani sh language.
Students without any k nowledge of Spanish should take El ementary Span ish I and 11 in
orde r to have a better foundation . Students with two years of h igh-schoo l Spani sh need
not take Elementary Spani sh I and 11 , b u t may receive credit for these two courses by
exa minatio n at the discretion of the instructor . (3 crs .)
SPN 30 5. CERVANTES: DON QUIXOTE . Prerequisite : Spanish 321 or Spanish 322. (3
crs .)
SPN 307 . THE GENERATION OF 1898. A study of novels, short stor ies , essay s, p oetry,
and dramas of t he m ost representative authors of this per iod and t heir influence on
m oder n Spanish literatu re . Prerequ isite: Spanish 321 or Spanish 322. (3 crs.)
SPN 308. GOLDEN AGE DRAMA . A study of the verse dramas which illustrate t he
dramatic techniques and t hem es p revalent in Spain between 1600 and 1700. Prerequisite :
Span ish 321 or Spanish 322. (3 crs.)
SPN 316. GOLDEN AGE NOVEL. The major prose works of the Renaissance and
Baroqu e styles : the Pastora l, Chivalric , and Picaresque novels. Prereq uisite: Spani sh 321
or Span ish 322. (3 crs.)
SPN 321. SURVE Y OF SPANISH LITERATURE . An introduction to the masterpi eces of
Spanish literature, ranging from Poema de Mio Cid to current authors . Represented will
be all of the importa nt Spanish literary genres: narrative poetry (epic and ballad), lyric
verse, the short story , and se lections from novels and dramas. Prerequi site : Twelve hou rs
of Spanish beyond Spanish 102. (3 crs .)
SPN 322 . SURVE Y OF SPANISH -AMERICAN LITERATURE . A study of representative
selections from the colonial p eriod to the present, with emph asis o n the sa li ent
characteristics and t he distinctive contribut ions of each literary for m in t he period or
movement under study. Prerequisite : T welve hours of Spanish beyond Spanis h 102. (3
crs .)
SPN 469. STUDIES IN SPANISH LITERATURE . For t he be nefit of teachers in service
or to meet special problems or deficiencies. Prereq u isite : Eighteen hours of Span ish . (VC)
SPN 479 . FIELD WORK IN SPANISH STUDIES . Study outside the United States,
usually in a Spani sh -speaking country . Subj ects are chosen from courses to be offered in
Spani sh at an established and accredited ed ucatio nal instituti on . Three class hours eac h
week or according to the program of the instit ution . Prereq ui site: consen t of the
instructor . (VC)
SPN 490. READINGS IN THE LITERATURE OF SPAIN AND HISPANIC-AMERICA .
For Spanish majors w ishing to study in d ep t h authors of Spa in and H isp an ic-Am erica .
Wor ks to be selected. Prereq uisite : Spanish 321 or Spanish 322 . (3 crs.)

172

THEATRE

THE 098. HIGH SCHOOL THEATRE WORKSHOP . For in-service high school students
and teachers . Practical and intensive experience in production, rehearsal , and performance
techniques useful for high school theatre programs . (3 crs.)
THE 100. INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE. An overview of the composite art of
theatre - from idea to reality - with representative readings from dramatic literature. (3
crs .)
THE 101 . VOICE AND SPEECH . Vocal techniques for performance ; use of the Lessac
system, a method of involving the body, the senses, and the imagination. (3 crs .)
THE 102. VOICE AND INTERPRETATION. Methods of analysis and presentation for
effective oral reading of dramatic literature, prose, and poetry . (3 crs.)
THE 110. GAMES AND IMPROVISATIONS. A non-acting approach to solving dramatic
problems. Theatre games, sensitivity exercises, and spontaneous non-verbal improvisations
stimulate the student to discover that recall of past physical and emotional experiences is
useful i n most dramatic situations. (3 crs.)
THE 115. MOVEMENT . Designed to improve the individual's suppleness and control, and
to increase awareness of spatial relationships . Includes specific techniques for performers.
(3 crs.)
THE 117. STAGE COMBAT TECHNIQUES. Hand-to-hand and sword -fighting techniques
for performers and directors. (1 er.)
THE 125. MAKE-UP. Theory and practice of make-up for performance. (2 crs .)
THE 130. FUNDAMENTALS OF ACTING. Basic theories and techniques of acting, with
application in rehearsal and performance of selected scenes. (3 crs.)
THE 140. FUNDAMENTALS OF MIME. Basic theories and techniques of mime.
Emphasis on body control and gesture with application in scenes, both improvised and
planned, to communicate ideas and feelings non-verbally. (3 crs.l

THE 151. TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I. Introduction to the principles and practice of
planning and constructing scenery. (3 crs .)
THE 152. TECHNICAL PRODUCTION II . Advanced principles and practice in planning
and construct ing scenery . Prerequisite : THE 151 or consent. (3 crs.)
THE 191 . THEATRE WORKSHOP. Specific assignments in cast or crew for campus play
productions. (May be repeated for credit . See guidelines.) (1 er.)
THE 200. FUNDAMENTALS OF DIRECTING . The directorial analysis of plays, plus
fundamentals of composition, picturization, movement, rhythm, and pantomimic dramatization. (3 crs.)
THE 211. LIGHTING I. Basic theory and practice in lighting. (3 crs.)

173

THE 212. LIGHT! NG 11. Advanced practice in lighting. Prerequisite: THE 211 or
consent. (3 crs.)
THE 215. PERIOD MOVEMENT AND DANCE . Studies in classical
20th-century movement and dance as applied in performance. (3 crs.)

through early

THE 225 . COSTUME CONSTRUCTION . Basic sewing techniques applied to the construction of costumes; the use and care of sewing machines. (3 crs.)
THE 240. CREATIVE DRAMATICS. (Sections for students in Early Childhood and Early
Elementary.) The stimulation and development of creativity through playmaking exercises, story -telling, spontaneous improvisations, and sensitivity techniques useful for
potential teachers and parents. (3 crs.)
(Sections for students in . Upper Elementary .) The stimulation and development of
creativity and communication skills through creating spontaneous plays selected from
children's literature.
THE 245 . CHILDREN'S THEATRE. The selection, direction, and production of plays for
children . (May be repeated for credit.) (3 crs.)
THE 250. PLAYWRITING. (3 crs.)
THE 255. PUPPETRY. The planning and production of puppet plays. (3 crs .)
THE 257. HISTORY OF COSTUME. A survey of the history of costume in the western
world. (3 crs.)

THE 261 . HISTORY OF THE THEATRE I. The development of the theatre from the
Classic through the Baroque, including representative plays. (3 crs.)
THE 262 . HISTORY OF THE THEATRE 11. The development of the theatre from the
Baroque to the present, including representative plays. (3 crs.)
THE 263. AMERICAN THEATRE HISTORY . A survey of the American t heatre from
Colonial times to the present, including representative plays. (3 crs.)
THE 265. FILM THEORY AND CRITICISM. Film as medium and message, method of
escape, and ethical movement, films of historical and contemporary interest are shown . (3
crs.)
THE 270. READER'S THEATRE . The principles and practice of organizing and
presenting Reader's Theatre presentations. Prerequisite : THE 102 or consent . (3 crs.)
THE 305. SHAKESPEARE IN THE THEATRE. Representative Shakespeare plays studied
as theatrical presentations. (3 crs.)
THE 307. LYRIC THEATRE . Opera considered as a theatrical art combining music,
drama, acting, dance, and design. Extensive use of recordings and visual material to
illustrate and supplement discussion . (3 crs .)
THE 315. WORLD DRAMA ON STAGE . Classical to 19th-century plays Shakespeare - studied as theatrical presentations. (3 crs.)

174

excluding

THE 317. MODERN DRAMA ON STAGE. 19th and 20th-century plays studied as
theatrical presentations. (3 crs .)
THE 321 . SCENERY AND LIGHTING DESIGN I. Introduction to the theories and
practice of designing scenery and lighting. Prerequisite : THE 151 or consent. (3 crs.)
THE 322. SCENERY AND LIGHTING DESIGN II. Advanced theory and practice of
designing scenery and lighting, with emphasis on designing for various environments.
Prerequisite : THE 321 or consent. (3 crs .)
THE 325 . COSTUME DESIGN . Basic principles of costume design. Students will be
expected to complete various design projects for specific plays selected from a variety of
historical periods. (3 crs.)
THE 330 . ADVANCED. ACTING . D esigned to ex tend basic acting sk ills and to develop
the student s actor' s abili t y to handl e a variety of acting problems with in specific periods
of d ramatic literature . Prerequisite: THE 130 or consent. (3 crs .)
THE 391 . PERFORMING FOR CHILDREN. An opportunity for students to perform
before young audiences. Prerequisite : audition or consent. (May be repeated for credit .)
(6 crs .)
THE 392. PRODUCTION, REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE . Special acting, directing , management, and design or technical involvement in a play production . Prerequisite :
junior-senior level only. (May be repeated for credit. See guidelines.) (3 crs.)
THE 400. DRAMATIC THEORY AND CRITICISM. Theories and methods of dramatic
structure and their application to theatrical presentations. (3 crs.)
THE 409. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ACTING . (3 crs .)
THE 419 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN DIRECTING. (3 crs .)
THE 429 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN DESIGN. (3 crs .)
THE 439. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN TECHNICAL PRODUCTION . (3 crs.)
THE 449 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PLAYWRITING. (3 crs .)
THE 459 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HISTORY AND LITERATURE . (3 crs .)
THE 469 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN THEORY AND CRITICISM . (3 crs .)
THE 479. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FILM . (3 crs.)
All the above are advanced proj ects involving independent study and research . Prerequi site : junior-senior level only. (May be repeated for credit . See guidelines. )

GUIDELINES
The guidelines for the following courses are publish ed here as a ref ere nce for advisers and
as a guide for students:

175

THEATRE WORKSHOP: Open to all students; may be repeated for credit provided the
assignment varies; grade based on a quality determination, plus a minimum number of
hours worked and completion of the project to the complete satisfaction of the
instructor, or quality determination and completion of the project to the complete
satisfaction of the instructor. Assignments: ( 1) crew head for a major production ; (2)
directing a departmentally-sponsored one-act play ; (3) leading rol e in a departmental ly sponsored one-act play; (4) minor role in a major production; (5) stage managing a
departmentally-sponsored one-act play; (6) special cast, crew or production assignments.
A grade may be assigned retroactively within the student's nex t regularly enrolled
semester provided an agreement is made between the student and the instructor before
the assignment in undertaken.

PRODUCTION, REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE: A junior-senior level course
implying distinctive work in cast, crew, or production; project selection based on
departmental pol icy, as an outgrowth of cl ass work or as the resu It of comp eti tion or
audition; may be repeated for credit provided the assignment vari es. Additional credits
may not be substi t uted for required or elective courses within the department's
curriculum . Grade evaluation determined by the instructor upon satisfa ctory completion
of criteria predeterm ined by the i nstruc tor and the student, e.g ., a prompt script,
elevations, working drawings, an in-depth character analysis, etc . A grade may be assig ned
for special and distinctive off-campus assignments or projects p erformed under faculty
supervision and subject to the above regulations but exclusive of student teaching projects
undertaken as part of student teaching. Assignments : (1) design and supervision of
execution for either scenery, costumes, or lighting for a major production; (2) technical
direction for a major production ; (3) directing a major production; (4 ) leading or feature
role in a major production; (5) stage managing a major production; (6) choreographer or
musical director for a major production ; (7) special projects in cast, crew, or production,
which projects must receive departmental approval. A grade may be assigned retroactively
within the student's next regularly enrolled semester provided an agreement is made
between the student and the instructor before the assignment is undertaken .
SPECIAL PROBLEMS : A junior-senior level course conceived as a seminar or inde pendent study under faculty supervision or as a practical or scholarly research project ;
may be repeated for credit provided the assignment varies. Additional credits may not be
substituted for required or elective courses within the 9epartment's curriculum.

URBAN AFFAIRS
XUA 326 . PROGRAM PLANNING . An understand ing and general knowledge of the
program fields in relation to programming princip les, planning objectives and goal-setting ,
structural organization, purposes and values of types of activities, selection of program
content, program planning, and evaluation . Principles of planning, organizing, and
conducting workshops, institutes, conferences, clinics, and special projects in recreational
settings . (3 crs.)

XUA 328. LEISURE LEARNING . Instruction and participation to develop beginning skill
competency in the program areas included in the m ai n cultural dimensions of leisure:
physical , artistic, intellectual, and social interests. The student in provided with the
essential skills and methodology for instructing the various ex periences. Prerequisite :
XUA 326. (3 crs .)

176

XUA 330. COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION AND LEADERSHIP . Bases and methods of
community organization for recreation ; functions and organizational patterns of public,
private, voluntary, political, and pressure groups. Theory and study of community
agencies. An understanding of the dynamics of leadership : theories, principles, practices,
dynamics, and methods of working with individuals and aroups . Professional and
voluntary leader recruitment, selection , training, development, and evaluation, resident
participation, organizations, politics, election data, bureaucracy, analyzing election data,
power systems, decision making. (3 crs.)

XUA 335. RECREATION LEADERSHIP. Offered to provide students with actual
experiences and leadership in various recreational opportunities. The course will place the
student in a responsible leadership position requiring him to exercise all theories,
principles, and practices of effective leadership dynamics. Offered only during the
summer semester; students will use the recreation program sponsored by the Elementary
Education Department as the major placement center . Other approved areas also used,
especially where the college can render service to a municipal department or agency . (3
crs .)
XUA 350. R ECR EA Tl ON AND THE SCHOO LS. A thorough and critical analysis of the
history and rationale for the Community-School movement . The study of organizational
patterns and degrees of cooperation, legal aspects of school involvement; socio-economic
benefits of school recreation , resources, nationwide trends and practices, and principles
and practices for the development of school recreation . The role of the CommunitySchool, its impact on the solution of community and social problems. The staff,
financing, facilities, organization, and administration of the Community-School. (3 crs .)

XUA 355 . SCHOOL INTRAMURAL AND RECREATION PROGRAMS. Organization
and administration of school recreation programs, with emphasis on principles, procedures, and practices for effective programming . Curriculum content, adult education,
extracurricular activities, after-school and vacation programs, and cooperative programs
with other agencies. (3 crs .)
XUA 368 . ADMINISTRATION OF PRIVATE AND COMMERCIAL RECREATION .
Survey of the scope and development of private and commercial recreation agencies ,
facilities, and services. An examination of effective administrative gu idelines and procedures including : personnel management , legal status, accounting, records and data , public
relations, advertising and promotion, p rogramming , areas and facilities, and other
pertinent administrative aspects. (3 crs.)
XUA 400. RECREATION AND PARK ADMINISTRATION . An analysis of manager ial
and administrative practices and processes in recreation, park and agency departments,
including: legislation, legal liability, planning, organizing, staffing, directing, coordinating,
evaluating, budgeting, finance , records, reports , research , office management, pub lic
relations, areas, facilities, and programming. Prerequisite: Junior standing. (3 crs.)
XUA 416. PLANNING AND DEVELOPING AREAS AND FACILITIES. Principles,
practices, guidelines, and problems in the planning, organization, acquisition, development, and maintenance of public , private, and school-related park, recreation , and
outdoor education areas and facilities . A study of standards, trends, surveys, land-use
patterns, layouts, designs, landscapings, and functional usage of areas. The planning and
realization process. Community analysis and funding, urban renewal, zoning, and other
applicable areas. Must have Junior standing. (3 crs .)

177

XUA 449. PRACTICU M I N URBA N AFF A IRS . Th e st udent intern s in o ne of numerous
pl an n ing , d eve l opment o r soc ial agenc ies or orga ni zat io ns serving t he Wa shin gton, Greene ,
West moreland, Fay ette, and All eghen y Co unty regi o ns . Can be tak en fo r 3-17 credits, and
will includ e coop era ting agency supervisio n as well as perfo rm ance revi ew and evaluation
by t he Urb an Affairs Co ordinat or . (VC)
XUA 469 . PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM. Pro f essiona l f ie ld ex peri ence with an approved coo perat ing agency or d epa rt m ent appropri at e to th e stud ent 's career ch o ice.
Practica l on -t he-job expe r ience in an establi shed o rga ni zatio n o r agency . App ro priate time
commensurate to credit h our s. Co nsent of t he instru ctor . Lim ited t o maj ors wi t h a f ie ld
of speci aliz at ion in U rban R ecreatio n and Park Adm i ni strat io n. (VC )
X UA 479 . INDIV IDU A L STUD Y . An o pport uni t y to engage in indi vi du al study, f ield
o bse rvatio ns, o r resea rc h w hereby t h e st ud ent can ga in eith er ex p erti se i n a subj ec t area
not currentl y o f fe red and /o r fu r ther specia lized co mp etence in a specific allied disc ipl in e.
(VC)
X U A 480 . SEMINAR IN U R BAN AFFAIRS. Di scu ss io n and resea rch o n t he decis ions
and p ro bl em s f acing th e co nt em p orary c ity. Stress on famili ari z ing t he stud ent w ith t he
m od ern city, and o n t he reso urc es avai labl e fo r a bett er under standing o Urba

13

crs.l

STRA T I ON.
XUA 495. SE I AR I
UR BAN RECR EA TI O N AND PAR K
D es igned for Seniors. Problems, p rofessio na l p re parati o n, trends
fiel d, relevant
issues, guest ,ecturers, d i scu ssio ns, and stud ent papers . T ime in
.anent depend ent upo n
cred i t subsc r iptio n. ( VC)

·~=

ARTS
XA H 101 . A R T S A ND H U

A

D HUMANITIES

I T I ES . (3 crs .)

XAH 20 1. ARTS A N D HUM AN IT IE S. (3 crs.)
These co urses ai m t o se nsi t ize st u de n ts to experience com p le te ly and fu ll y the
q uali ties in man-made and natural o b jects. I
e genera l emph asis is o n pe
react ion , analysis, i nterpreta t io n, and eva
o b j ects . I n 201 the

178

ic

School of Education
For more than 100 years California State College has prepared teachers for
the public schools of the Commonwealth . It enjoys a reputation of excellence
and its graduates are able to obtain teaching certificates in every state in the
Union.
The School of Education consistently meets all standards of accrediting
agencies. California State College is accredited by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Universities and the School of Education has national
accreditation from the National Association of Colleges of Teacher Education .
Programs offered lead to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education .
Major programs available include : Comprehensive Special Education, Speech
Pathology and Audiology, Elementary Education (Kindergarten to Grade Six);
Early Childhood Education (Nursery School to Grade Three), Industrial Arts
and Secondary Education. The Secondary Education Curriculum further
provides opportun ity to major in Science, (Biology Chemistry, Physics. Earth
Science), English, Communication (English, Speech and Theater), Mathematics,
Modern Foreign Language (Spanish , French or German), and Comprehensive
Social Science (History, Geography, Political Science, Economics, Psychology ,
Sociology and Anthropology). The School of Education also offers special
programs for graduate nurses in either the Public School Nursing Program or
the Nurse Anesthetist Curriculum. Dental Hygientists are also eligible for
enrollment in a program leading to a Bachelor of Science Degree in Education
and certification as a Public School Dental Hygientist.
Students enrolled in the School of Education, regardless of major, may also
enroll in one or more endorsement programs. Endorsement programs enable a
person to teach in an additional area. California State College presently has
four such programs. They are General Science, Driver's Education and Safety,
Environmental Education and Athletic Coaching.
CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS
Students completing a program in the School of Education receive a
Bachelor of Science Degree and an Instructional I certificate. The certificate is
the license to teach in the Commonwealth and is valid for three years of
teaching in Pennsylvania. In order to teach for more than three years in
Pennsylvania, the Instructional I certificate must be converted to an Instructional II certificate. This is done by completing three years of satisfacrory
service in the Commonwealth and earning twenty-four post baccalau·rate
credits. These credits may be undergraduate, graduate or in-service credits or
any combination thereof .
ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION
Admission to California State College is not a guarantee that a student
majoring in education will be permitted to complete the program (which
includes student teaching) and receive a teaching certificate. The School of
Education has established standards that all education majors must meet in
order to complete the Teacher Education Program. Some of these standards

179

are embodied in the Admission to Teacher Education Program which is
usually initiated by the candidate in his sixth or seventh semester of study. In
summary, a candidate must meet the following requirements :
1. A quality point average of 2.30 in the major field. For students in the
Early Childhood and Elementary curriculums, this average will be
computed using both elementary and professional education courses.
2. An overa ll or cumulative average of 2.00, and must be in satisfactory
academic standing at time of application.
3 . Completed at least 64 credits (including transfer credits) with a minimum of 12 credits completed in the major field.

4. T he reco mm endation of his adviser or major department head.
5 . A personal inte rvi ew with and recommendation of a member of the
Committee for Admi ssion to Teacher Education .
6 . Approva l by the Committee for Admission to Teacher Education.
Application forms for the admission process should be secured from the
candidate's departmental off ice.
Al l of the above
assignment.

requirements

are

prerequisites to a student teaching

Candid ates who do not m eet the standards for Admission to Teacher
Ed ucation on initial application have two semesters in which to correct
d eficiencies and reapply for admission . If still not approved, they may elect to
transfer to another curriculum or, with special permission of the Committee,
ta ke 14 credits in lieu of student teaching and graduate without teacher
certification.
The latter option (waiver of stu d ent teaching and teaching certification) is
also available to students who , for exce ptional reasons, change their plans
abou t career teaching b ut wish to complete their baccalaureate programs. The
student mu st initiate, in writing and in person, a reasoned request to do so to
the Committee on Admi ss ion to T eacher Education . Such requests must be
reviewed and approved by the Committee . If the waiver request and course
credits in li e u of student teaching cred its are approved, the student may earn
hi s degree w ithout teac h ing certification. (A notation to this effect is carried
on the student's transcript . )
It should be emphasi zed that the Admission to Teach er Education Program,
in total, is also designed for the stu dent's growth in educative, experiential,
and self-evaluative ways.

STUDENT TEACHING
Student t eaching, a major professional laboratory experience, is conducted
under the superv isio n of th e Director of Student Teaching . California State
College has five stud ent teaching programs: elementary, secondary, industrial
arts, speech pathology and audiology, and special education. Students who are
candidates for certification are required to earn twelve semester hours of
credit in student teaching. However, student teaching is a competency based
progra m a nd may continue beyond one semester. Candidates will be certified

180

to teach only if they demonstrate ability to teach effectively. Teaching
competency will be determined by the Director of Student Teaching, the
College Supervisor , and the Co -operating Teacher or Teachers . The stud1mt
teacher also carries a two credit hour Practicum while fulfilling his student
teaching requirements. Student teaching is conducted in selected public
schools located in the service area of the college.
The institutional philosophy regarding student teaching is to prepare
students adequately to assume their professional responsibilities in the teaching profession in a democratic society, and to develop their appreciation of
their need for a mastery of the professional knowledge and skill essential to
all teaching and special proficiency in their area of specialization. Student
teaching is to provide a climate wherein the student may exhibit his creativity
and ability to make critical judgements based upon knowledge and reason .
Applications for student teaching may be secured at the Student Teaching
Office. They are f iled in the office of the Director of Student Teaching.
Interviews for student teaching assignments are held each October and
February.
Before students may be assigned to this vital part of the Teacher Education
Curriculum, they must :
a. be admitted to Teacher Education
b. maintain an overall quality point average of 2 .0
c. obtain departmental approval as having satisfactorily completed the
required preparatory work .
Students will not be assigned to student teaching until they have completed
at least one semester's work in this college . Graduates of other colleges must
meet the requirements of admission to Teacher Education before being
assigned to student teaching .
STUDENT TEACHING FOR EXPERIENCED TEACHERS

Teachers who have had three or more years of teaching experience, may be
permitted to complete the student teaching requirement by special arrangement in consultation with the Dean of the School of Education. The Dean of
the School of Education may allow the student to fulfill the student teaching
requirement for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Education by making a
substitute requirement in keeping with the needs of the individual student .
PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCES

Educators have observed that those who enter the teaching profession with
a wide variety of contacts with young children, adolescents, and adults usually
become superior teachers . Many of those who fail as teachers or remain
mediocre throughout their careers lack such experiences. Obviously everyone
cannot acquire a sufficient number of these experiences in the classroom . A
program of Professional Laboratory Experiences has been devised by each
curriculum department to include not only school activities but also activities
in communities and in connection with employment . Professional Laboratory
Experiences include all those contacts with children , youth, and adults
(through observation , participation, and teaching) which make a direct con-

181

tribution to the understanding of individuals and their guidance in the
teaching -learning process .
It is hoped that this program will help students, as prospective teachers, to
get an overall picture of the nature of work in a public school. It is essential
that students learn to recognize their strong points as well as their deficiencies, whether they be academic, social, or physical. This program is intended
to give students an opportunity to learn to exploit their outstanding abilities
and to take intelligent action towards elimination of their weaknesses.
Worthwhile experiences are not confined to those which foster intellectual
growth alone . Part icipation in activities which add to physical and social
development is vital . These may include such activities as sports in both intraand intercollegiate competition, student organizations including professional
and special interest clubs, (dramatics, debate and other forensics) , and music
activities.
Professional Laboratory Experiences present an opportunity to add to the
knowledge and skills gained in college classes. The program offers a yardstick
which will assist to measure the practical value of theory, and to check
students' understanding of theory in action. It will help students to see their
own needs, both personal and professional, and to outline experiences which
should be included in their future study . It will assist students to study
intelligently their ability to guide others in actual learning situations. This
program is an opportunity for self-improvement; it is an excellent means by
which students can become more realistically aware of their own capabilities.
THE THOMAS E. MORGAN LEARNING AND RESEARCH CENTER
Th e concept of regional learning and research centers in Pennsylvania was
born in the mid -1960's. There are some seven of these regional facilities, most
of them located on state college campuses . Each of the seven centers has its
own " mission ." The mission at California State College's Learning and
Research Center is education of the disadvantaged . The Thomas E. Morgan
Learning and Research Center was dedicated in 1973.
The components which comprise the Learning and Research Center include
the educational media center (A. V .), the educational development center, the
psychol9gy department, and the office of research . Initially, the campus
school was included. Fiscal problems caused the closing of the campus school
as a college-operated entity in May, 1976. The physical facility of the campus
school is now operated as a part of the California Area School District .
Another recent change is the opening of the combined campus school library
and the curriculum materials library . This is located on the second floor ,
adjacent to the psychology department.
The Morgan Learning and Research Center houses nearly all psychology
classes and laboratories. All educational media classes also are taught here.
Selected courses in elementary health and physical education are scheduled in
the Learning and Research Center . Thousands of learners make good use of
the acoustically superior auditorium every year .
Programs at the L. & R. C. which are aimed at improving education of
disadvantaged citi ze ns include the Mon Valley Health Center Day Care

182

Program, the Washington-Greene County Operation Headstart Program, the
Intermediate Unit I - C. S. C. Adult Basic Education Program, and the
Reading Academ y for Disadvantaged Readers.

THE ELEMENTARY EDUCATION AND
EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Th e Department of Elementary Education offers the prospective teacher
t wo com plete programs leading to the Pennsylvania Instruction I Certificate
issued by the State Department of Education .
The El ementary Education program is designed to incorporate students
work ing with children in directed experiences and leads to Kindergarten
through sixth grade certification.
T he Early Childhood program is designed to incorporate students working
wit h ch ild ren in directed experiences and leads to Nursery through third grade
certif icat io n.
Both programs offered by the Department of Elementary Education utilize
modern tech niques and practices in classroom and practical working experi ences.
T he Professional Semester is a program designed by the staff of the
Department of Elementary Education to enhance the Elementary Education
program . Included in this block of courses are :
Teaching of Language Arts
Arithmetic Content and Method
Teaching of Social Studies
Science in the Elementary School

3
3
3
3

credits
credits
credits
credits

Th e Pro fessional Semester is scheduled prior to the student teaching
program . Goals of this program are:
1. To group methods courses into more meaningful units .
2. To help identify the prospective teacher as an elementary educator .
3 . To provide opportunities for. the faculty to teach cooperatively .
4. T o provide pre-student teaching experience for students .
Community service plays an important part in the education of an
Elementary Education major . The Elementary Department and the Reading
Center sponsor a summer .reading camp called Camp California . Many of the
Elem entary Education majors work at Camp California for six weeks during
the sum mer . Students for the Camp are supplied by the local communities.
Add iti o nally an undergraduate diagnostic tutoring program has been designed to acqua int students with diagnostic and remedial reading techniques. It
provid es the undergraduate student an opportunity to provide diagnosis and
remedi at io n of reading problems on an individual basis for children.
A summary of the requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree in
Elementa ry Ed ucat ion and Early Childhood Education is given below :

183

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

A. General Education
Humanities
Social Sciences
Natural Sciences
Free Elect ives

60 credit hours
10
10
10

30

B. Profess ional Education
Foundations of Education
Ed . Psychology
Ch ild Psychology I
Intro to Ed Media
Student Teaching
Professional Pract .
C. Elementary Education
Math Content & Method
Teach ing of Social Stud ies
Teaching of Language Arts
Science for Elem . Teachers
Health & Phy . Ed. Elem . Grs.
Art for Elem. Teachers
Children's Literature I
Tch. Music in Elem . Grades
Teaching of Reading

25 credit hours

3
3
3
2
12
2
26 credit hours

3
3
3
3
2

3
3
3
3

D. Area of Interest

17 credit hours

The area of interest is opt ional. For El ementary Education majors who
choose not to have an area of inte rest these 17 cred it hours become free
el ectives in El ementary Education .
TOTAL CREDIT HOURS 128

EARLY CHILDHOOD

A. General Education
Humanities
Social Sciences
Natural Sci ences
Free Electives

30

B. Professional Education
Foundations of Education
Ed . Psychology
Ch ild Psychology I
Intro to Ed . Media
Student Teaching
Professional Pract.

3
3
3
2
12
2

60 credit hours
10
10
10
25 credit hours

184

C. Early Childhood Education
Lab. Exp. Nursery-Kndg .
Field Exp . Early Child .
Movt. Ed . in Early Child.
Art for Early Childhood
Music for Early Childhood
Health & Phy. Ed . in E.C.
Rdg. Exp. in Early Child .
Children's Lit e rature I
Math Concept in E.C .
The Child in Social &
Phy. Environment
Science for Early Child.
Comm. Arts for Early Ch .
Early Child . Seminar

37 credit hours

3
3

2
3
3
2

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6 credit hours

D. Free Electives in Education

TOTAL CREDIT HOURS 128

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Elementary Teacher
Middle School Teache r
Department Store Buyer Trainee
Airline Trainee
Insurance Sales Trainee
Management Trainee
Personnel Service Trainee

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Teacher - Nur se ry through 3rd grade
Department Store Buyer Trainee
Airline Trainees
Insurance Sal es Trainee
Manageme nt Trainee
Personnel Service Trainee

ATHLETIC COACHING ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM
Th e Health, Physical Education and Safety Department offers an Athletic
Coaching Endorsement Program approved by the Pennsylvania Department of
Education. In order to compl e te the program , the student must obtain a
minimum of 18 credits . Twelve (12) of these hours are required as a basic
core of the curriculum. The remaining six (6) are to be selected from the
el ective Theory and Technique courses of specific sports .

185

Since the core, or required, courses serve as basic foundations courses for
coaching, at least half, or six (6) hours of these basic foundations courses
must be completed prior to enrolling in any of the Theory & Technique
courses. However, this prerequisite is waived for all individuals presently
coaching in some capacity . These individuals have the opportunity to select
any of the course offerings, and in any order, depending upon their needs and
convenience . The prerequisite applies only to undergraduate students seeking
to complete the entire Athletic Coaching Endorsement Program .
Credits

Required Courses
CPE 205
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE

225
305
315
325
339

Foundations of Athletics
or
Foundations of Pre-Adolescent Athletics
Kinesiological Foundations of Coaching
Physiological Foundations of Coaching
Medical Aspects of Coaching
Practical Coaching Experience, or Directed Study

2

2
3
3

2
2*
12

Elective Theory & Technique Courses (Select 3 courses)
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE

306
307
316
317
326
336
346
356
366
376
386

Theory
Theory
Theory
Theory
Theory
Theory
Theory
Theory
Theory
Theory
Theory

& Techniques of Baseball Coaching
& Technique of Track & Field and Cross Country
& Technique of Basketball Coaching
& Technique of Soccer Coaching
& Technique of Football Coaching
& Technique of Golf Coaching
& Technique of Gymnastic Coaching
& Technique of Swimming & Diving Coaching
& Technique of Tennis Coaching
& Technique of Volleyball Coaching
& Technique of Soccer Coaching

2

2
2
2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2

*Those individuals who are presently coaching will receive credit for this requirement,
subject to approval by the Health , Physical Education & Safety Department.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN ATHLETIC COACHING
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1. Athletic Coach in the Public Schools

2. Athletic Coach for non -school related programs (such as the
YMCA, Little League, Midget Football, etc.)
3 . Athletic Coach in the public schools for an individual not certified
as a teacher, but still wanting to coach .

DRIVER EDUCATION ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM
The Health , Physical Education and Safety Department offers an endorse·
ment program for a student seeking to become qualified as a Driver Education
teacher in the secondary schools. In order to fulfill the requirements of this

186

program, the student must complete a minimum of twelve semester hours. Six
of the twelve hours are required in the program. (HSD 300, Introduction to
Safety and HSD 305, Driver Education and Traffic Safety.)
It can be pointed out that the same twelve hours required in the Driver
Education Endorsement Program can be used as "free electives" in the thirty
hour free elective block. For further information concerning the program,
contact the Chairman of the Health, Physical Education and Safety Department in Hamer Hall.
*HSD 300

INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY ED. (3 credits)

*HSD 305

DRIVER ED. AND TRAFFIC SAFETY (3 credits)
(Prerequisite : A Driver's License)

HSD 306 MATERIALS AND METHODS IN SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY
AND ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS (3 credits)
MOTORCYCLE SAFETY (3 credits)

HSD 307

HSD 405 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF SAFETY ED.
(3 credits) (Prerequisite : HSD 300)
HSD 406

VISUAL AND OTHER AIDS IN SAFETY (3 credits)

*Required courses.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN DRIVER EDUCATION
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1. Driver Education instructor in the public schools
2. Driving instructor for a private organization
3. Motorcycle safety instructor in the public schools or for a private
organization

INDUSTRIAL ARTS CURRICULUM
The Industrial Arts Curriculum is structured to provide students with a
general knowledge of the three areas of that discipline : industrial materials,
power, and visual communications. Ample opportunity is afforded so a
student may specialize in a particular area of interest. The culmination of four
years of study in this curriculum will provide a Bachelor of Science in
Education degree, thereby making the student eligible for the Pennsylvania
College "Instructional I" certificate. A summary of the industrial arts requirements is given below:

A. General Education

57 credits

Humanities
Social Sciences
Natural Sciences
Free Electives

10
10
10
27

187

credits
credits
credits
credits

28 credits

B. Professional Education
Foundations of Education
Educational Psychology
Intro. to Educational Media
Intro. to Industrial Arts Education
(professional laboratory field experience)
Organizing & Developing Course Materials for
Industrial Arts Education
Student Teaching and Practicum

3 credits
3 credits
2 credits
3 credits
3 credits
14 credits

C. Major Field

45 credits

Industrial Materials:

3
3
3
3

Fund . of Woodworking
Fund . of Metalworking
Fund. of Machine
Advanced Woodworking

credits
credits
credits
credits

Power :
Electricity-Electronics I
Electricity -Electronics 11
Power Technology

3 credits
3 credits
3 credits

Visual Communications :
Intro . Technical Drawing
Industrial Arts Design
Graphic Communication I
Graphic Communication 11
Surface Development and Design
Machine Drawing

2
2
3
3
2
2

credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits

Elective - Industrial Arts:
Laboratory
Drawing
Chaise of elective labs or drawings

3 credits
2 credits
5 credits

This program totals 130 credits with an opportunity for the graduate to
become certificated for teaching or develop the skills and knowledge necessary
for gainful employment in industry.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:

1. Teacher (certified)
2. Preparation for Various Graduate Degrees:
MS Ed - Industrial Arts
MA
- Administration
MA
- Guidance
3. Supervisor

188

4 . Salesman

5. Ma intenance Foreman
6. Technician

7. Estimator
8 . Draftsman-Designer

9. Graphics Layout & Design
10. House Construction

THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM

California State College offers nine programs leading to certification for
teaching in the secondary school. These certification programs include :
Biology, Chemistry, Communications (Speech, Theatre, English , and Non-Print
Media) , Earth Science, English , Mathematics, Modern Foreign Language
(French, German, Spanish), Physics , Comprehensive Social Studies, (History,
Economics, Political Science, Sociology , Psychology, Anthropology and Geography) .
The number of cred it ho urs required varies with each academic major. A
summary of these requirements is given below :

A. General Education
Humanities
Social Sciences
Natural Sciences/Mathematics
Free Electives

60 credit hours

10

10
10
30

33 credit hours

B. Professional Education
Cr.

Required *
Foundations of Education
Educational Psychology
Problems of Secondary Education
Adolescent Psychology
Intro to Educational Media
Developmental Reading in Secondary Schools
Teaching of
Student Teaching
Professional Practicum

*There are minor variations in certain curricula .

189

3

3
3
3
2
2
3 or 4 varies

12
2

C. Academic Major

1. Biology - Area of Concentration (35)
Cr.

Required (20)
Principles of Biology
Botany I
Botany 11
Zoology I
Zoology II

4
4
4
4
4

Restricted Electives (8)
General Chemistry I
General Chemistry 11

4
4

Biology Electives (7)

2. Chemistry - Area of Concentration (35)
Required (35)

4
4
4
4
4
1
3
3
4
4

General Chemistry I
General Chemistry 11
Analytical Chemistry
Organic Chemistry I
Physical Chemistry I
Ind . Work I
Calculus I
Calculus 11
Biology
Physics I

3. Communications - Area of Concentration (50)
Communication Core (26)
Composition Competency
American Literature 361, 362, 363 (for Linguistics,
Literature, & writing Concentration)
6
Any 6 er . in Literature for Theater, Speech
Comm. & Media
6
Advanced Writing

3

English Grammar and Usage
Public Speaking or Approved Alt.
Oral Decision Processes
Mass Communications

3
3
3
2

Six credits in Theatre taken from :

151 Technical Production
130 Fundamentals of Acting
200 Fundamentals of Directing
191-193 Theatre Workshop

6

190

Communication Concentration
24 credits from the specialized areas :
Linguistics (24)

Cr.

Adolescent Literature
Linguistics, three additional courses
Writing, one additional course
Chaucer
310 Survey of Old & Middle Eng. Lit., or 481
Studies in Old & Middle Eng. Lit .
Electives

3
9
3
3
3
3

L iterature (24)
Adolescent Literatu re
English Literature, three courses, at least one
before and one after 1800
Literary criticism, one course
Linguistics, one additional course
Electives

3
9
3
3
6

Media (24)
Arts and Humanities 102
Introduction to Radio and Television Production
Workshops and / or Special Problems (in non-print
media) from at least two areas : art, film, music,
photography, radio, television, theatre
Electives (in non-print media) approved by adviser

3
3

6

12

Speech (24)
Voice and Articulation or Introduction to Oral
Interpretation
3
Group Discussion or Argumentation and Debate
or Par I iamentary Procedure
3
Evaluation Listening or Speech Criticism
3
Introduct ion to Communication Theory or
Introduction to General Semantics or Language
and Behavior
3
Workshops 192, 193, 194, and 195
3
Introduction to Radio and Television Production
3
Advanced Publ ic Speaking or Persuasion
3
Freedom of Speech or History of American Public
Address in Speech Communication or Contemporary
World Addres s
3
Theatre (24)
Production, Rehearsal, and Performance
Theatre History or Theatre Literature Sequence
Electives

191

3
6
15

Writing (24)
Adolescent Literature
Creative Writing, two 300 level courses
The Teaching of Writing
Journalism 307
Linguistics, one additional course
Electives

3

6
3
3
3

6

4 . Earth Science - Area of Concentration (35)
Required (23) or (24)
General or Physical Geology
Meteorology
Oceanography
Astronomy
General Chemistry
General Physics
Statistics or Algebra or Trigonometry

3.4
3
3
3
4
4
3

Restricted Electives (12)
Any Geology Course
Physical Geography
Climatology
Cartography
Map Appreciation
Earth Science Workshop
Special Prob . in Earth Science
Field Methods
Honors Courses
Seminar
Human Ecology
Introduction to Biology
Space Science
Zoology
Marine Science Consortium Crs.
Other courses only with approval of adviser

3
3
3
3

5. English - Area of Concentration (48)
Required (24)
Composition Competency
Adv. Writing or Teaching of Writing
History of English Language
Grammar and Usage
Literature for Adolescents 305
Public Speaking or Approved Advance Speech
Performance Course
Group Disc. or Oral Disc.
Practical Criticism
Independent Study

192

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Restricted Electives (24)
Two of the following courses:
American Literature to 1865
American Literature 1865 to WWI
American Literature from WWI
Three English Literature Courses 300-500 level
one prior to and one after 1800
Three English Literature courses 300 level of
which two must be 400 or above.

3
3
3
9
9

6. Mathematics - Area of Concentration (33)
Required (24)
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math

-

Calcu'lus I
Calculus 11
Calculus 111
Calculus IV
Geometry
Abstract Algebra
Linear Algebra I
Statistical Analysis

3
3
3
3
3

3
3
3

Restricted Electives (9)
Two electives from group I and one from group 11
Group I
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math

-

3
3
3
3
3

Differential Equations
Topology
Advanced Calculus I
Advanced Calculus 11
Abstract Algebra 11
Statistical Analysis
Linear Algebra 11
Data Processing 11
Assembler Language
Honors

3
3
3
3
3

Group II
Math
Math
Math
Math
Math

-

3
3
3
3
3

Data Processing I
Field of Math
Field of Finance I
Theory of Equations
Seminar

7. Modern Foreign Language Teaching K-12 - Area of
Concentration (30)
Required
Elementary I or Elementary 11 equivalent
Intermediate I
203
Intermediate 11
204
Conv. and Comp.
211

193

6
3
3
3

3

Conv. and Comp. II 212
215
Cult. and Civil. I
Cult. and Civil. 11
216
Survey of Lit. I
321
Survey of Lit . 11
322

3
3

3
3

Electives in major field ( 10)

8. Physics - Area of Concentration (35)
Required (18)
4
4

College Physics
College Physics II
College Physics 111
Calculus I
Calculus 11

4
3
3

Restricted Electives ( 17)
Five credits in a natural science other than Physics.
Twelve credits from the follow ing list :

3

Modern Physics I
Mod ern Phy si cs 11
Intermediate E & M Theo ry
Advanced Laboratory I
Advanced Laboratory 11
Electronics
Advanced Mechan ics
Advanced E & M Theory
Math . Meth . in Phy I
Math . Meth . in Phy 11
Statistical & Thermal Phy
Radiation & Optics
Quantum Mechanics
Sol id State Physics
Nuclear Physics
Plasma Physics
Special & Gen Relativity
Astrophysics
Astronomy
Seminar
Senior Thesis
Intermediate Meehan ics

3
3

3
3
4
3

3
3

3
3
3
3
3

3
3

3
3
3

1
1
4

9 . Social Studies - Area of Concentration (48)

Required (48)
Econ . 100, Eleme nts of Econ 107 or 111 or 205,
207, or 305
Econ 115, 130, & all other Econ courses
History 101 or 102 or 105

194

3
3
3

History 111 or 112 or 121 or 122
Political Science 100
American Government
Geography 100, Intro.
Any other Geog. course
Sociology 100, Principles
Sociology course
Anthropology 100, Principles
Any other Anthro . course
Educational Psychology 110
Adolescent Psychology 206

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3

The student mu st take 12 hours in one of 7 fields .
a. History (12)
History 495
Any 9 crs . in History

3

b. Anthropology (12)
Six credits from : 210 , Prim . Inst; 230, Cult . &
Person; 240, Folk & Peasant ; 250 , Acculturation;
280, New World Ethnology; 281 , Sub-Saharan
Africa.
6
Six credits from : 101, 102, Field School; 200,
Old World Prehi st; 350, Woodland Arch; 286 ,
Man's Imprint; 365, Hist. Arch; 450, Prehist.
Arch ; 365 , Sch. ; 460, Hist Arch . Field School .

6

c. Sociology ( 12)
Sociology
Sociology
Sociology
Sociology
Sociology

Cont . Soc. Prob 205
Min . Grp. Relations 218
220, The Family
235 , Urban Sociology
240 , Social Institutions

3
3
3
3
3

d . Political Science (12)
Three credits in American Political Affairs
(Pol. Sci . 205, 218, 220, 235, 250, 260)
lnternat. Affairs (Pol. Sci . 207 , 208 , 216,
236, 237)
Three credits in Area Studies (Pol. Sci . 270,
280)
Three credits in Pol. Theory (Pol. Sci . 215, 217 ,
225)

3
3
3
3

e. Economics (12)
Economics Inter Micro 215
Economics Inter Macro 230

3

Any six hours from :
Econ. Labor Econ 235
Econ. Money & Bank ing 207
Econ. Public Fin . 208

3
3
3

3

195

Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.
Econ.

Elem. Econometrics
Regional Econ. 260
Hist. Econ. Theory
Dev. of Am. Econ.
305, Collect. Barg.

3
3
3
3
3

f. Geography (12)
Geo. 160 Physical Geog.
Geo. 105 Human Geography
Geo. 491-3 Seminar in Geography
Geo. 370 or 372 Cartography or Map Apprec.
& lnterp. 370

3
3
3
3

g. Psychology ( 12)
Child Psychology 205
Mental Hygiene 310
Social Psychology 320
Abnormal Psychology 400

3
3
3
3

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Teacher (certified)
Botanical Curator
Zoological Curator
Medical Sales
Biological Sales
General Science Teaching

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN ENGLISH
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:

1. Public School Teacher
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Preparation for Graduate Degree in English or Communications
Public Relations Specialist
Personnel Adviser
Journalist
Copy Writer/Reader
Library Technician
Preprofessional Training in Law and Medicine

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN GEOGRAPHY AND EARTH SCIENCE
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1. Teach i ng
2. State Government
3. Industry

196

4. Highway Departments
5 . Federal Agencies
6. Environmental Agencies
CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN PHYSICAL SCIENCE

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1 . Public School Teacher
2 . Preparation for Graduate Programs in Education, Chemistry, or
Physics
CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN SOCIAL STUDIES

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Public School Teacher
Preparation for Graduate Degree
Education Consultant
Educational Salesperson

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN SPEECH COMMUNICATIONS

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Secondary Communication Teacher
Preparation for Graduate Degree in Communication
T. V. Work
-Radio Work
Public Relations

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN THEATRE

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1. Public School Teacher
2 . Administrator
3. Theatre/drama specialist for school districts, social groups and
agencies : (neighborhood , youth, and senior citizens centers, libraries, summer camps, and recreation areas.)
4 . Preparation for graduate degrees in theatre, drama, or communication in order to enhance or advance ones career in education .

SPECIAL EDUCATION - MENTALLY AND/OR PHYSICALLY
HANDICAPPED CURRICULUM
Upon satisfactory completion of the Special Education Mentally and/or
Physically Handicapped Curriculum as outlined below and upon the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Education, the student is awarded

197

the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education and is eligible for Pennsylvania
"Instructional I" Comprehensive Special Education Certification. This certification enables the teacher to work with the following groups of handicapped
children: mentally retarded, emotionally disturbed, learning disabled, brain
damaged, and physically handicapped. The certification also covers degrees of
severity mild through profound and grade levels K-12.
The summary of graduation requirements is given below :
60 credit hours

A. General Education
Humanities
Social Science
Natural Science/Mathematics
Free Electives

10
10
10
30
31 credit hours

B. Professional Education
Educational Foundations
Educational Psychology
Developmental Psychology
Intro to Ed. Media
Science in Elem Grades
Elective
Student Teaching
Practicum

3
3
3
2

3
3
12
2
39 credit hours

C. Major Field
Exceptional Child I
Exceptional Child 11
Behavior Principles I
Behavior Principles 11
Ed . Severely/Profoundly
Handicapped
Diag. Test. & Presc. Teaching
Phys. Ed. Act . Excep . Children
Curriculum & Methods I
Curriculum & Methods 11
Habilitation Training

4
4
4
4
4
4
3
4
4
4

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Classroom Teacher - Mentally Retarded
Classroom Teacher - Emotionally Disturbed
Classroom Teacher - Brain Damaged
Classroom Teacher - Learning Disabled
Classroom Teacher - Physically Handicapped
Resource Room Teacher
Itinerant Teacher - Home Bound
Community MH/MR Program
Physical Education & Recreation

198

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY CURRICULUM
The experiences in the Speech Pathology and Audiology Department are
integrated with the overall College program in order to provide students with
a broad understanding of the needs of individuals with communication
disorders.
The program emphasizes classroom studies integrated with clinic experiences. The student is gradually included in the clinic program as a freshman .
Responsibility for clinical experiences increases proportionately with advancement in the program. The advanced undergraduate student participates as an
assistant clinician in the Campus Clinic or one of the four participating
off-campus clinics.
The department provides clinical services for individuals who have communication disorders . Students observe and/or assist in the diagnostic evaluations and therapy programs. The work includes experiences with individuals of
all ages ranging from the pre school child to the adult.
Career opportunities include placement in environments such as the public
and non-public schools, selected clinics and/or hospitals .
Upon satisfactory completion of the requirements of the Speech Pathology
and Audiology curriculur:n, and upon the recommendation of the Dean of the
School of Education, the student is awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Education and is eligible for a Pennsylvania College "Instructional I"
Certificate in Speech Correction issued by the State Department of Education .
Course requirements for completion of the academic program follow:

FOUR YEAR CURRICULUM IN SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY
I. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS - 60 er. hr.

10 er.

Humanities
Natural Sciences
Social Sciences
Electives

10 er.

10 er.
30 er_
TOTAL

60 er.

II. PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION - 23 er. hr.

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
12 er.
2 er.

Foundations of Education
Educational Psychology
Developmental Psychology
SPA 459 Student Teaching
SPA 490 Practicum
TOTAL

23 er.

Ill. AREA OF SPECIALIZATION - 45 er. hr.
REQUIRED
SPA
SPA
SPA
SPA
SPA

101
102

105
106
200

Phonetics
Hearing Problems
Language and Speech Development
Anatomy and Physiology of Ear & Vocal Mech.
Survey of Speech Pathology

199

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.

SPA
SPA
SPA
SPA
SPA
SPA
SPA
SPA

211
212
215
321
322
323
325

409

Practice in Measurement of Hearing (Prereq. SPA 102)
Auditory Training & Speech Reading
Psychology of Speech and Hearing
Intro to Clinical Procedures
Clinical Methods and Techniques (Prereq. SPA 321)
Advanced Clinical Practicum
Administration of Public School Programs
Honors

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
1-6 er. *

ELECTIVES :
(9 er. to be chosen from the following)

Mental Hygiene
Psychology of Exceptional Child
Child Psychology
Adolescent Psychology
Abnormal Psychology
Psychology of Personality
Teaching of Reading
Exceptional Child I
Exceptional Child 11 (Prereq. E.C. I.)
Behavior Principles I
Behavior Principles II (Prereq. B.P. I.)
Education of Severely Handicapped (Prereq. E.C. I & B.P. I)

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er .
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.

TOTAL

45 er.

TOTAL HOURS

128 er.

* Individually arranged with instructor ; must be approved by department chairman . To be
taken by upperclassmen (Jr .-Sr .) only .

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN SPEECH PATHOLOGY & AUDIOLOGY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Public Schools
Non-public schools
State Schools & Hospitals
Headstart Programs
Community Action Agencies
United Health Agencies
Easter Seal Societies
United Cerebral Pal sy Assoc .
Nursing Homes

COMMUNITY SERVICES
The Department of Speech Pathology and Audiology, through the California State College Speech and Hearing Clinic, offers a full range of Speech,
Language and Hearing diagnostic and therapeutic services.

200

The Speech and Hearing Clinic is conducted on a daily basis, six days per
week. Services are offered to all persons depicting a Speech, Language or
Hearing problem. Diagnostic evaluations are conducted by the Professional
staff, which represents broad and varied areas of training and expertise.
A fee is charged according to the diagnostic services rendered (a fee
schedule is available from the Department of Speech Pathology and Audi ology). A fifty percent reduction in fees is available to patients 65 years of
age and over. No fees are charged for any therapy which may be required for
the individual clients evaluated at the clinic.
In addition to patients seen on a private basis, the Department of Speech
Pathology and Audiology evaluates patients on a contractual basis, involving
special fee schedules, through contract agreements with the Pennsylvania
Department of Health, Bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation, and United Mine
Workers' Health and Retirement Fund. Additional information may be
obtained by contacting:
Chairman
Department of Speech Pathology and Audiology
California State College
California, Pennsylvania 15419
or
Phone : 938-4175; 938-4176

DENTAL HYGIENE PROGRAM
This program is designed for persons who have completed an approved
program and have a valid license to practice Dental Hygiene. Students who
have completed a two-year program of full time work would require an
additional two years at California. Those students with three years of full time
course work would be required to complete an additional year of work at
California. Each student is required to earn a minimum of thirty (30) credits
in residency at California State College . The student earns a Bachelor of
Science degree in Education with certification as a Dental Hygienist. This
meets the certification requirements for working within the public schools of
Pennsylvania. A summary of the requirements is given below:

I. Dental Hygiene License
Must be earned at an approved institution of higher education
11. Professional Education (All Required)
EDF 100
PSY 110
PSY 207
EDF 305

Foundations of Education
Educational Psychology
Developmental Psychology
Intro to Ed. Media

3
3
3
2

credits
credits
credits
credits

Ill. General Education (A minimum of 18 credits)
Humanities
Social Sciences
Free Electives (As needed to complete the required 128 credits
for graduation and the 30 credit residency requirement.)

201

9 credits
9 credits

PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING PROGRAM
This program is designed for persons who have completed an approved
nursing program and are registered nurses. California State College grants a
total of 68 credits for completion of the R .N. Sixty additional credits are
requi red in order to earn a Bachelor of Science degree in Education and
certification as a Public School Nurse . A summary of the requirements is given
below:

I. Public School Nursing
*PSN 306
Public School Nursing
* *PSN 301
Public Health Nursing I
** PSN 302
Public Health Nursing II
** PSN 305
Nutrition & Community Health
** PSN 405
Pre & Control of Com Disease
Course in Sociology

11. Professional Education (All Required)
EDF 100 Foundations of Education
PSY 110
Educational Psychology
PSY 207
Developmental Psychology
EDS 420
Introduction to Gu idance
111. General Education (A minimum of 35 credits)

13 credits

4 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
12 credits

3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
3 credits
35 credits

9 credits
9 credits

Humanities
Social Sciences
Free Electives (Minimum)

17 credits

*Required
** Must take two

REGISTERED NURSE ANESTHETIST PROGRAM
The B.S. in Education for Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist is
designed for persons who have completed an approved anesthetist program
and are currently licensed CRNA's . Californ ia State College will grant up to a
total of 68 credits for completion of the R.N. and an additional 26 credits for
completion of the anesthetist program . To complete the requirements for a
Bachelor of Science Degree in Education, students must complete 34 additional credits of approved college work . The residency requirement for the
program states that 30 credits must be taken on the California State College
campus. The complete program is as follow s:

I. Professional Education (All Required)
Foundations of Education
Psychological Foundations of Nursing
Developmental Psychology
Introduction to Guidance
Curriculum
Instruction
Test & Evaluation
Adm . & Field Experience

202

25 credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4

credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits

II. General Education

9 credits

(A minimum of 9 credits in humanities and social science electives).

EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS
EDF 100. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION. A survey course designed to contribute
directly to the professional growth and development of the prospective teacher and to
serve as an introductory course for the Arts and Science student . It stresses the history,
ph i losophy, legal , and social foundations of the American educational enterprise. Emphasis is also given to teaching as a profession , as well as to the structure , administration,
and support of the system of public education at the local , state, and federal levels. The
student is encouraged to think constructively and creatively about education and self. (3
crs .)
EDF 206. INSIDE MYSELF AND WITH OTHERS. This course in values designed to give
teacher trainees an opportunity to define themselves, what they believe, and how they
relate to others. Methods used to achieve class objectives are small group dynamics,
encounter techniques, and writing to one's self. (3 crs.)
EDF 305. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATIONAL MEDIA . Emphasizes the learning of
effective media utilization practices, the acquisition of skills in selecting materials and
equipment, the operation of equipment and competence in simple local production
techniques . For juniors, seniors and special students. Three class hours each week . (2 crsJ
EDF 306. MASS COMMUNICATION IN EDUCATION . This course seeks to prepare
teachers to use newer media (film, TV, comics, etc.), to develop skills in selecting
materials, to provide practice in operation of equipment, and to foster local production
of media materials. For English and Communication majors of junior , senior and special
status. Two class hours and one laboratory hour each week . (2 crs.)
EDF 316. TEACHING IN THE URBAN SCHOOL. Teaching in the Urban School is an
elective course designed to prepare teachers for urban teaching. The content of the course
will center upon the following units : Linguistics for Urban Teaching; The Psychological
Development of the Black Child in America ; The Relationship between Teacher Attitudes
and Minority Achievement; A survey of Curriculum Materials and Teaching Methods
Currently being Recommended for Use in Inner-City Schools; Observations of Inner-City
Schools; Implicat ions of Black Thought for Inner-City Teaching ; and Simulated Classroom
Experiences. (3 crs.)
EDF 317. GUIDANCE FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. The purpose of this course is
to provide the prospective teacher in the elementary school with an understanding of the
philosophy of Elementary Guidance and with an awareness of the role of the Elementary
School Counselor. The teacher's role in the total elementary guidance program is
emphasized . (3 crs.)
EDF 380. VALUES CLARIFICATION IN TEACHING . This course for undergraduates
will examine the process of values clarif ication and wi II explore ways that the process
may be used in various subject matter areas. Procedures to be used in the course include:
paper and pencil exercises, verbal or discussion exerc ises, self-analysis exercises, and
role-practicing exercises. Ample opportunity will be provided for active participation by
all class members. The instructor will frequently function as a class member and little
course work will be required outside of the class period. (3 crs .)

203

EDF 493. FOUNDATIONS OF OPEN TEACHING. This course is designed to supplement
the "method" courses presently required for certification . The methods used for
instruction of the course are those which characterize open teaching - small seminar
discussion groups, contracts , and creative activity centers . (3 crs.)

EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS DEPARTMENT - MINI COURSES
EDF 205. SIMULATED CLASSROOM EXPERIENCES FOR THE INNER-CITY. This
six-weeks course is designed to have students in teacher education participate in simulated
inner-city classroom experiences. The entire course is based upon the S.R.A. Inner-City
Simulation Laboratory which consists of two introductory film strips and records,
fourteen color and sound films and a number of role-playing experiences. Each experience
presents a problem in a fictitious but real inner-city classroom but ends abruptly without
offering solutions. Class members will determine the method of evaluation . (1 er.)
EDF 207 . THE LEGAL RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PUBLIC SCHOOL
STUDENTS. This course is designed to acquaint teacher trainees with recent trends in
student rights . Most of the responsibility for learning rests with the student who
researches his interests concerning student rights . The class project entails writing and
editing a pamphlet to keep students, teachers and administrators abreast of legal trends. (1
er.)
EDF 208. IMPLICATIONS OF BLACK THOUGHT FOR INNER -CITY TEACHING. This
six weeks course is designed to give students in teacher education insight into the
thoughts of Black wr iters on current social and educational issues. It_may be described as
a reading/discussion class emphasizing in the reading material such topics as: the fairness
of intelligence testing, Black language as a psychosociolinguistic system, the development
of the Black child' s self-concept in American society , and the influence of militant
thinking on public education for Black children . The major course project will involve
writing and editing for E.D .C., mimeographed booklets dealing with the implications of
Black thought for teach i ng Black children . Students in the class will evaluate (grade) each
person's contribution to the course . (1 er.)
EDF 215 . OBSERVATIONS IN THE INNER-CITY . Centers upon a three-day field trip in
which teacher tra inees and others observe classroom teaching situations in Pittsburgh city
schools. Two days are spent in schools. One day is spent visiting service and social
agencies in the city . ( 1 er.)

PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING

t

PSN 301. PUBLIC HEAL TH NURSING I. The course comprises a study of the
fundamental principles of public health nursing. Topics are related to changes in concepts
of public housing, sanitation and other contemporary public health problems. (3 crs.)
PSN 302. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING II . The course applies the principles of public
health nursing and defines the functions of the nurse in various services of public health
nursing such as child hygiene, communicable disease, industrial nursing, tuberculosis,
venereal disease, cancer and polio . (3 crs .)
PSN 305. NUTRITION AND COMMUNITY HEALTH . This is a study of the role of
nutrition in attaining and maintaining good health and planning food budgets for various
income groups. Defines the role of the nurse as a nutritional resource person . (3 crs.)

204

PSN 306. PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING. Consists of a study of the development, planning
and procedures for carrying out a school health program in relation to public school
nursing. (4 crs.)
PSN 405. PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASE. The course
covers communicable disease problems of our society. Emphasis is placed on prevention
and control as they relate to public school nursing . (3 crs.)

REGISTERED NURSE ANESTHETIST
RNA 401. PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING. Psychological Foundations of Nursing is a function.ii course which will relate to the problems of promoting
better social, emotional and mental health care. The course includes aspects of psychological foundations of life, human (pathos) emotions, psychology of human personality,
psychology of good mental health as well as a system of values . (3 crs.)
RNA 411. ADMINISTRATION AND FIELD EXPERIENCE FOR NURSE ANESTHETIST. The purpose of this course is to provide students in training or on the job with an
understanding of the principles and practices of administration as they apply to work of
the nurse anesthetist. This course will focus on such factors as policies concerning
planning, human relations, and personnel as well as the administration of business affairs,
legal liability and organizational problems. In addition to the regular classroom work . a
15 hour field experience will afford students opportunities for practical experiences in
administrative functions through observation and participation in the on going programs
of nearby hospitals. (4 crs.)

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
EDE 100. READING AND STUDY SKILLS. The purpose of this course is to develop
reading and study skills at the college level. Special objectives are the development and
reinforcement of abilities to select judiciously, to read critically , to interpret cogently, to
appreciate fully, and to adapt flexibility of reading rate and method to various kinds of
materials and to different purposes in reading. Prerequisite : None (All students with
college board Verbal scores of 240 or less must take this course .) Two class hours per
week. (2 crs.)
EDE 205. ART FOR ELEMENTARY GRADES. A survey of the philosophy, psychology
and trends in Art Education as they relate to the elementary grades. Three class hours
per week. (3 crs.)
EDE 206. TEACHING OF ART IN ELEMENTARY GRADES. The course consists of the
development of art activities suitable for the elementary grades. Emphasis is placed upon
the integration of art education with other school subjects. Three class hours per week .
(3 crs.)
EDE 207. TEACHING MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES. This course is
designed to demonstrate proper techniques of teaching music to children . Includes the
study of much source material and its proper application in the classroom . Covers
procedures in all grades, kindergarten through sixth , in such activities as the use of
rhythm instruments, records, part singing, singing games, dances and creative work.
College students develop proven techniques and procedures through actual teaching
experiences in a typical classroom situation . Prerequisite : None (Students without a music
backgr-ound are encouraged to take MUS 115, Fundamentals of Music first .) Three class
hours per week. (3 crs.)

205

EDE 208. TEACHING HEAL TH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR ELEMENTARY
GRADES. Elementary school teachers are constantly called upon to supervise and plan
programs for recreation or curriculum purposes. This course is designed to give the
necessary background and experience in health and physical education practices on the
elementary school level. Two class hours per week . (2 crs.)
EDE 209. LABORATORY EXPERIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. The purpose
of this course is to give the student opportunities to develop teaching files, learning
stations, or classroom experiences at the Day Care Center at California State College,
Campus School, or a cooperating public school in the area. The student will be expec ted
to devote two clock hours per week for this course . (1 er.)

EDE 301. TEACHING OF READING . The theory and practice of the teaching of reading
in the elementary school is discussed. Students are acquainted with a variety of current
reading materials and with approved techniques in their use. Students are given the
opportunity to participate through observations, demonstrations, and actual lesson
planning in teaching situations. Three class hours per week . (3 crs.)
EDE 302 . DIAGNOSTIC AND REMEDIAL READING. This course i s designed to
acquaint students with the methods of prevention , techniques in diagnosing reading
difficulties and of determining appropriate remedial treatment . Opportunities to develop
informal diagnostic tools and t o assist in d eveloping instructional plans for disabled
readers are provided through the college reading clinic . Prerequisite: EDE 301 . Three class
hours per week. (3 crs .)

EDE 303 . PRACTICUM IN READING INSTRUCTION. The purpose of this course is to
provide opportunities for students to identify and remediate reading difficulties of
children . Formal and informal diagnostic testing procedures are used Prerequisite: EDE
301 and EDE 302. Three class hours per week . (3 crs .)
EDE 304 . READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS SEMINAR . Techniques in research
writing · will be emphasized . The student will do research in a current topic in reading and
language arts and present a written paper using the TOrabian style manual. The student
will deliver an oral presentation of his research for the faculty in reading and language
arts. Prerequisite: EDE 301 . Three class hours per week . (3 crs .)
EDE 305 . MATH CONTENT AND METHOD IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. The
various processes and operations of mathematics in the elementary school are carefully
analyzed in order to determine which should be taught at each grade or developmental
level and how they may be taught most effectively . Opportunities for observation and
participation in actual planning-teaching situations are provided . Stress is placed on
understanding the concepts of modern mathematics such as sets, inequalities, number
line, numeral systems, modular arithmetic, filed postulates, and geometry . The results of
research in elementary school mathematics are also considered. Prerequisite: MATH 100.
Three class hours each week . (3 crs.l
EDE 306. TEACHING SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. The
various social studies curriculum approaches will be examined both as to content and
rationale. Teaching strategies will be evaluated. Special emphasis will be given to the
status of the social studies and to recent trends and developments. Students will be given
an opportunity to observe social studies classes and to develop lesson plans, teaching
units and projects. Three class hours per week . (3 crs.)

206

EDE 307 . SCIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES. This course, required of all
students in the elementary curriculum , is part of the Professional Semester. It is designed
to provide students in the elementary curriculum with an understanding of current
programs in elementary science, especially those receiving national attention. Consideration will also be given to other potential science programs in a K-6 sequence. (3 crs .)
EDE 308 . TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS. This course is designed to present the
fundamental aspects of the Language Arts in elementary education. Emphasis will be
given to the many facets of the language arts, i.e., basic principles, techniques, and
materials of instruction ; recent trends and research; and practice in planning Language
Arts experiences. Two or three class hours per week. (3 crs.)
EDE 309. FIELD EXPERIENCES IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION.
course is to give the student opportunities to develop teaching files,
classroom experiences at the Day Care Center at California State
School, or at a cooperating public school in the area. The student
devote three clock hours per week to this course . (2 crs .)

The purpose of this
learning stations, or
College, at Campus
will be expected to

EDE 311. CHILDREN ' S LITERATURE I. The purpose is to acquaint students with the
various types of children's literature suitable for the elementary school. Consideration is
given to the appreciation of worthwhile literature which develops an understanding of
peoples of all cultures from the past to the present . Opportunities are provided for the
utilization and evaluation of instructional techniques appropriate to children ' s literature.
(3 crs.)
EDE 312. CHI LOR EN'S LITERATURE 11. An extension of Children's Literature I.
Considers the selection and use of literature in the curriculum. Emphasizes children's
needs and interests and the heightening of appreciation for fine literature. Prerequisite :
EDE 311 . (3 crs.)
EDE 313 . SEMINAR IN CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. This course is a discussion -type
seminar dealing with special areas of literature not covered in other departmental
offerings. The main emphasis is on critical analysis and study of a special area chosen by
the student . Prerequisit es: EDE 311 and EDE 312 . (3 crs.)
EDE 325. NEW METHODS IN SCIENCE FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS . This course
is designed to acquaint elementary teachers with innovations in the science curriculum .
Particular attention is given to the results o f studies devoted to the new programs in
elementary science. Assistance is provided to teachers so that they may modify current
programs in elementary sc ience, in keeping with the philosophy and the psychological
bases prevailing today. (3 crs .)
EDE 326. FIELD SCIENCE FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS . This course is designed
for students in the elementary curriculum who have an area of interest in science, and for
elementary teachers . Th e empha sis in thi s course is upon field work, including the
observation and study of habitats and other na t ural conditions, the observation and study
of native specimens , and the collection of native specimens and materials for future
classroom use . (3 crs.l
EDE 327 . MAKING AND USING SCIENCE MATERIALS. This course provides an
opportunity for students in the elementary curriculum , and for elementary teachers, to
engage in creative experiences in sci ence . Provides for students to design and construct a
variety of original devices to use in t eaching science in the elementary grades (3 crs .)

207

EDE 335. READING IN AN URBAN SOCIETY. The primary goal of this course is to
influence the teaching of reading to children caught in the poverty pockets of the urban
center. The areas to be explored are : Defining the Socially Disadvantaged People,
Environmental Opportunity and Learning, and Reading Instruction for Disadvantaged
Children. Prerequisite : Teaching of Reading. (2 crs.)
EDE 336. CHORAL READING FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. This course will
include general techniques and detailed explanations of the different phases of choral
speaking for the elementary grades, practical development of individual programs,
directed research, and supervised laboratory experiences. Two class hours each week. (2
crs.)
EDE 337 . POETRY FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHILD. This course is intended
to familiarize prospective teachers with desirable methods which may be used in the
study of poetry . Emphasis is placed on the concept of poetry as experience. The course
is designed to give the student an opportunity to engage in readings and writings of
poetry and to become involved in experiences and discussions. Two class hours per week.
(2 crs.)
EDE 409. OBSERVATION AND CONFERENCE. The purpose of this course is to give
the student opportunities to develop teaching files, learning stations, and classroom
experiences at the Day Care Center at California State College, at Campus School , or at a
cooperating public school in the area. The student will be expected to devote four clock
hours per week to this course. (3 crs.)
EDE 459. STUDENT TEACH I NG . Observation and participation in all teaching activities
related to the performance of a teacher's work in the elementary grades. Prerequisites:
Completion of the Protess,onal Semester, admission to Teacher Education, and approval
for Student Teaching . ( 12 crs .)
EDE 490. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM AND SCHOOL LAW. This course includes
methods and practices of teaching, general techniques of teaching in the elementary
curriculum, Pennsylvania school laws relevant to the work of the classroom teacher, and
problems encountered by the students in their student teaching . Prerequisite : EDE 459 to
be taken concurrently with this course. Two class hours per week . (2 crs.)
EDE 494. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN CHILDREN'S LITERATURE . This course includes
preparations for a field trip . A map, a guide to the history of the area, the customs of
the people and the I iterature we are about to study are to be examined . The second week
will be spent in the area in which the literature was written . During the third week,
responsibilities and assignments, such as a term paper or research project, may be set up
at the discretion of the instructor. This course will be offered only during the summer
semester. Two class hours per week. (2 crs .)
EDE 495. ECONOMICS EDUCATION WORKSHOP. The economic education curriculum
for the elementary school is analyzed to determine the economic concepts which ·are
suitable for inclusion in the elementary curriculum and how they can most effectively be
taught .
Economic factors which influence domestic and foreign affairs are examined . Through
lectures, discussion, research , and the study of economic education curriculum plans
developed by various schools, the teacher is provided with the understanding and means
by which he may include economic education as an integral part of the curriculum.
Prerequisite : Admission at the discretion of the instructor. (3 crs .)

208

EDE 496. SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION WORKSHOP. This workshop is designed
around the students' interests and backgrounds in Social Studies. Generally this encompasses the total social studies program for kindergarten through grade twelve . Emphasizes
modern teaching techniques and practices. Prerequisite : Admission at the discretion of
the instructor. (3 crs .)
EDE 497. READING WORKSHOP. The reading workshop is designed to upgrade the
knowledge and skill of classroom teachers in all aspects of reading. Specia l emphasis will
be give n to beginning reading methods, transfer of reading skills to content areas. the
development of total school reading programs, study ·skills, and reading as a lifetime
habit. The workshop will strive to meet the needs of the group involved . Guest lecturers
will speak on the various topics of reading instruction and materials for the newer
programs will be provided by the major book companies . Prerequisite: Admission at the
discretion of the instructor. (3 crs .)

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
ECE 206. MOVEMENT EDUCATION IN EARLY CHILDHOOD . The prospective teacher
of children age three through eight years is provided with a working knowledge of the
most modern approach to teaching gross motor activity in an instructional physical
education program. An attempt is made to emphasize the importance of helping the child
develop a positive concept for self and an awareness of spatial relationships. (2 crs.)
ECE 215. ART FOR EARLY CH I LDHOOD . The student studies the development of the
child in art from three to eight years and explores creative problems suitable for the
young child . The student works with materials, techniques , and processes not experienced
in the course , Art for Elementary Grades. (3 crs .)
ECE 217 . MUSIC FOR EARLY CH I LDHOOD. Students are provided with a creative
approach to the music interests and needs of the very young child designed to acquaint
the prospective teacher with current music education practices in pre-school and the
primary grades. Experiences are provided in singing, listening , playing instruments ,
rhythmic movements and creative music activities. (3 crs .)
ECE 218. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN EARLY CHILDHOOD . The
health, physiology, and motor growth and development of the child from age three
through eight are studied . Program planning for the health and physical education from
nursery school through grades three is explored . (2 crs.l
ECE 301 . READING EXPERIENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD . This course prepares
students for beginning instruction in reading with emphasis on meeting individual needs
and planning a reading program that is preventive in nature rather than corrective .
Instruction will deal with concepts of readiness and introduction of reading skills in the
primary grades. (3 crs.)
ECE 315. MATHEMATICAL CONTENT IN EARLY CHILDHOOD. The student is
introduced to the teaching of quantitative measurement to young students emphasizing
known concrete operations. Teaching for the development of the concepts of size, shape
and numbers are an integral part of the course . (3 crs.l
ECE 316. THE CHILD IN HIS SOCIAL AND PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT. This course
deals ~ th the sociological and physiological relationships of the world in which the child

209

lives as a member of society. The historical background and geographical interrelationships are stressed so the child may discover his relationship to the world of which he is
an important part. ( 3 crs .)
EGE 317. SCIENCE ACTIVITIES FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD. Primary teachers are
given the concepts of science as they can be presented to children from Nursery through
third grade . Through discussion, demonstration , and discovery, the everyday phenomena
observed and encountered by the child are formulated as to hypothesis and simple tests
the young _child can carry out. Specific attention is given to curriculum planning in
science education . (3 crs .)
EGE 318. COMMUNICATIVE ARTS FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD. The beginning of early
languag e patterns in childhood are studied as they can be fostered and furthered in a
creative manner. Tools and techniques are developed for teaching the language arts to
individuals and to groups of children from Kindergarten through grade three . (3 crs .)

EGE 351 . CHILDREN'S LITERATURE I. The purpose is to acquaint students with the
various types of children's literature suitabl e for the early years of school. Consideration
is given to the appreciation of worthwhil e literat ure which develops an understanding of
peoples of all cultures from past to t he present . Opportunities are provided fo r t he
utilization and evaluation of instructional techniques appropriate to children's literature .
(3 crs .)

EGE 405. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION SEMINAR . Emphasized in this course is the
relationship between the academic and theoretical background of the student and its
practical application . His background in child psychology and creative learning activities is
related to his ability to plan creatively for classroom experiences. Child development
theories, child-parent relationships , parent relationships with the teacher, and curriculum
planning will be stressed. (3 crs .)

EGE 202 . Fl ELD EXPERIENCE IN EARLY CHILDHOOD . The student continues his
program of working with young children pr ior to student teaching by combining lectures,
with aiding teachers , and tutoring experiences with children in grades one, two and three .
Lesson planning and unit development are stressed . (3 crs .)

EGE 201 . LABORATORY EXPERIENCES IN NURSERY-KINDERGARTEN . This course
is intended to provide the student with an introduction to working with the child of
t hree , four and five through ex peri ences in Day Care Centers or Nursery School and
Kindergarten. The student will observe and plan work with individuals and small groups
of children . Student interest and ability to relate to the young child will be evaluated by
both students and teachers. Lesson preparation and activity development are stressed . (3
crs .)

EGE 495. EARLY CHILDHOOD WORKSHOP . This course consists of a study of basic
needs of children and how th ese needs are met in the day-care center, Headstart program ,
nursery school, and kindergarten . Curricular activities, effects of current social and
economic trends , and latest research are emphasized . The course is enriched through the
contributions by local and st ate experts in Early Childhood Education, visitations to
various child development centers, v iewing of outstanding films and participation in
individual and group projects. Prerequisite: Admission at the discretion of the instructor.
(3 cr s.)

210

HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND SAFETY DEPARTMENT
HPE 100. HEAL TH. The course provides the student with a critical analysis of many
health problems facing man today . Topics studied include : communicable diseases, chronic
diseases, alcohol and drugs, mental and emotional health, sex and reproduction, nutrition,
fatigue, exercise, and consumer education with a focus on health products and services.
(2 crs.)
HPE 110. PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION. The primary purpose of this
course is to enable the student to develop a workable philosophy of physical education
which will guide his decisions in planning and teaching motor activities. To this end
emphasis is placed on the historical development of physical education and on the
socio logical and psychological foundations of the profession . (2 crs .)
HPE 120. MOVEMENT ANALYSIS . This course includes the study of significant aspects
of anatomy, kinesiology, physiology and educational psychology as they relate to hutnan
movement . Stresses the factors which contribute to efficiency of human movement and
body mechanics in athletic activities and in daily living . This is primarily a theory course
with some laboratory work included for practical application of related principles. (3 crs.)
HPE 205. ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION. The course is designed to meet the
needs of the student who suffers from some temporary or permanent physical deficiency
that interferes with his or her ability to participate in the general physical education
program ( 1 er.)
HPE 211 . SWIMMING AND BOWLING. The course will provide instruction and practice
in the fundamentals of swimming and bowling . Emphasis will be placed on the practical
application of the two activities. (1 er.)
HPE 212. ADVANCED SWIMMING . The course will emphasize the learning skills,
techniques and attitudes that are necessary in many areas of swimming. ( 1 er.)
HPE 216. ARCHERY AND BEGINNING GOLF . The course provides instruction and
practice in the fundame !Jtals of golf and archery . The curriculum includes analysis,
practice and application of a variety of golf strokes, of game rules , and of etiquette.
Archery actitivies include target archery, different types of competition and bare bow
hunting. (1 er .)
HPE 221 . GAMES AND GYMNASTICS - GRADES K-3 . This course is divided into
three parts, theory, application of theory through the teaching laboratory school children,
and the development of personal skills and knowledge in elementary tumbling events. The
factors which are stressed are: application of growth and development characteristics to
movement, application of laws of learning to physical education activities. (2 crs .)
HPE 222. GAMES AND GYMNASTICS - GRADES 4-6. Includes: Exercises and
warm-up activities, relays, lead-ups to team games, individual and dual activities as well as
self-testing events. Evaluation procedures in physical education are introduced. Emphasis
is placed upon methods and techniques of teaching skill experiences. (3 crs.)
HPE 225. GYMNASTICS. The course provides the student with a variety of activities
aimed at developing student competencies in the use of apparatus such as the parallel
bars, side horse, long horse , balance beam, trampoline, horizontal bar, etc . A background
in gymnastics is not required or necessary . (1 er.)

211

t

HPE 226. RYTHMICS AND DANCE K--6 . This course concentrates on personal
development of dance skills. Responses to musical and percussion instruments in dance
patterns and in creative movement are stressed . Students are introduced to the various
methods of teaching dance in the elementary grades. (3 crs.)
HPE 231 . BEGINNING BADMINTON AND TENNIS . The course consists of instruction
and practice in the fundamental skills. Knowledge of rules, strategy, and courtesies of
both badminton and tennis is included. (1 crJ
HPE 240. APPARATUS AND GYMNASTICS . The course places emphasis on the
development of fundamental skills in stunts, tumbling and apparatus. The course also
stresses the importance of proper spotting techniques for each skill taught . ( 1 er.)
HPE 241 . BEGINNING SWIMMING . The course places emphasis on the development of
skills that will enable a student to move safely in and around the water with ease and
enjoyment. ( 1 er.)
HPE 242. INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING. Advanced beginner and sub-intermed iate swim ming instruction is provided. Emphasis is placed on perfecting the nine basic strokes and
on becoming more comfortable in, on, or near the water . Students should feel safe in
deep water in order to enter this course . (1 er .)
HPE 245. SYNCHRONIZED SWIMMING . Numerous swimming skills are included in this
course . Emphasis is on variation of strokes and performance of stunts to create swimming
composition. The d iving includes fundamental dives from the low board . (1 er.)
HPE 246. INTERMEDIATE ARCHERY AND GOLF . An opportunity is provided for the
student to advance beyond the beginner level and acquire a greater degree of skill
through advanced analysis of techniques and strategy. (1 er.)
HPE 248. FOLK DANCE. This is a progressive course in international folk dance with
emphasis on circle and lines. Dances originating in the Balkan Countries are taught . (1
er.)
HPE 250. MODERN DANCE . The course consists of a study of contemporary dance
forms, techniques and composition. Expressive movement problems in force , time and
space are also analyzed . ( 1 er.)
HPE 255. TRACK AND FIELD . The course includes basic instruction and practice in
both the running and field events (sprints, long distance running, hurdles, relays, shot
put, discuss, javelin, broad jump and high jump). ( 1 er.)
HPE 256. CONDITIONING AND MOVEMENT EDUCATION . The course is designed to
help the student understand the various components of fitness and includes the
presentation of a progressive course of conditioning activities. The course encourages an
appreciation of the ability and capacity to control and direct the movements of the body
with skill and intelligence . ( 1 er.)
HPE 257. BOWLING AND POCKET Bl LLIARDS. This course includes the fundamental
skills of bowling and game practice . The basic skills of pocket billiards and various cue
games are also included. (1 er.)
HPE 265. BADMINTON AND GOLF . The course will provide basic instruction of the
rules, strategy and courtesies of both golf and badminton . (1 er.)

212

tr

HPE 266. TENNIS AND VOLLEYBALL. The basic fundamentals and game techniques of
tennis and volleyball are taught. Proper drills and conditioning exercises are also a part of
the course . (1 er.)
HPE 267. ARCHERY, BILLIARDS, TABLE TENNIS . The course will include instruction
on the fundamental skills of the three activities. Emphasis will be placed on the practical
application of the activi t ies . (1 er.)
HPE 270. SLIMNASTICS. (only persons 15% overweight or more) This course is designed
exclusively for the woman who is overweight. Through this course the overweight person
will attempt to understand herself and her problem . Course content will include dietary
information and vigorous physical activities aimed at we ight reduction . Physician 's
approval is required . (1 er.)
HPE 275. VOLLEYBALL AND BASKETBALL. The course places emphasis on instruction and practice in fundamental techniques and team play ; analysis of systems of team
play ; study of methods, rules, and game strategy. Practical experience in officiating is also
provided. (1 er.)
HPE 276. RECREATIONAL GAMES. The course includes the fundamental skills and
rules of deck tennis, table tennis , aer ial tennis, paddle tennis, shuffleboard, horseshoes,
croquet, etc. (1 er.)
HPE 277. FENCING . The course provides instruction and practice in basic fencing
techniques, including elementary bouts, rules and officiating . ( 1 er .)
HPE 310. FIRST AID . The course provides a variety of classroom and laboratory
activities that will enable a student to identify and cope with everyday first aid
emergencies. The course is sanctioned by the American Red Cross and upon satisfactory
course completion , the student will receive Standard and Advanced Red Cross Certification . (2 crs.)
HPE 312. WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTOR . Conducted under the auspices of the
American Red Cross, the course is designed to equip the individual with the basic
knowledge and skills necessary to save his own life or the lives of others . The course also
provides a student with the methods and techniques of water safety instruction.
Prerequisite: Current Senior Life Saving Ce rtificate . (3 crs .)
HPE 313. ADVANCED LIFESAVING. Conducted under the auspices of the American
Red Cross, the course gives consideration to swimming and life saving techniques
necessary to meet the requirements of water safety . Prerequisite: American Red Cross
Certification . (2 crs .)
HPE 315. CARDIO-PULMONARY RESUSITATION . The course is designed to train
students in the many aspects of CPR and consists of both laboratory and classroom
experiences . The course is sanctioned by the American Red Cross. (1 er.)
HPE 317. · CAMPING AND OUTDOOR EDUCATION . The course provides an opportunity for the student to develop an awareness of the variety of camping techniques and
experiences available on a recreational basis. (1 er.)
HPE 332. INTERMEDIATE BADMINTON AND TENNIS. An opportunity is provided for
the student to advance beyond the beginner level and to acquire a greater degree of skill
through advanced analysis of techniques and strategy. (1 er.)

213

C

HPE 335. ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RELATED PROGRAMS. The
purpose of this course is twofold : First it is concerned with the development of
understanding of a wide variety of handicaps children in a regular classroom may possess.
Emphasis is placed on modifying regular physical education activities to meet the needs
of the atypical child. Second, instruction is given in planning and teaching activities
which can be taught within the confines of a regular classroom . (2 ,::rs.)
HPE 336 . PROGRAMMING PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Included are the elements of total organization of physical education in the
elementary school relating to content, evaluation, curriculum development, legal implications and general duties of the physical education teacher. Also stressed is the
relationship of physical education to allied areas and their implications for the physical
education program. Major emphasis is placed on actual construction of a curriculum, or
course of study . This is a major class project. Pre-student teaching experiences are also
provided. Study of facilities, fabrication and maintenance of supplies and equipment, and
the organization and administration of extra-class physical education activities are
included. (3 crs.)
HPE 337. PLAYGROUND AND GYMNASIUM ACTIVITIES . The course provides an
introduction to the principles, techniques and research in the physical education training
for the exceptional child . Major emphases are : (1) movement education, (2) perceptual
motor activities, (3) physical fitness activities, (4) gymnastics, and (5) contemporary
dance. A short-term practicum is required . (2 crs.)
HPE 345 . SKIN AND SCUBA. Through theory and practical work the student is
introduced to skin diving and scuba diving. With an emphasis on safety, the student is
exposed to various types of equipment and activities. Prerequisite : Advanced Life Saving.
( 1 er.)
HPE 346 . OFFICIATING AND COACHING AQUATIC ACTIVITIES . The course is
designed for the advanced swimmer who desires techniques of coaching and officiating at
various swimming programs. Emphasis is placed upon organizing, conducting and officiating at swimming meets for intramural, interscholastic and camp programs. (1 er.)
HPE 347. BASKETBALL OFFICIATING. The course is designed to enable students to
become qualified PIAA basketball officials. Course content includes : analysis of rules,
regulations and the mechanics of officiating. (1 er./

ATHLETIC COACHING ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM
CPE 205. FOUNDATIONS OF ATHLETICS. The application of data and principles from
psychological and sociological fields is covered as they specifically apply to athletics,
coaches and sports activities. Organization and planning procedures of sports are also
covered as well as other areas to aid the prospective coach to be more cognizant of
player, school and community relationships . (2 crs.)
CPE 225. FOUNDATIONS OF COACHING PRE -ADOLESCENT ATHLET ICS . Basically
the same as CPE 205 with the areas covered relating specifically to the unique differences
as they exist in pre-adolescent athletics. (2 crs.)
CPE 305 . KINESIOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF COACHING . This course emphasizes
the biomechanics of motor performance; a study of the myological and mechanical
aspects in order to prepare the prospective coach with the ability to identify and analyze

214

movements in order to better teach, correct, or improve these athletic skill movements.
(3 crs .)
CPE 315. PHYSIOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF COACHING . The course is designed to
teach the prospective coach the significance of human body functions in regard to motor
activity . Covered are the scientific theories and principles underlying strength, muscular
endurance, cardio-vascular endurance, flexibility, training and conditioning in sports. (3
crs.)
CPE 325. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF COACHING . A course dealing with the basic
concepts and techniques in the prevention, diagnosis, treatment and rehabi litation of
athletic injuries. (2 crs.)
CPE 339 . PRACTICAL COACHING EXPERIENCE OR DIRECTED STUDY . * Each
candidate is encouraged to experience a practical coaching duty within the framework of
this 18 credit program. The administrative details for the arrangement of the coaching
experience will be the student's responsibility and subject to approval by appropriate
authority of the H , PE & S Department. This coaching experience m ight occur in a
school setting, summer athletic league, coaching or assisting for civic groups ' teams , etc.,
depending upon the student's interest . If a student is unable to make arrangements for a
suitable coaching experience, a directed study project relative to the student's interests
and future coaching aspirations will be substituted . (2 crs.l
* Those individuals who are presently coaching will receive credit for this requirement,
subject to approval to the Health, Physical Education & Safety Department.

CPE 306, et.al. THEORY & TECHNIQUE OF (SPECIFIC SPORTS) . Each of the courses
listed below is specific to the particular sport. The courses are designed to acquaint the
prospective coach with the theories, knowledge, coaching aids and general mechanics of
coach i ng competitive teams or competitors . Laboratory experiences emphasizing coaching
techniques and use of coaching aids are discussed . (2 crs.l
Theory & Technique Courses
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE
CPE

306
307
316
317
326
336
346
356
366
376
386

THEORY
THEORY
THEORY
THEORY
THEORY
THEORY
THEORY
THEORY
THEORY
THEORY
THEORY

& TECHNIQUE
& TECHNIQUE
& TECHNIQUE
& TECHNIQUE
& TECHNIQUE
& TECHNIQUE
& TECHNIQUE
& TECHNIQUE
& TECHNIQUE
& TECHNIQUE
& TECHNIQUE

OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF
OF

BASEBALL COACHING
TRACK & FIELD AND CROSS COUNTRY
BASKETBALL COACHING
SOCCER COACHING
FOOTBALL COACHING
GOLF COACHING
GYMNASTIC COACHING
SWIMMING & DIVING COACHING
TENNIS COACHING
VOLLEYBALL COACHING
WRESTLING COACHING

DRIVER EDUCATION ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM
HSD *300 . INTRODUCTION TO SAFETY EDUCATION . This course is a general
overview of the history and development of the safety movement. Psychological variables
such as attitudes, habits, emotions and values are considered in terms of their importance
in the total accident picture. Home, farm, traffic , fire , industrial and many other areas of
safety are discussed . (3 crs.)

215

HSD *305 . DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY. The course is designed to
prepare a Driver Education teacher to teach a complete thirty-and-six Driver Education
class . Emphasis is placed upon essential facts, principles, skills and psychological variables
necessary for good driving and the teaching of the same to beginning drivers. Enrolled
students are required to teach a beginner the behind -the-wheel driving sequence .
Prerequisite - a driver's license. (3 crs.)
HSD 306. MATERIALS AND METHODS IN SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY AND
ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS . Emphasis is placed upon the various teaching methods and
materials that can be used to teach safety in the elementary or secondary schools. The
advantages and disadvantages of a correlated, intergraded or separate subject approach are
analyzed (3 crs.)
HSD 307 . MOTORCYCLE SAFETY . Motorcycle Safety provides the student with a
comprehensive study of all aspects of motorcycle safety. Various classroom and range
experiences are provided to enable each student to beco~e a proficient cyclist. The
course also prepares the student to teach others how to ride. Prerequisite : HSD 305 . (3
crs .)
HSD 405. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF SAFETY EDUCATION.
Emphasis is placed on organizing and administering Safety Education Programs ranging
from the elementary school through college . School safety programs, environmental
safety, and safety services are analyzed in detail. Prerequisite - HSD 300. (3 crs .)
HSD 406 . VISUAL AND OTHER AIDS IN SAFETY. The course places emphasis on
visual, psychomotor and other sensory aids that can be employed for testing and teaching
in various areas of safety . (3 crs.)
*Required Courses for Driver Education Endorsement Program .

INDUSTRIAL ARTS DEPARTMENT
IAR 201 . INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION . Part I : Classroom
instruction providing an introduction to the role of industrial arts as a part of general
education; the objectives of industrial arts; the role of the industrial arts teacher ; the
positions and purposes of industrial arts in the elementary , middle, and secondary
schools ; the use of professional literature ; and the recognition of historical influences
upon current trends and directions in industrial arts. Emphasis is also placed upon
laboratory safety, organization, management, and legal considerations in teaching . Two
class hours per week.
Part II: A field-based effort with undergraduate participation in industrial arts programs
at a teaching center working with a supervising teacher; industrial field tours ; college
seminars; and educational trips to observe the urban setting in industrial arts. Each Friday
for the entire school day . (3 crs.)
IAR 301 . ORGANIZING AND DEVELOPING COURSE MATERIALS FOR INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION . Analysis of industrial arts and educational objectives in
relation to the selection of course content and teaching techniques at the various school
levels in the areas of visual communicatiOf!S, power, and industrial materials . Students are
required to develop sample instruction sheets, methods of student evaluation and

216

appraisal , and a course of study for industrial arts education . In addition , an examination
of common instructional management techniques for industrial arts teaching will occur
for the undergraduate . Three class hours per week . Pre-requisites: Introduction to
Industrial Arts Education . (3 crs .)
IAR 480. SEMINAR IN INDUSTRIAL ARTS AND TECHNOLOGY . A survey of the
evolutionary development of man ' s technology relative to tool development, economics,
and political environment . The function of this survey is the development of a
perspective of the inter-relationships between man and his technology - past, present,
and future . This perspective is then correlated with the teach ing of industrial technology .
(3 crs.)
IAR 481 . INDUSTRIAL ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (for industrial arts
majors) . An introduction to and discussion of the purposes and relationships of
elementary education and industrial arts, the learning capabilities of young children, arid
the various curriculum approaches for placing industrial arts within the elementary
program. Undergraduates who have obtained a basic collegiate background in professional
and technical education will have the opportunity to select, design, and employ various
teaching units in both the industrial arts laboratory and the self-contained elementary
classroom . ADMISSION BY PERMISSION OF INSTRUCTOR ONLY . Two lecture and
four laboratory hours per week . (3 crs.)
IAR 439. STUDENT TEACHING (INDUSTRIAL ARTS) . Student teaching is the
culminating experience leading to certification for teaching . In this experience, each
student teacher is assigned to work with two master teachers in the field . While student
teaching, each student teacher will be required to demonstrate competency in the
following areas: lesson plann i ng, writing and delivery; developing visual media, positive
teacher-student relationships, and objective-subjective evaluation devices; academic record
keeping; safety supervision and physical plant management. ( 12 crs.)
IAR 490. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM . Practicum is designed to acquaint the student
with the methods and practices of teaching. More specifically, it teaches the techniques
and refinements of these techniques in the student's area of specialization. In the field of
industrial arts, practicum encourages investigation into the technologies as they apply to
education. Students are given aid in laboratory problem -solving as the need occurs during
the student teaching tenure . In addition, practicum instructs the prospective teacher in
Pennsylvania school law relevant to his work in the classroom . MUST BE SCHEDULED
WITH STUDENT .TEACHING . Two lecture hours each week . (2 crs.)
DRAWINGS (required) :
IAR 110. INTRODUCTION TO TECHNICAL DRAWING . Emphasis is on making and
understanding orthographic multi-view mechan ical working drawings including technical
sketching. A study of parallel and oblique projections is included. ANSI practices are
observed . Two lecture and two laboratory hours per week . (2 crs.)
IAR 115. INDUSTRIAL ARTS DESIGN . Design is studied as a process made up of three
major components : the creative , the aesthetic, and the technical. Students experience
design creatively and aesthetically by actively participating in a series of design problems
which stress the sensitive use of the elements and principles. Creative thinking and
aesthetic sensitivity are encouraged and developed. Two lecture and two laboratory hours
per week . (2 crs.)
IAR 210. SURFACE DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN. A study of surface development
utilizing simple, parallel, radial , and triangulation techniques. Emphasis is placed on

217

designing functioning metalworking projects. Prerequisite : IAR 110, Introduction to
Technical Drawing. Two lecture and four laboratory hours per week . (2 crs.)
IAR 215. MACHINE DRAWING . Provides experiences in problem-solving with reference
to technical working drawings. Special emphasis is placed on American Standards drawing
practices, shop processes, conventional representation, standardization of machine parts
and fasteners, preparation of tracings and the reproduct ion of industrial working
drawings. Prerequisites: IAR 110, Introduction to Technical Drawing. Two lecture and
two laboratory hours per week . (2 crs .)
DRAWINGS (elective) :
IAR 330. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN . Design experience is provided in basic residence
planning . The fundamental sequences in designing and drawing a residence are stressed
and the student completes all architectural drawings necessary for construction . Elements
of t he course include: architectural sty les , area planning , structural detailing, pictorial
rendering, building specifications, and cost analysis . Two lecture and two laboratory
hours each week. (2 crs .)
IAR 431 . ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL ARTS DESIGN . The basic purpose of t he
proposed course is to give th e students an oppo rtunity to go a few steps beyond our
introductory course, " Industrial Arts Design ." The course will be closely aligned with the
industrial design field and will place more emphasis on three-dimensional designing . The
more advanced design experiences provided in this course will help to better prepare our
students for other advanced courses and elective courses offered in the industrial arts
curriculum . It will also serve as an important prerequisite for the appreciable number of
graduate students who make some phase of the field of design the major emphasis of
their graduate programs . (2 crs .)
IAR 435 . LABORATORY PLAN NI NG . Experience is provided in all phases of modern
industrial arts laboratory planning . The student proceeds through the entire sequence of
laboratory planning from the original design to the completion of all drawings necessary
for the const ruct ion of industrial arts facilit ies. The major units of the course include :
types of industrial arts programs, principles of laboratory planning, equipment selection,
architectural and engineering practices, and evaluation of industrial arts facilities . Two
laboratory and two lecture hours per week . (2 crs.)
IAR 436 . ADVANCED GRAPHIC ARTS DESIGN . Basic principles of print layout and
design are presented . The student develops skill s in this area through application of these
principles to practical layout and design problems. Two lecture and two laboratory hours
each week . (2 crs. )
IAR 437. ADVANCED MACHINE DRAWING. Special emphasis is placed on the basic
principles involved in machine design. The possibilities and limitations of the common
metals, mechanical movements, and the use of fasteners and the appl ication of machine
fits are stressed . Two lecture and two laboratory hours each week . Prerequisites:
Introduction to Technical Drawing and Machine Drawing . (2 crs. )
IAR 438. AIRBRUSH TECHNIQUES. Precise pictorial line representation as it relates to
technical illustration is stressed . Mechanical and freehand techniques used in pictorial line
drawings are explored in detail. Students gain experience ,n tne theory of light and
shadow. Emphasis is placed on exploring more advanced graphic media in technical
illustration . Extensive experience is provided in airbrush rendering techniques . Two
lecture and two laboratory hours each week. (2 crs.)

218

LABORATORIES (Required) :
IAR 120. FUNDAMENTALS OF WOODWORKING . A study of the basic woodworking
techniques with emphasis on hand tool skills. An introduction to the basic woodworking
machines including the lathe, safe operation of equipment, high-quality workmanship, and
aesthetic desgin are stressed. Two lecture and four laboratory hours each week . (3 crs.)
IAR 121. GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS I. This is the first of two required courses in
the visual communications area . The student is given an opportunity to develop skills by
applying techniques of layout and design to letterpress techniques, screen printing
(knife-cut and photographic stenc il s), process line photography and bindery operations.
Two lecture and four laboratory0 hours each week. (3 crs .)
IAR 220. FUNDAMENTALS OF METALWORKING. An introductory course in metal working giving instruction in sheet metal, bench and wrought metal , forging and heat
treating, o xyacetylene welding-brazing-cutting, electric welding and metal spinning. Emphasis is placed on the selection , safe use, and care of metalworking tools and materials.
Two lecture and four laboratory hours each week. (3 crs .)

IAR 225. FUNDAMENTALS OF MACHINE . Instruction in the operation of hand and
machine tools, including the engine lathe, milling machine, and shaper . Basic foundry
techniques are included . Two lecture and four laboratory hours each week . (3 crs.)
IAR 226. ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS I. The fundamental theory of electricity is
studied w i th emphas is on the effects of resistors, capacitors, and inductors as used in
direct and al t ernating current circuits. Pract ice is given in the use of Ohm ' s Law power
formula and Kirchhoff's Law. Laboratory experiences parallel the theory presentation and
provide application of circuit principles and the use of tools and equipment basic to the
area . Prerequisites: College Algebra or Technical Mathematics. Two lecture and four
:aboratory hours each week . (3 crs.)
IAR 320. ADVANCED WOODWORKING . Principally a course in machine woodworking .
Safe operation of all basic woodwor king machines is demonstrated. Students make
projects involving operations in all basic machines. Spray-finish method and techniques
are demonstrated. Maintenance of equipment is discussed . Prerequisites: Fundamentals of
Woodworking and Introduction to Technical Drawing. Two lecture and four laboratory
hours each week. (3 crs .)
IAR 322. GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS II. This is the second of the two required
courses in the visual communications area. Graphic Communications I is a prerequisite for
this course. Emphasis is placed on understanding the structure, processes, and the
products of the graphic communications industry. Learning experiences with tools,
materials, equipment, and processes represented by this industry will be provided for
students to explore and gain understanding . Instruction in spir it duplicating , mimeograph ing techniques, strike-on composition, photo composition, darkroom techniques, and
offset lithography operations are included in this course . Two lecture and four laboratory
hours each week . (3 crs .)
IAR 325. POWER TECHNOLOGY . The objectives of the course are to identify various
energy sources and to give the student a working knowledge of energy converters .
Reciprocating , rotary, and reaction type internal combustion engines as well as electromechanical devices and automotive electrical ignition, cranking , and charging circuits are
studied. Experiments with the wind tunnel and pneumatics trainer, compressed air

219

system, affords the student the opportunity to apply Bernoulli's Principle as well as
Boyle's Law, Charles' Law, and the Ideal Gas Law . Prerequisite: Electricity-Electronics I.
Three lecture and three laboratory hours each week . (3 crs.)
IAR 345. ART METAL. (non-ferrous metals) . Provides shop and design experiences with
a variety of metals .. Raising, shaping, and forming of brass, copper, aluminum, and pewter
are done by a traditional craftsman approach. No prerequisite. Two lecture and four
laboratory hours each week . (3 crs .)
IAR 346. ADVANCED MACHINE. Provides experience in the operation of the milling
machine, shaper, the drill press, and the engine lathe in indexing and in the heat
treatment of metals. Special emphasis is placed upon assembly and mass production.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Machine. Two lecture a,id four laboratory hours each
week . (3 crs .)
IAR 347. FOUNDRY . For students who wish to major in the field of metalworking . This
course is concerned with techniques in metal casting . Foundry procedures and processes
that permit an increase in scope of the school metalworking program are covered . Two
lecture and four laboratory hours each week . (3 crs .)
IAR 326. ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS II. Special emphasis is placed on the study of
the fundamentals of semi-conductors as applied in circuits including power supplies,
amplifiers, oscillators, and complete systems such as the superheterodyne receiver .
Laboratory experiments are performed on experimental circuits in correlation with the
theory presentation along with practical circuit applications . Prerequisite : ElectricityElectronics I. Two lecture and four laboratory hours each week . (3 crs .)
LABORATORIES (Elective) :
IAR 340. WROUGHT METALWORKING. (ferrous metals). A study of the traditional
and contemporary ornamental iron design and fabricating techniques . Emphasis is placed
on individual project design and construction . Students practice the techniques of hot
and cold metal forming, riveting, brazing, and welding . Weldment design, strength,
microstructure, and metallurgical aspects are emphasized . Instruction is given relative to
surface treatment and finishing of ferrous metals. Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Metal working . Two lecture hours and four laboratory hours each week. (3 crs .)
IAR 341. MATERIALS TESTING . A study of the theory and application of materials
testing designed to increase the student's knowledge of those industrial materials generally
employed in teaching industrial arts. The physical nature of metallic, polymetric, ceramic,
wood, and miscellaneous materials is explored . Selected destructive and . nondestructive
tests for understanding the physical characteristics of these materials are demonstrated .
Provisions are made for individual and team development of test specimens and their
subsequent evaluation. Instruction is provided in the recording and interpretation of test
data . Two lecture, four laboratory hours each week . (3 crs .)
IAR 348. CERAMICS . This introductory course assumes no prior experience with clay .
The student learns several handbuilding techniques, throwing on the potter's wheel, and
slip casting. The major goal of this course is to provide students with the kind of
broad-based experience with clay and with the equipment of the ceramics studio that will
1
prepare him to teach ceramics. Some of these experiences are : formulating and making a
pattern, making a plaster mold, casting a plaster bat, using a spray gun, mixing clay in a
pug mill, grinding a glaze in a ball mill, wedging clay, and many other experiences that
will serve as a valuable background for the potential teacher of ceramics . Only casual
mention is made of some of the industrial methods of forming clay products. Two
lecture and four laboratory hours each week. (3 crs.)

220

IAR 350. CRAFTS. This course serves as a basic introduction to the use of several craft
materials. The student will learn how to construct a barreled band ring from sterling
silver, how to set a stone in a bezel setting on silver, how to enamel on copper, and how
to tool copper into a low-relief design. The student will also make a mosaic using stained
glass, venetian glass tile, or handmade ceramic tesserae. He is also given a token
introduction to clay and leather . The student will acquire many skills that should prove
useful throughout his lifetime. A few examples follow: use of the jeweler's saw, silver
soldering, drawing wire, soft soldering, finishing and polishing of non-ferrous metals,
cutting mosaic tiles , grouting a mosaic, and many other useful activities. Considerable
emphasis is placed on design. The student is encouraged to create his own original design
for each of the craft projects. He will finish the course possessing many beautiful and
valuable craft items that were designed and crafted by himse lf . Two lecture and four
laboratory hours each week. (3 crs.)
IAR 351 . SMALL GASOLINE ENGINES. The course is designed to give the student an
in-depth study of smal l gasoline engines in theory and overhaul. Laboratory activities
covered are : fuel systems, carburetion, governors, ignition systems, valve grinding ,
cylinder resurfacing , tune-up, and reconditioning . Also included is an understanding and
use of measuring and testing equipment to support the above laboratory activities. Three
hours lecture and three hours laboratory each week. (3 crs.)
IAR 355. JEWELRY MAKING. This is an introductory course in jewelry making.
Although previous experiences in crafts and metalworking would be useful in a general
way , this course is designed for the absolute beginner. The student will design and create
unique jewelry forms from metals such as gold, silver, bronze, brass, and copper . Some
· jewelry pieces will combine a metal with woods such as ebony, rosewood, vermillion,
amaranth, or zebra wood. Other materials such as bone, ivory, seashells, glass, clay, wire,
and plastics can be used. The required work will include the construction of a barrelled
band ring made of sterling silver, enameling on copper, bezel setting a semi-precious stone
on silver or phospher bronze, a piece combining wood and metal, and other projects of
the student's choice. A basic introduction will be presented to lapidary work (gem
making) and to the lost wax process (centrifugal casting) . Two lecture and four
laboratory hours each week. (3 crs.)
IAR 356. LEATHERCRAFT. Fundamental techniques such as carving, skiving, tooling,
finishing, sewing, and lacing of leather are stressed. A problematic approach to designing
in leather is stressed, thus assuring originality of design and self-expression . Through
creative and aesthetic experiences, leathercraft becomes an artistic expression. Two
lecture and four laboratory hours each week . (3 crs.)
IAR 357. INDUSTRIAL PLASTICS. A general introduction to the history and development of industrial plast ics with laboratory emphasis on the use of molds, forms, relf"vant
materials, and processes. Two lecture and four laboratory ho u rs each week. (3 crs.)
IAR 456. FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL ELECTRONICS. An introductory course in
digital electronics dealing with the theory and practice of modern computer-type
circuitry . Logic gates, memory elements, data communication , integrated circuits, shift
registers, counters and arithmetic elements all comprise the major units in the course . The
laboratory portion of the course provides opportunity for verification of the theoretical
concepts and actual experience with digital integrated circuits and related hardware.
Three lecture and three laboratory hours per week. (3 crs.)
IAR 458. WOOD PATTERNMAKING. Patternmaking is another facet of woodworking
that is a necessary part of metal casting . Principles of pattern design as they relate to

221

patterns and core box construction are stressed . Materials other than wood are used in
this course . Two lecture and four laboratory hours each week. (3 crs.)
IAR 460 . FURNITURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION. Basic principles of furniture
construction and upholstery are presented . Emphasis is placed on individual instruction in
methods and techniques of teaching modern methods of upholstering for the junior and
senior high school student. Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Woodworking and Advanced
Woodworking. Two lecture and four laboratory hours each week . (3 crs.)
IAR 465. ADVANCED GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS. This is an elective course in the
visual communications area. The course is structured to provide the student with gainful
experiences in techniques of photographic screen printing, screen printing problems, and
process photography . Prerequisites: Graphic Communications I and 11. Two lecture and
four laboratory hours each week . (3 crs .)
IAR 466 . OFFSET LITHOGRAPHY. This is an elective course in the visual communications area. The student is provided an opportunity to become acquainted with new and
more complex technology. The course content covers the following : special effects
photography, direct screening of halftones, duotones, autoscreen halftones, autopositive
film, art and copy preparation, phototypesetting, multiple page stripping, advanced
presswork, press maintenance, paper and ink problems . A multi-color project is required
of each student . Prerequisites: Graphic Communications I and II. Two lecture and four
laboratory hours each week. (3 crs.)
IAR 467. FUNDAMENTALS OF PHOTOGRAPHY . This course deals with the fundamental and advanced problems of photography . It includes the study 'and care of
cameras , picture composition, developing, enlarging, contact printing, dodging, toning,
and photo finishing . Special problems are assigned to individual students. Two lecture and
four laboratory hours each week . (3 crs.)
IAR 468 . SPECIAL MACHINE. Project work utilizing special machine techniques.
ADMISSION ONLY BY CONSENT OF THE INSTRUCTOR . Two lecture and four
laboratory hours each week . (3 crs.)
IAR 470 . INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS. This course provides theory
and experiences associated with the various types of alternating and direct current motors
and motor controllers. These control systems shall include both electro-mechanical and
electronic control systems . Study will also be made of the transformation and distribution of power for residential and industrial applications. Transformer theory, construction , design , and testing will also be included . If time permits, a unit on motor rewinding
will be included . Experiences wi 11 include the use and operation of these circuits and
equipment. Prerequisites: Electricity -Electronics I and 11. Two lecture and four laboratory
hours each week . (3 crs.)

INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES:
IAR 309. STUDIES IN INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS. (VC)
STUDIES IN POWER . (VC)
IAR 329. STUDIES IN VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS. (VC)
IAR 409. *HONORS IN INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS. (VC)

222

IAR 419. *HONORS IN POWER . (VC)
IAR 429. *HONORS IN VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS. (VC)
These are independent studies in which the student works in an area of interest under the
guidance of an instructor with similar interests. The student prepares triplicate copies of a
proposal which presents the objectives to be achieved, a procedural outline, states special
conditions, expected findings, and specifies how the activity will be evaluated.
The student is entitled to a minimum of five hours of individual faculty time per
credit. Proposals must receive instructor and departmental approval before the student
registers for the course .
*Honors courses are reserved for students with a "B" grade or better quality point average
in the industrial arts courses taken .

IAR 475. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS. A study of the theory of radio
transmitters, FM receivers, single sideband techniques, and microwave transmission .
Practical experiences will be provided with selected techniques of electronic communications. Prerequisite : IAR 226 and IAR 326. (3 crs.)
IAR 476. TELEVISION CIRCUITS. The theory of operation of the various stages of
black and white receivers as well as color television receivers and television transmission .
Practical experiences will be provided in the trouble shooting and operating techniques of
the various stages of each system . Prerequisites: IAR 226 and 326 . Two lecture and four
laboratory hours each week . (3 crs.)

SERVICE COURSES
IAR 303 . INDUSTRIAL ARTS FOR ELEMENTARY AND SPECIAL EDUCATION
MAJORS. An introduction and / or review of : the purposes and relationships of general
education and industrial arts; the learning capabilities of young and special children, and
the various curriculum approaches for utilizing tools and materials to facilitate normal or
remedial human development in grades K-6 . Undergraduate students from either the
elementary or special education curriculums will have the opportunity to develop basic
psychomotor skills in the areas of v isual communications, industrial materials, and power
technology that are applicable to use within the public school setting . The final aspect of
this effort in teacher education will have the elementary or special education major
designing, developing, presenting, and evaluating a minimum of one short unit of
instruction in industrial arts content to students in grades K - 6 . Class schedule : Lectures,
discussion, and/or demonstrations - three clock hours per week. Laboratory activities three clock hours per week . Prerequisites: Junior standing . (3 crs .)
IAR 304. ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL ARTS FOR ELEMENTARY AND SPECIAL
EDUCATION MAJORS. A continuation of laboratory activities for the elementary or
special education major in visual communications, industrial materials, and power
technology to develop additional skills in the use of tools and materials. The depth of
this involvement will be dependent upon each college student's past and present
performance in p) anning and enacting his/ her intended academic objectives. As in the
previous course, each elementary or special education major will plan, develop, present,
and evaluate a minimum of _one hands-on instructional unit involving students in grades
K-6 . Class schedule : Lectures , discussions and/or demonstrations - three clock hours per
week . Laboratory activities - three clock hours per week. Prerequisites : IAR 303,
Industrial Arts for Elementary and Special Education Majors. (3 crs .)

223

SECONDARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
EDS 300. PROBLEMS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION . The practical problems of
teaching and learning in the secondary school with emphasis on principles of problem
solving are studied. A survey is made of the structure and nature of American Secondary
Education. Tools and techniques used in problem solving are introduced . A Field
Exposure Experience of two classes per week for nine weeks in the local secondary
schools is a requirement of the course. Prerequisite : Educational Foundations. Three class
hours each week. (3 crs.)
EDS 420. INTRODUCTION TO GUIDANCE AND PERSONNEL SERVICES. The
primary objective of this course is to develop an understanding of the principles of
guidance with emphasis on the basic concepts of individual and group counseling and the
relationship of the counselor, teacher, and school nurse in grades K-12 - (3 crs .)
EDS 420. INTRODUCTION TO GUIDANCE AND PERSONNEL SERVICES. For
C.R .N.A. only. The primary objective of this course is to develop an understanding of the
principles of guidance in the post sec_o ndary school setting with emphasis on basic
concepts of individual and group counseling as applicable to the role of the C.R .N .A. as
an instructor and in his dealing with the sick and dying. Educational Psych is not a
prerequisite. (3 crs .)
EDS 430. EDUCATIONAL TEST AND MEASUREMENTS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS .
This cou rse is a consideration of the simpler statistical measures, with particular stress on
the application to classroom work , and of the principles underlying the construction of
valid, reliable objective tests. Prerequisite: Educational Psychology. Three class hours each
week . (3 crs.)
EDS 435. SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY . The development of classroom techn iques
which lead to cooperative understandings between school and community is a chief
objective of this course . Considerable attention is given to the structure of the
community, its groups, and their goals. The school is viewed in its role as a public
relations laboratory. Three class hours each week . (3 crs .)
EDS 440. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS . The application of
principles of educational psychology, philosophy , and sociology to the teaching of
English in junior and senior high school. The course includes both practical techniques of
classroom practice and an investigation of the larger problems of the profession.
Adequate prior content courses in English are necessary to the student undertaking this
course. Three class hours each week. (3 crs .)

EDS 445. TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS . This .course
is intended to familiarize prospective teachers with desirable methods which may be used
in teaching the social studies. Emphasis is placed on the philosophy , objectives, courses of
study, and organization of subject matter for teaching purposes, curriculum materials,
procedures and development. Three class hours each week. (3 crs .)

EDS 447 . TEACHING OF EARTH SCIENCE IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS. A
review of concepts and basic philosophy in Earth Science. The course includes a survey
of available materials and current curricula in the field of earth science which form the
bases for analysis of modern techniques in the teaching of this discipline. (3 crs .)

224

EDS 455. MODERN METHODS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. An analysis of the
functions of secondary education and of classroom problems, followed by the presentation of techniques for the solution of such problems as indicated by recent literature in
the field. Three class hours each week . (3 crs.)
EDS 456. THE SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULUM. An analysis of the functions of
secondary school curriculum including: the historical development of the high school
curriculum ; current and projected trends ; patterns of curriculum development; the
dynamics of curriculum improvement ; curriculum provisions for meeting individual
differences; trends in specific instructional fields ; the place and purpose of student
activities and the extra-class curriculum . Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
EDS 459. STUDENT TEACHING . Observation and participation in all teaching and
activities related to the performance of a teacher's work, in the area of the student 's
specialization. Prerequisite: A general quality point average of C or 2 .00 and 2 .00 in the
area of specialization. The student spends full time in actual classroom teaching for a
semester of 16 weeks. ( 12 crs .)
EDS 460. TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. The mathematical
abilities of the secondary student are diagnosed . Methods of mathematical teaching are
discussed and presented . Results of mathematical education according to recent research
are studied and trends are indicated . The control and use of the visual aids pertaining to
mathematics, and a study of student, teacher, administration and community problems
with proper methods of instruction are considered . Content material will be included at
the discretion of the mathematics department. Evaluation is maintained by tests, reports,
textbook evaluations, course outlines, unit plans, projects and teaching lessons. Prerequisite : Mathematical Insights. Three class hours each week . (3crs. )
EDS 465. DEVELOPMENTAL READING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. See Ed 465 .
The purpose of this course is to help the prospective teachers of the Secondary Academic
subject areas develop an understanding and appreciation of the necessary reading skills
needed by their students. Methods of establishing awareness of general reading needs as
well as the special skills unique to their subject area will be stressed. Two class hours
each week . (2 crs .)
EDS 466. TEACHING MODERN LANGUAGES (K thru 12) . This course will be taught
in the language laboratory . It will cover the theory and practice of teaching and modern
language. Instruction in the use of the laboratory will be given . Emphasis is given to the
student developing an adequate understanding of the needs, interests, learning characteristics and motivations of students at various ages of development (K thru 12) . (3 crs .)
EDS 467. TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. This course is planned
to give the prospective science major a thorough grounding in the problems of teaching
science . The objectives of the science program in the secondary school, selection of
textbooks, sources of suitable literature, how to secure materials for instruction, the
preparation of units, and special techniques are studied . Prerequisite: Twelve hours of
work in major field. Three class hours each week . (3 crs.)
EDS 490. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM AND SCHOOL LAW . Primary consideration is
given to t he general techniques and principles of teaching with particular emphasis to
techniques that are pertinent to the student's special field . Pennsylvania school law
relevant to the work of the classroom teacher as well as the problems encountered by the
students in their student teaching experiences are considered in the Professional Practicum class. Two class hours each week . (2 crs.)

225

EDS 491 . HONORS SEMINAR IN SECONDARY EDUCATION . (VC)
EDS 494. STUDENT TEACHING WORKSHOP. This workshop is intended for students
seeking secondary teaching certification in Pennsylvania who have had prior teaching
experience in secondary schools. The learning procedures assume various understandings
and competencies as a result of this previous teaching experience. Registration for this
workshop requires the approval of the Dean of Education and the Director of Student
Teaching . (8 crs.)

SPECIAL EDUCATION
ECM 101 and 102. EXCEPTIONAL CHILD I & 11. Exceptional Child I and 11 constitute
a two-course introductory sequence to handicapped children and to the field of special
education . These courses examine the broad range of handicaps in children and their
sociological, educational and vocational implications. Specifically, the sequence develops
competencies in such areas as the historical development of services for handicapped
children , definitions and classification of children's handicaps, the impact of labelling
children and mainstream programs, pre-school and post-school programs for the handicapped , family services, prosthetic devices and program modifications for the physically
handicapped and a behavioral analysis of normal child development . These courses will
stress observation of the various target groups of handicapped children . (4 crs . each)
ECM 111 . BEHAVIORAL PRINCIPLES I. The major emphasis is on measurement and
evaluation of the learner's pre-intervention social and academic performance and postintervention performance in those same domains. Academic decisioning based on graphic
records of several types is stressed. Included are measurement and evaluation of
permanent products; observational recording including continuous, event, duration, timesample and interval recording techniques ; and precision teaching. (4 crs.)
ECM 112. BEHAVIORAL PRINCIPLES II. This course is an extension of ECM 111 . This
course introduces the student to behavioral technology and its application to teaching .
The inadequacies of traditional teaching strategies and the superiority of a behavioral
model are emphasized. This emphasis is accomplished by providing the student a
thorough understanding of learning principles and the relevance of these learning
principles to classroom instruction. The importance of structuring the learner's environment so as to promote maximal social and academic performance is stressed. Some of the
learning principles covered are : positive and negative reinforcement, discrimination
learning, imitation learning, response and stimulus generalization, shaping and schedules
of reinforcement. (4 crs .)
ECM 215. EDUCATION OF THE SEVER ELY/PROFOUNDLY HANDICAPPED . This
course prepares teachers for classrooms that contain children with severe and/or profound
learning and/or behavior problems. The course emphasizes the value of Behavior
Principles with such children . Class participants are presented with curriculum materials
and instructional techniques/methodologies which have proven effective with such a
population . Class participants spend time in selected classrooms which contain children
with severe and/or profound problems where they must teach academic and self-help
skills to the children and must engage in a program of encouraging or discouraging
behaviors in a child or group of children. (4 crs.)
ECM 305. PARENT COUNSELING. Explores the effects of a handicapped child on
family structure and expectations. Identification of the problems of parents, in under-

226

standing and accepting t heir handicapped children, is stressed . Various techniques for
helping parents to adjust to the demands of the handicapped child are discussed. The
involvement of the parent in the educational program of the child through home
consequation is explored. (4 crs .)
ECM 306. DIAGNOSTIC TESTING AND PRESCRIPTIVE TEACHING. This course is
divided into two major segments. The first segment deals with the essentials of
psycholog ical testing and covers topics such as: the vocabulary/terminology of psychologi cal testing, teacher-made tests, uses and misuses of tests, and norm-referenced testing. The
second segment deals with the rationale behind criterion-referenced testing. Students must
administer selected cr iterion-referenced tests; and using the results which are obtained,
they prepare a program/prescription of instruction which includes teaching techniques
and materials. (4 crs.)

ECM 315. ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, KINESIOLOGY . A course designed to help the
student identify , define and describe the functions and inter-relationships of the major
body systems in physical activity . Special emphasis is placed on movement analysis and
how the body can move most effectively with the least amount of effort for the normal
and for the handicapped person. (4 crs.)
ECM 316 . MOTOR LEARNING. This is an introduction to the basic aspects of motor
learning and how they are related to academic learning. Diagnostic procedure is stressed
with theory applied to mentally and/or physically handicapped children in a gymnasium
and swimming pool setting . (4 crs .)

ECM 317. RHYTHMICAL ANALYSIS AND CREATIVE MOVEMENT. Basic learning of
the principles, techniques and research in the area of rhythms and creative movement for
the exceptional child from preschool to adulthood. Theory will be applied to preschool
children under a teacher-directed practicum. (3 crs.)
HPE 337. PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES FOR EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. An
introduction to the pr i nciples, t echniques, and research in the physical education training
for the exceptional child with major emphasis on :
1) movement exploration
2) eurhythmics
3) perceptual -motor activities
4) physical-fitness activities
5) gymnastics
6) contemporary dance
A short-term practicum with exceptional students. Teacher d irected . (3 crs.)

ECM 360. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL EDUCATION. Students will be assigned to
approved practicum sites where they will be engaged in various supervised experiences
with handicapped children . Practicum sites will inclu,de residential institutions, day care
centers, summer camp programs, community agency programs and on-campus projects.
Variable credit will be determined on the basis of the duration and extensiveness of the
field experience. (VC)

ECM 405 and 417 . CURRICULUM AND METHODS I & II. Curriculum and Methods I &
11 are a block of courses wh ich are offered to special education majors the semester prior
to the student teaching experience. The major purpose of these courses is the instruction

227

of communication and arithmetic skills to all age groups of exceptional children .
Specifically, Curriculum and Methods I is concerned with communication skills (reading,
listening, writing, speaking) and Curriculum and Methods 11 emphasizes arithmetic skills .
Both courses stress: ( 1) a behavioral diagnosis of communication and arithmet ic strengths
and weaknesses; (2) the development and implementation of intervention strategies for
various populations of exceptional children; (3) the selection and /or development of
appropriate materials for instruction ; and (4) the procedures and techniques for continuous evaluation of the instructional process in order to determine its effectiveness . (4 crs .
each)
ECM 415 . SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY RECREATION AND CRAFTS . This course is
designed to prepare students in special education to utilize and incorporate community
recreation, school recreation, and craft activities for the exceptional child and adult.
Life-time sports and activities are included. Visitations and recreation playdays are set up
for institutionalized children, senior citizens, and nursing home residents . (3 crs .)
ECM 416. METHODS OF TEACHING PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR EXCEPTIONAL
CHI LOREN . An introduction to the principles, techniques and research related to
teaching physical activities to the exceptional child. A teacher-directed practicum with
mentally and / or physically handicapped children is included. (3 crs.)
ECM 426 . HAB I LITA Tl ON TRAIN ING . Students are acquainted with the historical
development of the specialized programs in the area of vocational education. Views of
the mentally and /or physically handicapped are analyzed in terms of effects on the
approaches to their treatment. Characteristics of special class students are discussed in
relation to individualized curricular goals. Students are acquainted with the roles of
governmental and private agencies in the rehabilitat ion process. In accordance with this,
laws and regulations pertaining to the establishment and maintenance of vocational
training programs are covered . (4 crs .)
ECM 495 . HONORS SEMINAR. An independent study course in which students explore
selected topics in the field of special education under the direction of a faculty member.
Students meet individually with the instructor to discuss their projects. (3 crs.)

SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY DEPARTMENT
SPA 101 . PHONETICS . A study of the science of phonetics as it applies to the
communicative process. Emphasis is placed on the articulation process in a communicative system . The student is required to learn and use the International Phonetic Alphabet .
Three class hours each week . (3 crs.)
SPA 102. HEAR ING PROBLEMS. The appreciation of the many problems of children
and adults with hearing losses in order to acquaint the student with the improvement and
adjustment of the child or adult to his hearing problem . Three class hours each week. (3
crs.)
SPA 105. LANGUAGE AND SPEECH DEVELOPMENT. A study of the development of
normal speech and language. Includes the origins of speech, stages of speech and language
development, and factors influencing the acquisition of speech and language. Three class
hours each week . (3 crs .)

228

SPA 106. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE EAR AND VOCAL MECHANISM.
This study of the anatomy and physiology of the hearing and speech mechanisms deals
with the functions and capabilities necessary for speech and hearing. (3 crs .)

SPA 200. SURVEY OF SPEECH PATHOLOGY. This foundation course in speech
pathology considers incidence , etiology, and symptomatology of speech disorders, and
stresses the physical, psychological , and social conditions related to those speech
problems. Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)

SPA 211 . PRACTICE IN MEASUREMENT OF HEARING . Familiarization with the basic
equipment and procedures used in the assessment of hearing . Opportunity for practice in
the use of this equipment is provided. Three class hours each week plus laboratory. (3
crs.)

SPA 212. AUDITORY TRAINING AND SPEECH READING. Students study the
different systems of teaching Speech Reading . Lessons in Auditory Training and Speech
Reading are planned and presented for all age groups with different levels of he'aring
impairment. Three class hours each week . (3 crs.)

SPA 215. PSYCHOLOGY OF SPEECH AND HEARING . Familiarization with the
psychological factors involved in speech and hearing . Special emphasis is given to the
perception of speech, frequency of occurrence of symbols, and the role of learning . Three
class hours each week . (3 crs.)
SPA 321 . INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL PROCEDURES . A review of speech disorders, testing, remedial principles. Opportunity for the accumulation of materials for
therapy, and for observation of clinical practicum . Three class hours each week. (3 crs.)
SPA 325. ADMINISTRATION OF PUB UC SCHOOL PROGRAMS. Acquaints students
with survey techniques, scheduling, travel, records, interviews, materials, and personnel
involved in the administration of a public-school program in speech and hearing. Three
class hours each week . (3 crs.)
SPA 332. CLINICAL METHODS AND TECHNIQUES . A study of the application of
various therapeutic methods and techniques, with some emphasis on diagnostic tools used
by the speech clinician. Three class hours per week . (3 crs .)
SPA 459. STUDENT TEACH I NG. Observation and participation in a public-school speech
and hearing therapy program. The student spends one full semester of sixteen weeks
under supervision of a certified public school clinician, with periodic visits by the college
supervisor. (12 crs.)
SPA 490. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM AND SCHOOL LAW . General techniques for
the student's area of specialization . Pennsylvania School Laws relevant to the work of the
public school clinician . Discussion of problems encountered by the clinicians during
student teaching . Two class hours each week . (2 crs.)
SPA 409. HONORS. Open to undergraduate students in SPA who wish to pursue a
special interest in some area of study in their field . Prerequisite : approval of the
department . (1-6 crs .)

229

230

School of Science and Technology
California State College's new School of Science and Technology offers five
programs leading to the Bachelor of Science degree which prepare students for
employment in a variety of technical and professional · occupations. Each
program combines a broad, balanced technical option with substantial founda·
tion studies in communications , humanities, social sciences and mathematics.
In addition, each curriculum has a flexible general education component
containing a minimum of thirty hours of free elective credits which provides
students the opportunity to select courses in their individual area of interest.
All students are expected to consult regularly with an adviser to insure
satisfactory completion of all curricular requirements.
Program outlines which appear on the following pages should be considered
guides to courses and requirements necessary for graduation. Program review is
a continuous process and changes in program content occur from time to
time . Up-to-date program information can always be obtained by inquiring at
the School Office or writing to Dr. Richard B. Hart, Dean of Science and
Technology, 205 Noss, California State College, California, Pennsylvania,
15419.

PETROLEUM TECHNOLOGY
TECHNICAL EDUCATION 93 crs.
Chemistry - 11 crs.
Gen. Chemistry I
Gen. Chemistry 11
Geochemistry

4 er .
4 er.
3 er .

Physics - 20 crs.
Intro. to Power/Energy
Physics I
Physics 11
Geophysics I
Applied Geophysics
Reservoir Evaluation

3
4
4
3
3
3

er .
er .
er .
er.
er.
er.

Mathematics - 15 crs.
College Algebra
Calculus I
Calculus 11
Statistics
Computer Science

3
3
3
3
3

er .
er.
er .
er.
er .

GENERAL EDUCATION - 35 crs.
Scientific/Technical Writing
Free Electives
Geology - 4 7 crs .
Intro. to Geology
Hist9rical Geology
Mineralogy
Petrology
Sedimentology
Stratigraphy
Paleontology
Structural Geology
Regional Geomorphology
Cartography
Petroleum Geology I
Petroleum Geology 11
Petroleum Prod./Econ .
Field Course in Geology

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN PETROLEUM TECHNOLOGY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1. Petroleum exploration
2. Mining exploration
3 . Petroleum production

231

3 er.
32 er .
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er .
er.

4.
5.
6.
7.

Reservoir enginee ring
Well -log ana lyses
Geophysical ex ploration
Graduate studi es

WATER ANALYSIS TECHNOLOGY

GENERAL EDUCATION - 30 crs.

TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION - 66 crs.

Humanities
Composition
Compos ition II
Sci ./Tech . Writing
Economics - Micro
El ective
El ective
Elective

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

er .
er .
er.
er .
er.
er .
er .

Social Sciences
El ective
3 er .
Elective
3 er.
Psych . or Sociology Elective 3 er .
FREE ELECTIVES - 32 crs.

Chemistry
Gen. Chemistry I
Gen . Chemistry 11
Analytical Chem. I
Organ ic Ch emistry I
Organic Chemi stry 11

4
4
4
4
4

er .
er.
er .
er .
er.

Related Math and Sciences
General Geology
Meteorology
Phy sics I
Physics 11
Cal culus I
Statist ics

4
3
4
4
3
3

er .
er.
er .
er.
er .
er.

Field of Special izati on
Man & Hi s Environment
Prin . of Biology
Biotic Indicators of Water
Pollutio n
Techniqu es in Water and
Water Analysis
Water Treatm ent Facilities
Lab Instrum entation
Sem inar

3 er .
4 er .
4 er.
4
3
4
3

er.
er .
er .
er.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN WATER ANALYSIS TECHNOLOGY

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES :
1. Federal Agencies - Env iro nm ental Protection Agency , Department
of the Interior, etc.
2. State Agencies such as: Pennsylvan ia Department of Environmental
Resou rces
3. State Fish & Wildlife Agencies such as: Pennsylvania Fish Commission
4. Private Consulting Organization - Wastewater treatment plant
5. Research Laboratories

232

MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
GENERAL EDUCATION - 64 crs .

TECHNICAL EDUCATION - 64 crs.
Professional Speciality

Humanities
Eng. Composition
Technical Writing

Industrial Safety
Personnel Relations
Prin. of Estimating
Industrial Internship
Industrial Practicum

3 er .
3 er.

Social Sciences
General Psychology
Sociology

3 er.
3 er.

3
3
3
13
2

er.
er .
er.
er .
er.

2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

er .
er.
er .
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er .
er.
er .
er.
er.

Occupational Sepciality
Natural Sciences
Technical Math
Technical Math II
Technical Math 111
Chemistry of Materials
Physics
Computer Science I
Computer Science II

3
3
3
3
4
3
3

Intro . to Tech. Drawing
Machine Drawing / Design
Fund . of Machine Shop
Advanced Machine Shop
Numerical Control Prog . I
Numerical Control Prog. 11
Adv . Numerical Control Prog.
Quality Control
Pneumatics
Hydraulics
Mechanics
Jig/Fixture Design
Materials Testing
Electronic Control Unit
Maintenance

er.
er .
er.
er .
er .
er.
er.

ELECTIVES - 30 crs .
(any college level course)

3 er.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Computer Programmer
Machine Tool Programmer
Detailer
Draftsman - Designer
Numerically Controlled Machine Operator
Foreman
Expeditor
Supervisor
Maintenance Supervisor

GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY
Required Courses
Credits

Credits
English Composition
Sci./Tech. Writing
Technical Math I

3
3
3

Science of Materials
College Physics I
College Physics 11

233

3
4
4

Technical Math 11
Technical Drawing
Graphic Communications I
Graphic Communications 11
Chem. for Graphic
Communications

General Psychology
Elect./Elect. I
Industrial Psychology
Industrial Safety
Principles of Management
Electronic Comp . I

3
2

3
3
3

3
3
3
3
3
3

Area of Concentration - Required
ELECTRO-GRAPHICS

PHOTO-OFFSET LITHOGRAPHY
Credits
Prin. of Layout/Design
Offset Strpg./Platemaking
Offset Presswork I
Offset Presswork 11
Line Photography
Halftone Photography
Color Separation
Elect. Comp. I
Est./Cost Analysis I
Prtg . Prod. Mgt . Tech .
Finishing/Binding Tech.
Photography
Industrial Internship

Credits
Elect./Elect. 11
Television Circuits
Industrial Electronics
Fund. of Digital Circuits
Adv . Digital Circuits
Comp. Science I
Power Technology
Optics Technology
Photography

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

SCREEN PRINTING
Credits
Est./Cost Anal. I
Line Photography
Halftone Photography
Elect. Comp. I
Prin. of Layout/Design
Stencil Systems
Substrates/Image Trans.
Finishing/Binding Tech.
Color Separation
Photography
Industrial Internship

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Area of Concentration - Electives
(Occupational Specialty)
Credits

Credits
Managerial Finance
Group Dynamics
Labor Economics
Collective Bargaining
Human Relations

3
3
3
3
3

Sales Incentive Programs
Business Law
Economics, Intro. to Micro
and Macro .
Principles of Sociology

234

3
3
3
3

Managerial Economics
Government Regulation of
Business
Cost Accounting
Screen Printing Production
Problems
Electronic Composition 11
Estimating/Cost Analysis 11
Finance of Small Business

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Photofabrication and Engraving
Offset Stripping - Color
Advanced Color Separation
Photo
Special Problems I
Special Problems 11
Specia I Problems 111
Industrial First Aid

3
3
3
3
3

3
3

PHOTO-OFFSET LITHOGRAPHY
GENERAL EDUCATION - 62 er .

TECHNICAL EDUCATION - 66 er .
Professional Specialty
Indust ri al Safety
Estimating/Cost. Anal. I
Ind . Int ernship

Humanities
English Composition I
Sci ./Tech . Writing

3 er .
3 er.

Social Sciences
Gen . Psychology
Ind. Psychology
Natural Sciences
Tech . Math I
Tech . Math 11
Chem. for Gr. Comm.
Science of Materials
College Physics I
College Physics 11

Occupational Specialty
Graph ic Comm. I
Graphic Comm . II
Prin. of Layout & Design
Offset Stripping/
Platemaking
Offset Presswork I
Offset Presswork 11
Line Photography
Halftone Photography
Color Separati on
Elect. Comp . I
Printing Prod . Mgmt. Tech .
Fin ish ing/Binding Tech .
Photography

3 er.
3 er .
3
3
3
3

er .
er .
er.
er .
4 er.
4 er.

FREE ELECTIVES - 30 er .

3 er.
3 er.
14 er.

3 er.
3 er .
2 er .
3 er .
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er .
3 er.
3 er.
3 er .
3 er .
3 er .

AREA OF CONCENTRATION
ELECTIVES - 8 er .

ELECTRO-GRAPHICS
GENERAL EDUCATION - 62 crs.

TECHNICAL EDUCATION - 66 crs.
Professional Specialty

Humanities
English Comp. I
Sci./Tech . Writing

3 er .
3 er.

Social Sciences
General Psychology
Ind. Psychology

Industrial Safety
Est./Costing Anal. I
Ind. Internsh ip

3 er.
3 er .

Natural Sciences
Tech . Math I

3 er.

Occupational Specialty
Intro. To Tech . Drawing
Graphic Comm . I
Graph ic Comm . 11
Elect./Elect. I

235

3 er.
3 er.
14 er .
2
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.

Tech . Math 11
Science of Materials
College Physics I
College Physics 11
Chemistry for Graph.
Communications

Television Circuits
Industrial Elect.
Fund. of Digital Circ .
Adv. Digital Circuits
Computer Science
Power Technology
Optics
Photography

3 er .
3 er .
4 er .
4 er.
3 er .

FREE ELECTIVES - 30 crs .

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er .
er .
er .
er .

AR EA OF CONCENTRATION-11 crs.

SCREEN PRINTING
GENERAL EDUCATION - 62 crs .
Humanities
English Comp. I
Scien . & Tech . Writing

3 er .
3 er.

Social Sciences
General Psychology
Industrial Psychology

3 er .
3 er.

Natural Sciences
Technical Math I
Technical Math II
Chem . of Graphic Comm.
Science of Materials
College Physics I
College Physics 11

3
3
3
3
4
4

TECHNICAL EDUCATION - 66 crs.
Professional Speciality
Industrial Safety
Estimating/Cost Analy . I
Industrial Internship
Occupational Specialty
Graphic Comm . I
Graphic Comm . II
Technical Drawing
Prine. of Layout/Design
Stencil Systems
Substrates/Image Trans
Line Photography
Halftone Photography
Electronic Comp. I
Finishing/Binding Tech.
Color Separation
Photography

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er .

FREE ELECTIVES - 30 crs .

3 er.
3 er .
14 er.
3 er.
3 er.
2 er.
2 er .
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er .
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.

AREA OF CONCENTRATION
ELECTIVES - 12 crs.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN GRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Technician for Equipment Manufacturer
Sales
Technical Equipment Estimating
Printing Plant
Quality Control Technician - Printing Plant
Foreman - Preparation Department
Foreman - Offset Press
Technical Writer - Parts list and press manufacturer

236

9. Foreman - Photo-composition
10. Sales for Photo -composition Equipment
11 . Customer Service - Representative in printing or photo-composition
plant
12 . Production
13. Educator
. QUALITY CONTROL. Thi s course will consider the two fundamental
* MAN
concepts of that topic ; measurement and variation. Discussions on measurement will be
concerned wi t h strength , weight and size, while the concern for variation w ill recognize
that no two things are alike; but with th e use of sophisticated equipment minute
differences can be det ected . This course will include a discussion of the evolution of
quality control. Other topics will be measurement, inspection, economics of quality ,
statistical aids, sampling, process control t echniques and organ ization for quality control.
(3 crs.)
. JIG AND FIXTURE DESIGN. This course will consider the design
* MAN
requirements for jig and fixture construction . Emphasis will be placed on the conven tional methods of locating and fastening parts to be machined. Standard jig and fixture
components will be used in design problems. A jig or fixture will be constructed by each
student and be used in the manufacturing of a piece part. Prerequisites are Fundamentals
of Machine Shop and Advanced Machine Shop . (3 crs .)
* IAR
. NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING I. An introductory course to
programming numerically-controll ed machine tools. The binary system of numbers and
the cartesian coordinate system as they relate to writing machine commands will be
considered . For the tape input, both EIA and ASCII codes will be used w ith word
address, tab sequential and f ixed sequential formats . The student will interpret a coded
format detail and be able to write the manuscript for motion dimensions and anc illary
command instructions. Various tasks will be experienced that will promote an understanding of the operation of a turning center and a two-axis positioning milling machine
to acceptable machine tolerances . Course prerequisites are : Technical Mathematics I and
11 , Fundamentals of Machine Shop . (3 crs.)
. NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING II. An advanced course in manual
*IAR
programming of numerically -controlled machines. An in-depth study will be made of the
technique used to cause an incremental movement in a straight line direction cutting a
chord of an arc to machine a three-dimensional curve to specified tolerances . Various
operations in linear interpolation will be experienced in the numerical control laboratory .
The valve of a computer as it is related to circular interpolation will be discussed . Course
prerequisite is Numerical Control Programming I. (3 crs .)

*MAN
. ADVANCED NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAMMING . This course will
concentrate on the use of a computer language for the development of a part program.
Various languages will be studied to determine how they can be used to effect the
geometry of a part and also the motion and actions of J machine tool. Direct computer
control of machine tools will be discussed as will computer aided manufacturing and
computer aided design . Course prerequisite is Numerical Control Programming 11. (3 crs .)
*GCT
. HALFTONE CAMERA TECHNIQUES . A course in the procedures, techniques and application of process camera work as it applies to black and white halftone
photography. Among subject matter covered are darkroom techniques, process camera

237

operations, halftone screens, densitometry, making halftone negatives and positives,
filters, direct screening with enlargers, quality control, manipulating tone values and
electronic exposure devices. (3 crs.)
GCT 320. ELECTRONIC COMPOSITION I. Introduces the student to the production
principles, procedures and techniques of producing composition by electronic photo graphic systems. Special attention is given to the study of justifying and non-justifying
keyboards and their place in the typesetting system as well as analysis of the various
photo output including video display terminals . Some additional work with proofing and
paste-up techniques will be done. Graphic Communications I and II are prerequisites to
this course. (3 crs.)
GCT 321. ELECTRONIC COMPOSITION II . Electronic Composition II is an elective
course for industrial arts and science and technology students. Graphic Communications
I, and II and Electronic Composition I are prerequisites. Emphasis is placed on analysis of
photocomposition systems from an understanding of basic functions and their compatibility with other components or systems. Some hands-on experience will be provided to
alter the compatibility for better system function . (3 crs .)
*GCT
. OFFSET STRIPPING AND PLATEMAKING . A study of the methods and
procedures used in offset stripping and platemaking . Attention is given to theoretical
study plus practical involvement in making various plates. Emphasis is placed in stripping
procedures, plate selection, image transfer, equipment considerations, light sources,
processing procedures, quality control, additions and deletions, troubleshooting, automatic processors, and safety measures. (3 crs.)
. COLOR SEPARATION PHOTOGRAPHY . A study of the methods and
*GCT
techniques involved in producing process color separations from transparencies and
reflective copy . Emphasis is placed on color theory, masking procedures, filter applications, densitometry, color proofing systems, color evaluation, and process color control
techniques . (3 crs.)
GCT 340. ESTIMATING AND COST ANALYSIS I. A study of the principles and
procedures for determining the costs involved in producing printed products by letter press and offset. Establishment of cost centers and analysis of practice and cost factors in
determining hourly cost is done. A comprehensive study is made of each job by analyzing
the specifications, cost of materials and labor, production time and profit margins. (3
crs.)
. OFFSET PRESSWORK. A study of the theory , practice and principles of
*GCT
photo offset presswork . Emphasis is placed on press operating procedures, press adjustment,
ink and dampening systems, ink drying methods, paper problems, troubleshooting,
densitometry, press maintenance, quality control and practice in printing single and multiple
colors. (3 crs.)
*GCT
. FINISHING AND BINDING. A course in the procedures and processes
utilized in finishing and binding of printed materials. Emphasis will be placed on shaping,
forming and joining sheets of paper. (3 crs .)
. PRINCIPLES OF LAYOUT AND DESIGN. Study and application of the
*GCT
elements and principles of design with their application to graphic communications.
Problem solving procedures will be utilized for skill in layout development. (3 crs .)

238

*GCT
. LINE PHOTOGRAPHY . A course which deals with techniques and processes
involved in operating a process camera . A critical study of the optical system, the sources
of illumination with regard to compatibility with sensitive materials ,and chemistry used as
well as an examination of the image plane with regard to focus and coverage . Usage of the
equipment in simulated products situations will include determining exposures, light
settings, controls used in achieving consistency of product and production of simple line
to close register color line negatives. (3 crs.)
. SCIENCE OF MATERIALS. Emphasis is placed on the formulation,
*GCT
identification and selection of graphic communications materials. Materials will include
ink and substrates for both printing and allied processes. (3 crs.)
. SCREEN PRINTING PRODUCTION PROBLEMS . Individual and/or group
*GCT
problems involving the planning and execution of chosen production problems in the area
of screen printing, utilizing flat and irregular surfaces as well as a variety of substrates. (3
crs .)
*DENOTES A NEW COURSE. THE COURSE NUMBER WI LL BE ASSIGNED LATER .

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY
PRINTING MANAGEMENT
GENERAL EDUCATION - 40 crs.
Humanities
Composition I
Sci./Tech. Writing
Oral Communications
Management
Social Sciences
General Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Natural Sciences
Technical Math I
Technical Math II
Math of Finance
Physics I
Physics II
Chemistry I
Chemistry 11

TECHNICAL EDUCATION - 54 crs.

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3
3
3
4
4

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
4 er.
4 er.

FREE ELECTIVES - 34 crs.

Management
Intro. to Micro. Econ.
Accounting I
Accounting 11
Prin. of Management
Managerial Finance
Prin. of Production
Collective Bargaining
Estimating/Cost Analysis I

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.

Gr_aphic Communications
Graphic Communications I
Graphic Communications 11
Typography
Graphic Comm. Processes
Prin. of Layout/Design
Electronic Composition
Graphic Arts Materials
Line Photography
Half-Tone Photography
Color Separation

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er .

. PETROLEUM PRODUCTION AND ECONOMICS. This course deals with the
" EAS
economics of the petroleum industry in general and with the vertically integrated major
oil companies in particular. All stages of the movement of petroleum will be considered,

239

from initial production (primary, secondary, and tertiary) at the well site, through
transportation , to refining and marketing . The effects in world markets produced by
cartels and embargoes will be of special interest. At the domestic level, local, state, and
federal regulations governing the extraction of petroleum from individual wells, as well as
the development of whole fields will be discussed. It is assumed that the student has some
background in both economics and petroleum geology before he takes this course . (3
crs.l
*EAS
. RESERVOIR EVALUATION . The purpose of this course is to analyze in
detail those rocks which serve for the storage and ultimately for the production of
petroleum. The characteristics of these rocks will be studies in hand specimen, in thin
section, and in terms of their responses to various " down hole" geophysical surveys .
Specific topics to be considered include sedimentary rock classification·, the primary
origin of limestones, the development of secondary porosity in carbonates, the geometry
and origin of sandstone bodies, diagenetic changes in both sandstones and carbonates, and
evaluation well log data . This last includes the calculation of porosity, permeability, and
fluid saturations from radioactivity, electrical, and acoustic logs .
*EAS
. APPLIES GEOPHYSICS. This is an advanced course which applies theoretical
geophysical principles to the practical problem of petroleum exploration. Emphasis will
be placed on both field work and instrumentation . Work in the laboratory will consist of
the analysis (by hand and with automatic data processing equipment) of field survey
results as well as the planning and fina l " work up" of an oil prospect. Kinds of
exploration techniques to be utilized will be seismic (reflection and refraction) , magnetic,
gravity, and electrical. Time permitting, some consideration wi II be given to geochemical
prospecting techniques and to field mapping . (3 crs .)
* EAS
. TECHNIQUES IN WATER AND WASTEWATER ANALYSIS . (Lecture +
Lab) A thorough study of the chemical testing of water in wastewater plants, streams,
and drinking water sources . Emphasis will be placed on lea·rning acceptable levels of
chem icals in different types of water. Samples of water from sources of concern will be
analyzed in the laboratory portion of the course . (4 crs.)
WAT 321 . BIOTIC INDICATORS OF WATER POLLUTION . (Lecture+ Lab) A survey
of biotic indicators of pollution with emphasis on relating these indicators to the
chemical and physical characteristics of various polluted waters . Practical exercises include
field problems as well as laboratory experiments. Prerequisites - Principles of Biology,
General Chemistry I and 11, and Analytical Chemistry I. (4 crs.)
WAT 365 . SEMINAR - TOPICS IN WATER POLLUTION . A seminar dealing with
current topics in water pollution emphasizing the effects of various pollutants on the
biological and legal aspects of water quality. (3 crs.)

MANAGEMENT AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
MAJOR AREA - 96 crs.
Course Requirements
GENERAL EDUCATION - 30 crs.
Composition I
General Psychology
Business Writing

MANAGEMENT - 33 crs .
Accounting I
Accounting II
Cost Accounting

3 er.
3 er .
3 er .

240

3 er.

3 er.
3 er.

Oral Comm. Mgt.
Sci ./Tech . Writing
Mathematics
Tech . Math I
Tech . Math 11
Math of Finance I
Math of Finance 11
Basic Calculus

3 er .

Business Statistics
Intro. to Micro . Econ .
Intro to Macro . Econ .
Prin. of Management
Managerial Econ .
Financial Management
Industrial Psychology
Collective Bargaining

3 er.

3 er .
·3 er .
3 er.
3 er .
3 er .

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

er .
er.
er .
er .
er.
er.
er.
er.

COMPUTER SCIENCE - 33 crs.
3 er .
Basic Prog . Lang.
Computer Science I
3 er .
Computer Science II
3 er.
Cobol I
3 er .
Cobol II
3 er.
3 er.
Data Structures
3 er .
Surv. of Oper. Research
Systems Analysis
3 er.
Computer Architecture
3 er.
Logic/Switching Theory
3 er.
of Computer
Computer Graphics
3 er.

FREE ELECTIVES - 32 crs .

MANUFACTURING
TECHNICAL EDUCATION - 61 crs .

GENERAL EDUCATION - 67 crs.
Humanities
Composition I
Business Writing
Sci./Tech. Writing
Oral Comm. Mgt.
Social Sciences
Gen. Psychology
Natural Sciences
Technical Math I
Technical Math II
Math of Finance
Physics I
Physics 11
Comp . Sci .

Management
Accounting I
Accounting 11
Cost Accounting
Industrial Psychology
Prin . of Management
Intro . to Micro Econ.
Intro. to Macro Econ .
Managerial Economics
Collective Bargaining
Cobol I

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.

3 er .
3 er .
er.
er.
er.
er .

3
4
4
3

Manufacturing
Intro. to Tech. Drawing
Machine Drawing/Design
Fund. of Machine
Advanced Machine
Numerical Control Prog. I
Numerical Control Prog . 11
Adv. Numerical Cont . Prog .
Materials Testing
Quality Control
Hydraulics
Pneumatics

FREE ELECTIVES - 32 crs.

241

3 er .
3 er.
3 er .
3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er .
er.
er .
er.
er.

2 er.
2 er.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er .
er.
er .
er.
er .
er.
er.
er.

CAREER POSSIBILITIES IN INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES:
1. Management supervisors & management trainee positions in a
variety of industrial situations
2. Technical sales and service positions in a variety of industries.
3. Positions in systems analysis and design - operations research

4. Private industrial consulting firms
5. Pursue graduate study in management science or technical field.

PRE-ENGINEERING (COOPERATIVE 3:2 PROGRAMS)
California State College participates in cooperative liberal arts engineering
programs with both the Pennsylvania State University and the University of
Pittsburgh. The enrolling student undertakes a three-year curriculum at
California State College concentrating on studies in liberal arts and preengineering courses in Natural Sciences. Upon successful completion of that
curriculum and recommendation, the student spends two years at the Pennsylvania State University or the University of Pittsburgh, at which time the
student will complete the engineering course requirements as specified by that
institution.
Some advantages of such cooperative programs include the following:
1. For students who have yet to choose between engineering or another
discipline as a field of endeavor, the programs provide the the student
with initial studies in both the arts and sciences at California State
College during which time the student may ascertain whether his
abilities and interests lie in the field of engineering or another discipline.
2. The programs permit qualified students to receive both a liberal and
technical education at relatively low cost .
3. Graduates of the program hold two baccalaureate degrees: a B.A. in
Natural Sciences from California State College and a B.S. in Engineering
from the cooperating university . Thus, through five years of study, a
student may complete what otherwise could require six or more years.
The program is designed so that the first year is the same for any enrolled
student independent of his final choice of engineering school or discipline .
This allows students maximum time before these sometimes difficult choices
must be made . Beyond the first year, however, the individual programs are
determined by these choices and therefore rely on careful advising. A rigorous
system of faculty advisement, therefore, is an integral part of the program .
A student transferring to the Pennsylvania State Uni_versity may enter any
of the followin$J engineering disciplines:
Environmental Engineering
Aerospace Engineering
Industrial Engineering
Agricultural Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Ceramic Science
Metallurgy
Chemical Engineering
Mining Engineering
Civil Engineering

242

Electrical Engineering
Engineering Science

Nuclear Engineering
Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering

A student transferring to the University of Pittsburgh may enter any of the
follow i ng engineering d isciplines :
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Industrial Enginee r ing

Mechanical Eng ineering
Metallurgical/Materials Engineering
Mining Engineering

OTHER SCIENCE PROGRAMS
The School of A rts and Sciences offers B.S. degrees in the following fields :
Biology
Chemistry
Geology
Mathemat ics

Mathematics-Computer Science
Phys ics

The School of Education offers B.S. degrees in Secondary Education with
specialization in the following fields:
Mathematics
Physics
Science

Biology
Chemistry
Earth Science

The School of Science and Technology offers B.S. degrees in the following
fields :
Graphic Communication s Technology
Industrial Management Technology

Manufacturing Technology
Petroleum Technology
Water Analysis Technology

For further information about th is program, contact Dr . Richard Hart,
Dean, School of Science and Technology , Room 205 Noss, California State
College, 412 /938-4169 or 938-4337 .

PRE-ENGINEERING (Cooperative 3:2 Program)
GENERAL EDUCATION - 36 crs.
Humanities - 6 cr s.
Persp . in Phil

Communications - 9 crs .
Composition I
Sci ./Tech. Writing
Oral Communications

3 er.

Natural Sciences - 6 crs .
Soc ial Sciences - 6 crs.
Elements of Economics

* Restricted Electives - 9 crs.

3 er .

AREA OF CONCENTRATION - 60 crs.
* Engineering Discipline
Electives - 19 er .

General Requ irements - 41 crs .
General Chemistry I
4 er .
General Chem istry 11
4 er.
College Physics I
4 er.
4 er.
College Physics II
College Physics 111
4 er .
Calculus I
3 er .

243

3 er.
3 er.
3 er .

Calculus 11
Calculus Ill
Calculus IV
Linear Algebra
Computer Science
Differential Equations

3 er.
3cr .
3 er .
3 er.
3 er .
3 er .

* Selected with adviser approval.

PHILOSOPHY
NOTE: The letters A, B, or C after the title of upper-level courses indicate which area the
course satisfies for philosophy majors.
*No prerequisites

PHI 100. * PERSPECTIVES IN PHILOSOPHY . Introduces the student to such major
philosophical issues as the nature of knowledge, reality, religion, and mo rals. Th is course
is not recommended for philosophy majors. (3 crs .)
PHI 115. *LOGIC AND LANGUAGE. Introduces the student to the basic principles and
techniques for distinguishing correct from incorrect reasoning . (3 crs.)
PHI 201 . HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY . Discusses the pre-Soc ratic Phil osophers, Plato, Aristotle , the Stoics, Epicureans, and the Skeptics. (3 crs .)
PHI 204. WORLD RELIGIONS I - OR I ENTAL. A study of the religions of mankind their beliefs and practices. Special attention is given to Hinduism, Buddhism, and the
Chinese and Japanese religions . Illustrated with slides, films and tapes . (3 crs .)
PH I 205. WOR LO RELIGIONS II - WESTERN . A study of the growth and development of
Judaism, Christianity, and Islam . Special attention is given to readings of original
documents. Illustrated with slid es, films and tapes. (3 crs.)
PHI 206 . 16TH TO 18TH-CENTURY PHILOSOPHY . Discusses such influential thinkers
as Francis Bacon , Descartes, Hobbes, Spinoza, Leibniz , Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant .
(3 crs.)
PHI 211 . *FORMAL LOGIC I - C. Examines the meaning of statement connectives, the
use of truth tables, the structure of arguments in terms of the propositional calculus,
quantification, and classes. (3 crs .)
PHI 220. *ETHICS. Examines selected ethical systems and discusses their philosophical
foundations . Lays special emphasis on understanding such basic moral concepts as good,
right, and duty. (3 crs.)
PHI 225. * SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHI LOSO PHY - · B. Examines selected socia l or
political systems and discusses their philosophical foundations. Lays special emphasis on
such basic concepts as natural right, equality, justice, individual freedom, and political
authority. (3 crs.)
PHI 231 . PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION - B. Discusses the nature of religion, the
arguments for or against the existence of God , the question of religious knowledge,

244

mysticism and revelation, the problem of evil, the quest of immortality, and the nature
of religious discourse. (3 crs .)
PHI 235. PHILOSOPHY OF ART . Examines the nature and function of art, critical
judgments in the arts, and such basic concepts as beauty, the ugly , meaning, creativity,
and style. (3 crs.)
PHI 240. *PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION . Discusses the aims of education and the
relation of philosophy to education. (3 crs.)
PHI 246. *VALUES & SCIENCE . Studies the nature of science and its relation to human
values. Explores the problems that result from changes in our values as science and
technology advance. (3 crs.)
PHI 253 . ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY - A. Examines the methodology, doctrines, and
intellectual culture of the major oriental traditions. Hinduism , Jainism, Buddhism,
Taoism, and Confucianism are considered . (3 crs.)
PHI 261 . MEANING OF MODERN ART (EUROPEAN) . Introduces the student to such
modern movements in art as Impressionism, Post-Impressionism, Symbolism, Cubism,
Surrealism, German Expressionism, and Abstract Expressionism. Illustrated with color
slides, films, and music. (3 crs .)
PHI 262. MEANING OF MODERN ART (AMERICAN) . Deals with American developments in the arts, beginning with the Ash Can School and Armory Show to the present
kinetic, optic, and pop art. Illustrated with color slides, films, and appropriate music. (3
crs.l
PHI 266. PHILOSOPHY OF PLAY. Seeks to clarify human play and/or leisure activities.
Special attention is given to the problem of constructive and destructive forms of play
and their relationship to human freedom and anxiety. (3 crs .)
PHI 269 . COMPUTERS & SOCIETY . Surveys the development of the logic and
mathematics that led to computer technology. The student has hands-on experience on a
terminal after having learned to write programs in the language called BASIC. (3 crs.)
PHI 270. *PHILOSOPHY OF MARXISM . Examines the basic texts of Marx and Engels
and the subsequent development of Marxist philosophy. Attempts a critical evaluation in
light of contemporary political philosophy. (3 crs.)
PHI 280. AMERICAN AESTHETIC EXPERIENCE. Includes a brief survey of painting,
sculpture, and architecture, along with music and other fine arts. Discusses American
theories of art as propounded by American philosophers, prominent artists, critics, and
historians. Illustrated with color slides, films and appropriate music. (3 crs.)
PHI 301. CHINESE PHILOSOPHY - A. An examination of the cultural and intellectual
development of China from pre-history to Mao Tse Tung. Confucianism, Taoism,
Buddhism, Neo-Confucianism, and Chinese Communist thought will be considered. (3
crs.)
PHI 302. BUDDHIST PHILOSOPHY - A . The development of Buddhist points of view
from the beginnings to the present day. Emphasis is placed on the Vaibhashika,
Sautranika, Madhyamika, and Yogacara Schools. (3 crs.l

245

PHI 303. HINDU PHILOSOPHY - A. The development of Indian thought from the
pre-Vedic age to the present. Attention will be paid to the mutual influences between
Hinduism and the non-Indian world. (3 crs.)
PHI 305. MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY - A. Begins with Nee-Platonism and proceeds with
such thinkers as Augustine, Erigena, Anselm, Aquinas, Roger Bacon, Duns Scotus, and
William of Ockham. (3 crs.)
PHI 310. NINETEENTH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY - A. Surveys the development of
German idealism after Kant and the voluntaristic reaction to it . Also considers British
Empiricism and French Positivism. (3 crs .)
PHI 312. FORMAL LOGIC II - C. Continuation of Formal Logic I, with emphasis on
the structure of axiomatic systems, the philosophy of logic, and the philosophy of
mathematics. (3 crs.)
PHI 320. ETHICAL THEORY - 8 . Examines the possibility and nature of ethical
knowledge and the meaning of moral discourse. Special consideration is given to
contemporary discussions. (3 crs.)
PHI 325 . PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE - C. Studies the methods, concepts, and
presuppositions of scientific inquiry . An attempt is made to understand science in the
context of various theories of knowledge and reality. (3 crs.)
PHI 335. AESTHETIC THEORY - 8 . Examines the nature and basis of criticism in the
fine arts. Special consideration is given to contemporary discussions. (3 crs.)
PHI 345. AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY - A . Surveys the development of American
philosophers from Jonathan Edwards to the present . Lays special emphasis on Peirce,
James, Royce , Dewey, and Santayana . (3 crs .)
PHI 350 . PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY . Discusses the problem of the scientific status of
history and whether it has a meaning or a goal. (3 crs .)
PHI 355. HISTORY OF SCIENCE - A . Studies the conceptual development of science.
Emphasizes the relation of scientific progress to alternative conceptions of scientific
methodology and advances in technology and philosophical systems . (May be offered as
an interdisciplinary course.) 3 crs .
PHI 405. EPISTEMOLOGY - C. Examines selected theories of knowledge with special
emphasis on contemporary discussions. (3 crs .)
PHI 410. METAPHYSICS existence . (3 crs.)

C. Inquiries into the nature of reality and the meaning of

PHI 415 . PHILOSOPHY OF MIND - C. Examines important stages in the philosophical
development of the notion of mind . Discusses such contemporary p'roblems as the
relation of mind and body and the nature of consciousness, and analyzes such notions as
will, emotion, action, and memory. (3 crs .)
PHI 420. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE - C. Explores the relations between the
various dimensions of language and traditional philosophical problems. Examines theories
of meaning , kinds of meaning, and uses of languages. (3 crs. )

246

PHI 426 . PHENOMENOLOGY & EXISTENTIALISM - A . Studies the historical background and development of 20th-century European philosophy with particular emphasis
on such major philosophers as Husserl , Heidegger, Sartre, and Merleau-Ponty . (3 crs . )
PHI 431 . ANALYTICAL PHILOSOPHY - A . Explores selected philosophical issues (e.g.,
knowledge , truth and meaning), utilizing recent work in conceptual and methodological
analysis. Though the course is usually problem-oriented, a good deal of the hist ory of
recent Anglo-American philosophy is covered . Recommended prerequisites: Philosophy
115 and 206. (3 crs.)
PHI 459 . TUTORIAL IN PHILOSOPHY - C. (VC)
PHI 470. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY or issue in phi losophy . (3 crs.)

C. Discusses some special problem

PHI 471 . SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY - SALZBURG. (3 crs.)
PHI 490. SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY or a movement in philosophy. (3 crs.)

C. Discusses either one prominent philosopher

247 .

248

Directory
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Julia A. Ansill . ..... . .. . .. . . . . .. .. .. ....... .... ... Chairperson
Jack Moldovan . .. . . . ... . ... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-Chairperson
Ronald D. Galloway ...... . ... . .. . ... . . Secretary and Student Trustee
Paul P. Altomari
Frank Mascara
George H. Bortz, Jr.
Donna Lee Oreski
Ilene L. S. Kurfeerst
Raymond M. Pecuch

COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION
PRESIDENT OF THE COLLEGE ... . ... .
Affirmative Act ion Officer .. .. ......
Director of Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Assistant to the President ... ...

. . .. . . . . . George H. Roadman
...... ... . .. F. Mel Madden
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roy Terry
.... ..... E. Garfield Vincent

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
Vice President for
Vice President for
Vice President for
Business Manager

Academic Affairs . . . . . . . . . ..
Administrative Affairs . . .. ....
Student Affairs and Services ...
... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . ..

.
.
.
.

... .John P. Watkins
... ... Jay D. Helsel
. . .. .. . Elmo Natali
.. Paul E. Wickerham

ACADEMIC DEANS
Dean of Arts and Sciences ... . ... . . . . . . . .. ... . . Philip Y. Coleman
Associate Dean of Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . ... .... . Robert T. Little
Dean of Continuing Education ...... ... . .. . . . . Willard C. McCartney
Dean of Graduate Studies . . .... . . ... . ... ... ... Stephen E. Pavlak
Associate Dean of Graduate Stud ies ... . . . . . . . . . . .. Richard M. Birch
Dean of Science and Technology . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard B. Hart
Dean of Teacher Education . ... ...... .... ... . William R. Benedetti
Associate Dean of Teacher Education ... . . . . . . . . . . Homer R. Pankey
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS AND SERVICES
Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs . .. ..... Nancy Z. Nelson
Director of Admissions .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... Harold E. Kemper
Associate Director of Admissions . . . ...... .... . ..... Richard Webb
Assistant Director of Admissions .. . .... . . . . .. . . . .. . .Walter Carter
Director of Educational Media .. . .. . .. . .. .... . .. William F. Daniels
Director of Library Services . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . William L. Beck
Director of Placement .. . ..... . . . ....... . . . ... Anthony J. Mattee
Registrar . . . . . . .. .. ... . . . ....... . ... .. ...... Allen G. Welsh
Director of Special Programs . . .. . ... .. .. . ... . ... Raymond Lopez
Director of Student Teaching ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... Irvin J. Shutsy

249

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
Director of Compute r Center . . .. . . .. . . .. . ... .. . Richard E. Cerullo
Ass't. Director of Computer Center (Administration) .... Steve Dubnansky
Ass't. Director of Computer Center (Instruction) .. . Robert J. Rockinson
Institutional Maintenance Superintendent . . .. ... .... Wesley C. Sheets
Director of College Relation s . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . Dan R. Kraft
News Bureau Director . ... .. . ... . . . . . . . .... ... . Robe rt T. Wood
Director of Research . ... .. . . . ..... . .... . . . .... Philip J. Proud
CHAIRPERSONS OF ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS
Art .... . . .. . . ... .. .... . . . . .. .... . . . . . . . . . . Brian G. Row
Biolog ical Science . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ... .. ... .. Barry B. Hunter
Educational Foundations .. . . . .... . ..... . . .. .... George W. Crane
El ementary Education ..... . . . .. . .... . . . .. . . Richard E. Frickert
English . .. . . . .. .... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... Leonard Lizak
Geography and Earth Science . ..... .. . . . . . . . . . . . John C. Tomikel
Health and Physical Education .. . .. .. .. ... .. .. .. . Floyd W. Shuler
History ... ... . . ... .. . . . .. ... . .. . ... . .. . . .. . John K. Folmar
Industrial Arts .. ... . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ..... . John R. Linton
Library Serv ices ... .. . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. Ethel V. Davis
Mathematics .. . . . ... . ..... ...... . . . ... . .. . August J. Bethem
Modern Language .. .. . .... ... . . . . .. . . .. .. . .....John 0 . Marsh
Mus ic . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . .. . ... . .... . . .. .. ... Paul P. Dolinar
Ph ilosophy . .... .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . ... Vincent F. Lackner
Physical Science . .. .. . .. . . . . .. .... ... ..... .. . Anthony Lazzaro
Psychology .... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . ... . Sidney Barasch
Seconda ry Education . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . .. ..... . ... Arthur L. Ball
Social Science ... . . . . . . . . . . ..... .... .. .. . . . .. .. Phil R. Jack
Special Education . . ..... . . . ... . . .. .... .. .... Robert F. Dickie
Speech Pathology and Audiology . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... John Bitonti
Sp~ech . . . ... . . . ... .. . ..... .. . .... .. .. . . .. Robert C. Cowles
Theatre .... . . . .. . . . ... . .. . . . . . ... . ... . . . . . Roger Emel son
STUDENT AFFAIRS AND SERVICES
Associate Vice President for Student Affairs .. ... .. .. . .. Philip Hayes
Dean of Women . . . . . . . .. ... . .. . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. Nancy J. Tait
Assistant Deans of Men ... Paul Burd, Joseph Dochinez, William Parkinson
Assistant Dean of Women . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . ... Maetroy A. Walker
College Nurses . . . . . . . . .. . . Vivian A. Broadwater, Dorothy Hanjorgiris,
Theresa E. Horwath , Celeste H. Roskevitch,
Margaret E. Sanders, Mary E. Verry
College Physician . . . . . . . .... . .. . .... . .. .. ... Eugene F. O' Leary
Director of Counseling Services ..... . ..... . . . . .. .. Allison E. Troy
Director of Financial Aid . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . R. Donald Simi lo
Associate Director of Financial Aid . . .. ... . . ... . William F. Behrendt
Director of Housing . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .... . .... Richard L. Kline
Director of Student Activities . . . . . . . .... .. .. ... . . . ... Paul Burd
Program Director (SAA) ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . John Stofan
Business Manager of Student Activities .. . . .. . . .... .. .. John Rhoads
Food Service Manager (Student Union) . . . . .... . .... .. Willard Woods
Book Store Manager (Student Union) . . . . . . . . ..... .. .John E. Vance
Director of Veterans Affairs . ..... .. .. . . . . . . . . Arthur L. Bakewell

250

BUSINESS SERVICES
Food Manager, SAGA Food Enterprises . . . . . . . . . ·. . Henry Kowalewski
Purchasing Agent ... . . . . .. . . ..... .. .. .. .... Thomas W. Johnson
Assistant Budget Analyst . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. Charles W. Zinsser
Accounting Technician . .... . ..... . ... .. ...... John J. DelGrosso
Personnel Affairs . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . J. Robert Wilson
Assistant Personnel Officer . . . ... . ...... . . . . . . . . . Eugene P. Grilli

EMERITI FACULTY
Miss Ella E. Bernstorf . .. ( 1930-1945)
Miss Henrietta Carroll . .. (1926-1954)
Miss Emma Sacco ...... (1928-1957)
Dr. Harold W. Traister ... (1947-1957)
Mr. George Harding .. .. . (1947-1958)
Dr. 0. R. Bontrager ..... (1936-1962)
Miss Louise A . Hildreth . . (1926-1962)
Mrs. Ida K. Marsh ... .. . (1945-1965)
Mr. Paul N. Walker ... . . (1930-1965)
Mrs. Cora Coover ... .. . ( 1953-1966)
Dr. Shriver L. Coover . .. ( 1930-1966)
Dr. John F. Lewis .. . . .. (1945-1966)
Mr. Aaron J. Hoover .... (1936-1967)
Dr. George Hart . .... . ( 1938-1968)
Mr. Calvin Fleming ..... (1948-1968)
Mrs. Lela T . Hamilton .. . (1953-1968)
Dr. Mary R. DeCarlo . ... (1954-1968)
Dr. Arthur G. Henry . ... (1958-1968)
Mr. J. Herschel Bowlen .. (1946-1969)
Dr . Asa Anderson ... ... ( 1956-1969)
Dr. Malverne R. Wolfe . .. (1947-1969)
Mr. Angus H. Douple . .. (1946-1970)
Dr. Jack F. Hoyes ...... (1946-1971)
Mr. Merle 0 . Covell ..... (1956-1971)

Miss Eleanor Rowe ..... (1959-1971)
Mr. Clyde M. Hartman .. (1947-1972)
Dr. Merrill G. Campbell . . (1948-1974)
Mrs. Rose G. Hughes .... (1938-1974)
Dr. Michael F. Serene ... (1960-1974)
Dr. John A. Long ...... (1963-1974)
Miss Louise Rakestraw . . (1946-1974)
Dr. William L. Black . .. . (1965-1975)
Dr. Harold C. Jones . . . . . (1960-1975)
Miss Isabella R. King . ... (1956-1975)
Dr. Harry L. Monroe .... (1942-1975)
Mr . Alexander Smoyer .. (1946-1975)
Mr. John R. Swearingen . (1955-1975)
Dr. Sydney C. Bausor ... (1960-1976)
Dr. Gabriel P. Betz . . ... (1955-1976)
Mr. Eugene J. Hester . ... (1946-1976)
Mr. Alek R. Krill . . ..... (1965-1976)
Dr. Raymond E. Sweeney ( 1963-1976)
Mrs. Marian H. Weaver .. ( 1954-1976)
Dr. Karl W. Gamble ..... (1961 -1976)
Dr. Luis V. Romero .... (1965-1976)
Mr. Paul E. Ross .. . .... (1957-1976)
Mr. Hubert E. Snyder . . . ( 1949-1976)

FACULTY
Jagdish C. Agrawal, (1969) Professor; Mathematics; B.Sc. Agra University Agra , India; M.Sc.
Agra University, Agra, India ; M.S. University of Windsor, Canada; Ph .D. Purdue
University
Robert H. Aldstadt, (1963) Professor; Educational Foundations; A .B. Gettysburg College ;
M.Ed . University of Delaware ; Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh
George S. Allen , ( 1971) Associate Professor; Speech Pathology and Audiology; B.G.E. Un•
iversity of Omaha ; M.S. Eastern Washington State College; Ph.D. Washington State Univ.
Nevin E. Andre, (1964) Professor; Industrial Arts; B.S. Pennsylvania State University ;
M.Ed . Pennsylvania State University ; D.Ed . University of Missouri

251

James T . Anthony Ill, (1964) Associate Professor; Geography ; B.S. East Stroudsburg State
College; M .A. Teachers College, Columbia University
Mitchell M. Bailey, (1959) Associate Professor; Biology ; B.S. California State College; M .Ed.
Rutgers University
Arthur L. Bakewell, (1973) Instructor Administrator ; Dir. of Veterans Affairs; B.S.
California State College; M.Ed. Cal ifornia State College
Bill J. Baldridge, (1969)
Washington University

Professor; Psychology; B.A . Washington University ; Ph.D.

Georgianna Baldwin, (1967) Associate Professor; Library ; B.S. Clarion State College; M .L.S .
University of Pittsburgh
Nellie R. Baliker, (1956) Associate Professor; Elementary Education ; B .A . Fairmont State
College; M.A. West Virginia University
Arthur L. Ball , (1964) Professor; Secondary Education ; B.A . Washington and Jefferson;
M.Ed. Duquesne University; Ph .D. University of Pittsburgh
Jan W'. Balling, (1966) Professor; Biology ; B.A . University of Louisville; M.S. Purdue
University ; Ph .D . University of Louisville
Sidney Barasch, (1967) Professor; Psychology; B.A. New York University ; M.A. New York
University; Ph .D . Illinois Institute of Technology
Ruth E. Barry, ( 1962) Associate Professor; Elementary Education; B .S. Indiana University
of Pennsylvania; M .Ed. Pennsylvan ia State University
John F. Bauman , ( 1969) Professor; Social Studies; B.A. Ursinus College; M.A. Temple
University ; Ph .D. Rutgers University
Robert A . Bauman, (1968) Professor; Special Education ; B.S. New York State University ;
M.S . Indiana University ; Ed.D . Indiana State University
Willaim J. Beardsley , (1969) Assistant Professor; English ; B.A . West Virginia University ;
M.A . West Virginia University
William L. Beck, (1970) Assistant Professor; Library ; B.S. Indiana University of Pennsyl•
vania ; M .L.S. University of Pittsburgh
Will iam F . Behrendt, (1971) Associate Professor; Administrator ; Financial Aid ; B.S .
California State College; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh

Peter J. Belch, (1968) Professor; Special Education; B.S. California State Col lege ; M.A . West
Virginia University; Ph.D . West Virginia University
William R . Benedetti, (1965) Dean School of Education ; B.S. Slippery Rock State College ;
M .Ed . University of Pittsburgh; D.Ed . University of Pittsburgh
William K. Bennett, (1967) Assistant Professor ; English; B .A. University of Pittsburgh ; M .A .
University of Pittsburgh

252

Robert M. Berry, (1968) Associate Professor; Mathematics; B.A . University of Maine; M .A.
University of Maine
August J. Bet hem, ( 1961) Professor; Mathematics; B.S. Washington and Jefferson College;
M.A. Washington and Jefferson College; M .S. University of Illinois
John A. Beyer, (1963) Associate Professor; Mathematics; B .Ed . Duquesne University ; M.Ed .
Duquesne University; M.Math University of South Carolina
Foster E. Billheimer, (1969) Professor; Biology; B.S . Pennsylvania State University; M.A.
University of Texas; Ph.D. Rutgers University
Richard M . Birch, (1957) Professor; Industrial Arts; B.S . California State College; M.Ed.
Pennsylvania State University
John Bitonti, Jr. (1962) Professor ; Speech Pathology and Audiology; B.S. California State
College ; M.A. West Virginia University ; Ph .D . West Virginia University
William F. Blank, (1965) Associate Professor; Mathematics; B.S. Indiana University of
Pennsylvania; M .A.T . Duke University
Glenn H. Blayney, (1966) Associate Professor; English ; B.A. LaFayette College; B. Litt.
Oxford University; M.A. Brown University
Vernon L. Bloemker, (1962) Professor; English; B.A . Midland College; M.A. University of
Nebraska; Ph.D. University of Nebraska
Marcella A . Blout, (1968) Assistant Professor; Speech Communications; B.S. California
State College; M.A . West Virginia University
Gale H. Boak, (1967) Assistant Professor; Art ; B.S. Edinboro State College; M.A . Syracuse
University
William A. Bolosky , (1969) Associate Professor ; Social Science; B.A . Wabash College ;
M.S.W. West Virginia University
Joseph K . Brady, (1970) Associate Professor ; Social Science ; B.S. Shippensburg State
College; M.A. Ball State University
Clarence L. Brammer, (1966) Professor; Speech Communications; B.S. Western Montana;
M .A . Colorado State College, Ph .D. University of Missouri
Edward Brown , ( 1967) Associate Professor; Social Science; B.S . University of Pittsburgh;
M .l.S. Carnegie Institute of Technology ; M.S.W . University of Pittsburgh
Robert A . Brown, (1969) Professor; Educational Foundations; B.A. University of New
Hampshire ; M .Ed . University of Pittsburgh; Ph .D. University of Pittsburgh
Richard J. Browne, (1969) Professor; English; A .B. Yale University ; A .M. Harvard
University ; Ph.D. Yale University
Basil V. Buchovecky, (1965) Associate Professor; Social Science ; B.S. University of
Pittsburgh; M.A. University of Pittsburgh

253

Thomas P. Buckelew, (1969) Professor; Biology ; B .S. Muhlenberg College ; M .S. University
of South Carolina; Ph.D . University of South Carolina
William H. Buell, (1962) Associate Professor; Biology ; B.S. Cal ifornia State College; M .Litt .
University of Pittsburgh
Paul E. Burd 111, (1969) Professor Administrator ; Student Affairs; B.A . West Virginia
University; M .A. West Virginia University ; Ed .D . West Virginia University
John J. Burns, (1969) Associate Professor; Philosophy; A.D . University of Notre Dame;
M.A . University of Toronto
Charles A . Butler, (1961) Assistant Professor; Secondary Education; B.Ed. Duquesne
University ; M .A . Columbia University
Dorothy J. Campbel l , (1973) Ass 't Professor; Center fo r Training Alternatives , School of
Education ; B.S. Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M .S. Bucknell University
Walter A . Carter, (1969) Instructor Admin istrator; Adm issions ; B.S. Geneva College
Eileen A . Catalano,(1969) Professor; Placement-Temp. ; B.S. Edinboro State College ; M .Ed .
Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; Ed .D. Brigham Young University
Raymond A. Catalano, (1967) Associate Professor; Biology ; B.S. Edinboro State College ;
M.Ed . Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Richard E. Cerullo, (1968) Director of Data Processing; B .S. California State College; M.S.
West Virginia University
Philip S. Chang , (1966) Associate Professor; Biology; B .S. Un iversity of Nanki ng; M .A .
University of Toronto
Ralph F. Charney, ( 1946) Associate Professor; Industrial Arts; B.S. California State College ;
M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh
Ronald A . Christ, (1970) Professor; Elementary Education ; B.S. University of Pittsburgh ;
M .Ed . University of Pittsburgh; D.Ed . Penn State University
Mary J. Cicconi, (1969) Associate Professor ; English; B.S. California State College; M.Ed .
California State College
Jess A . Cignetti, (1968) Professor; Physical Science ; B.S . Slippery Rock State College ; M.Ed .
Duquesne University ; Ph .D. Ohio State University
Clyde W. Clendaniel, (1968) Associate Professor ; Physical Science ; B.S. California State
College ; M.A.T. Indiana University
Leonard M . Colelli, (1958) Associate Professor; Music; B.S. Indiana State University of
Pennsylvania; M.Ed . Boston University
Philip Y . Coleman, (1967) Dean School of Arts and Sciences; B.S. Southern Illinois
University ; M .A . University of Illinois; Ph .D . University of Illinois
Donald J. Conte, (1968) Assistant Professor ; English ; B .S. California State College ; M.A.
University of Pittsburgh

254

Thomas H. Coode, (1965) Professor; Social Science; B.S. Middle Tennessee State College;
M .A . Middle Tennessee State College; L.L.B. YMCA Night School of Law, Nashville;
Ph-.D . University of Georgia
Elaine I. Costello, (1966) Instructor; Physical Science ; B. S. California State College ; M .S.
University of Utah

Robert A . Cowan , (1968) Professor; Theatre ; B.A. Hanover College; M .F .A . Yale University ;
Ph .D . Purdue University
Robert C. Cowles, (1965) Associate Professor; Speech Communications; B.A. Marietta Col lege ; M .A . Bowling Green State University
Merel J. Cox, ·(1966) Assoc iate Professor; Geography & Earth Science; B.S. Pennsylvania
State University ; M .S. Pennsylvania State University

J. Robert Craig, (1956) Professor; Physical Science; B. S. West Virginia Wesleyan; M .Litt.
University of Pittsburgh; Ph .D. Louisiana State University
George W. Crane, (1969) Professor; Educational Foundationa ; B.S. State University of New
York ; M .S. State University of New York ; Ph .D. Ohio University
Harold K . Crockett, ( 1965) Professor; English ; B.A. Central State ; M .F .A . Oklahoma
University ; Ph .D. University of Illinois
Leslie E. Crowley, (1955) Professor; Secondary Education ; B.A. University of South
Carolina; M.Ed. University of South Carolina; D.Ed. George Peabody College for
Teachers
Wasil Curtioff, (1965) Assoc iate Professor ; Mathematics; B .S. Indiana University of
Pennsylvania; M .A . Louisiana State University
William F. Daniels, (1964) Professor; Educational Media Center ; B.A. University of North
Carolina ; M.A . Appalachian State Teachers ; Ph.D . Indiana University
Albert Dascenzo , ( 1972) Associate Professor; Special Education ; B.S. California State
College; M.Ed. Cal-ifornia State College
Ethel V. Davis, (1969) Assistant Professor; Library ; B.A. Virginia Union University; M .L.S.
University of Pittsburgh

Joseph A . Delisi, (1968) Associate Professor; Social Science; B.A . Washington and Jefferson ;
M.B .A . Duquesne University
Manuel G. Demetrakis, (1966) Assistant Professor; Modern Language; B.A. West Liberty
State College; M.A. West Virginia University
Robert F. Dickie, (1966) Professor; Special Education ; B.S. Bridgewater State College ; M .A .
Michigan State University ; Ed .D . Michigan State University
Robert W. Dillon, (1970) Professor; English ; B.A. Fairfield University ; M.A. Ohio University ; Ph .D. Ohio University

255

Berlie E. Dishong, (1964) Associate Professor ; Special Education ; B.S. California State
College ; M.Ed . Pennsylvania State College
Joseph Dochinez, ( 1961) Associate Professor Administrator; Student Affairs ; B.S. California
State College; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh
Paul P. Dolinar, (1968) Assistant Professor; Music; B.S. Duquesne University; M .S.
Duquesne University

Theodore L. Dominick, (1969) Professor; Physical Science; B.S. California State College;
Ph .D . West Virginia University
William L. Dovenspike, (1955) Professor; Music; B.S. Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
M .Ed . Pennsylvania State University ; D.M .A . West Virginia University
Ronald G. Dreucci , (1973) Assistant Professor ; Industrial Arts: B.S. California State College;
M .Ed . California State College
James R. Duncan, (1966) Associate Professor; Mathematics ; B .S. Geneva College; M .Ed .
University of Pittsburgh
Dilawar M. Edwards, (1972) Professor; Educational Media Center ; I.Sc. St. Aloysius College ;
India; B .E. Gov. Engineering College, Jabalpur, India; M.E. Indian Institute of Science,
Bangalore, India ; M.S. Indiana University ; Ph .D. Indiana University
Frank T . Edwards, (1969) Professor; Social Science; B .A . Antioch College ; B .S. Georgetown
University Foreign Service School; M .A . Georgetown University; Ph .D . Catholic
University of America
Roger C. Emelson , (1961) Professor; Theatre; B .A . Beloit College ; M .F.A . Carnegie Institute
of Technology; Ph .D. Carnegie-Mellon University
Harry L. Ervin, (1971) Instructor ; Health and Physical Education; B .S. Hardins-Simmons
University
James C. Etheridge, Jr. (1969) Associate Professor ; Social Science; B.S. California State
College; M.S.W . West Virginia University
Walter A. Fabian, (1969) Professor; Psychology; B .A . Pennsylvania State University; M .S.
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D. University of Buffalo
Edward E. Fear, (1964) Associate Professor; Social Science; B.S. Cal ifornia State College ;
M.Litt. University of Pittsburgh
Robert M. Feldman, (1969) Professor; Speech Pathology & Audiology; B.A. University of
Pittsburgh ; M.A. University of Iowa; Ph .D. Northwestern University
Antonio J . Fernandes, (1961) Associate Professor; Mathematics; A .B. West Virginia
University ; M.S. West Virginia University
Sumner J. Ferris, (1964) Associate Professor; English ; B.A . Harvard University
Ann D. Fisfis, (1968) Assistant Professor; Library; B.S. University of Pittsburgh ; M .L.S .
University of Pittsburgh

256

Corinne K. Flemings, (1969) Professor; Speech; 8 .A. University of Maryland; M.A.
Northwestern University; Ph.D. University of California at Los Angeles
John K. Folmar, (1969) Professor; Social Science; A.B. Sanford University; M.A .
Birmingham-Southern College; Ph.D. University of Alabama
Ronald L. Forsythe, (1968) Assistant Professor; English; B.S. California State College ; M.A .
North Dakota State University
Joseph E. Francis, (1966) Assistant Professor; English; B.A. Duquesne University; M.A.
Fordham University
George J . Frangos, (1966) Professor; Physical Science; B.S. California State College ; M.A .
West Virginia University; Ph .D. Ohio State University
Richard E. Frickert, (1969) Professor; Elementary Education ; B.S. Kutztown State College;
Ed.M. Rutgers University ; Ed.D . Lehigh University
Henry H. Furio, (1969) Professor; Secondary Education; A.B. University of Pittsburgh;
M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh ; D.Ed . University of Pittsburgh
Gabriel C. Fusco, (1967) Professor; Physical Science; B.S. Duquesne University ; M.S.
Duquesne University ; Ph .D. University of Colorado
William E. Gabor, (1964) Professor; Biology; 8.S. West Virginia University ; M.S. West
Virginia University; Ph.D. West Virginia University
Elias Gabriel, (1965) Associate Professor; Art; S .S. Kent State University; M.A. West
Virginia University
Mildred M. Gath, (1966) Associate Professor; Library ; B.A. Ohio University; M.L.S.
University of Pittsburgh
Henry R. George, (1965) Associate Professor; Social Science ; A.B. University of Pittsburgh;
M.Litt. University of Pittsburgh
John S. Gibson, Jr. (1967) Associate Professor; Mathematics; 8.A . Washington and Jefferson
College; M.A. Michigan State University
Charles A. Gismondi, (1969) Associate Professor; Speech Pathology and Audiology; B.S.
California State College; M.S. West Virginia University
Joan M. Glasgow, (1968) Associate Professor; Special Education; B.S. California State
College ; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh
Pauline H. Glod, (1959) Associate Professor; Elementary Education; B.S. Waynesburg
College; M.Ed. West Virginia University
Stanley T. Gogoj, ( 1963) Assistant Professor ; English ; A.B. Villanova University; M.A.
Pennsylvania State University
Hen a L. Gonzalez, ( 1966) Assistant Professor; Modern Language; B .A. Institute of Guines;
Ph.D. University of Havana, Cuba

257

Jack D . Goodstein, (1967) Pro f essor; English ; B.A . Queens College; M .A. New York
University; Ph.D . New York University
Albertha Graham , (1971) Assistant Professor Administrator ; Center for Training Alternat ives , School of Education ; B .S. Morris College; M.Ed. Erickson Institute for Early
Education
Robert H. Grimes, (1961) Assistant Professor; English ; A.B . West Virgin ia University ; M .A.
West Virginia University
Richard H. Grinstead, (1972) Assistant Professor; Art ; B.A.E . Ohio State University; B.F.A.
Ohio State University; M.A. Ohio Stat e Universit y
Ivan Guesman , (1968) Associate Professor; Elementary Education ; B.S. Cal ifornia State
College ; M.A. West Virgi nia University
Charles M. Hackett, ( 1965) Associate Professor; Physical Science; B.S. University of
Delaware; M.S. University of Delaware

Gene P. Halboth , (1965) Assoc iat e Professor; English; Central Michigan University ;
Marquet te University ; M.A. University of Ch icago
Will iam H. Hallidy, (1969)
University of Pittsburgh

Professor; Physical Science; B.S. Duke University; Ph .D.

William 0 . Hambacher, (1968) Professor; Psychology; B.A . Upsala College; M.A. University
of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D. University of Pennsylvan ia
John M . Hanchin, (1967) Associate Professor ; English; B.A. Duquesne University ; M.Ed.
Cal iforn°ia State College
Richard B. Hart, (1968) Dean, School of Science and Technology ; B.S. Frankl in and
Marshall College ; M.A. University of Pittsburgh ; Ph .D. University of Minnesota
Howard L. Hausher, (1966) Professo r; Mathematics; B.S. Waynesburg College; M .A . West
Virginia University ; Ph.D . University of Vi rginia
Phill ip L. Hayes, (1970) Professor Admi nistrator; Student Affairs ; A .B. Fairmont St at e
College ; M.A. West Virginia Universit y ; Ed .D . West Virginia Universi t y
Jay D. Helsel, (1961) Vice-president Administrative Affairs ; B.S. California State College;
M .Ed. Pennsylvan ia State University
William D. Hepner, (1956) Associate Professor; Social Studies, B.S. California State College;
M.A. West Virginia Universi t y
Francis J. Herron, (1960) Assoc iate Professor; Elementary Education ; B.S. California State
College ; M .Ed . University of Pittsburgh
Robert V . Herron, (1965) Associate Professor; English ; B.S. University of Pittsburgh ; M.A.
Duquesne Un ivers ity
Eleanore C. Hibbs, (1966) Associate Professor; English; B.S. California State College;
M .A . Un iversi t y of Pittsburgh

258

Eugene F. Hilton, (1970) Professor; Educational Foundations; B.A. Arizona State
University ; M.Ed. Pennsylvania State University ; D.Ed. Pennsylvania State University
Wallace D. Hodge, (1968) Associate Professor; Special Education ; B.S. Pennsylvania State
University; M .Ed. Duquesne University
Merrell E. Holman, (1947) Associate Professor; Elementary Education; B.S. California State
College; M .Ed. University of Pittsburgh
Samuel L. Hood, (1969) Professor; Biology; A.B. College of Wooster ; Ph.D. Cornell
University
Thomas C. Howard, (1970) Professor; Psychology ; B.S. Montana State University ; M.A.
Montana State University; Ph.D. Washington State University
Ronald C. Hoy, (1969) Associate Professor; Philosophy ; B.A. University of California; M.A.
University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh
Edward S. Hughes, (1969) Professor; Geography & Earth Science; B.A. College of Wooster;
M.S. University of Minnesota; Ph.D . Washington University
Barry B. Hunter, (1968) Professor; Biology; B.S. California State College; M.S. University of
Minnesota ; M.Ed. California State College; Ph .D. West Virginia University
Phil R. Jack, (1955) Professor; Social Studies; B.A . Pennsylvania State University; M.A.
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh
Allan D. Jacobs, (1970) Professor; Elementary Education ; B.S. Eastern Michigan University;
M.A . Teachers College, Columbia University ; Ed.D. Wayne State University
Paul J. Jensen, (1969) Assistant Professor; English; B.A. Columbia University; M.A.
University of Iowa
David L. Johnson , (1968) Professor; Physical Science; B.S. Kansas State University ; Ph.D.
Louisiana State University
Donna J. Johnson, ( 1969) Assistant Professor; Health and Physical Education ; B.S. SI ippery
Rock State College; M.Ed . University of Pittsburgh
Geraldine M. Jones, (1974) Instructor; Special Programs; B.S. California State College
Annette M. Kaleita, (1966) Professor; Speech Pathology and Audiology ; B.S. California
State College; M.Ed . Duquesne University ; M .A . Northwestern University ; Ed .D .
University of Maryland
William B. Kania , (1961) Associate Professor ; Social Studies ; B.S. West Virginia University;
M.B .A. University of Pittsburgh
John H . Katusa , (1966) Associate Professor; Health and Physical Education; B.S. Mississippi
State College; M.A . West Virginia University
Roger R. Keightley , ( 1963) Associate Professor; Industrial Arts ; B .S. California State
College; M.A. West Virginia University

259

Milton C. Kells, (1966) Professor ; Physical Science; B .S. University of Washington; Ph .D .
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Harold E. Kemper, (1955) Professor Manager; Director of Admissions; B .S. Geneva College ;
M .Ed. University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh
Gary W. Kennedy, (1962) Professor; Elementary Education ; B.S. California State College;
M .Ed . West Virginia University ; Ph.D . University of Pittsburgh
Curtis W. Kerns, (1969) Assistant Professor; Industrial Arts ; B.S. California State College ;
M .Ed. University of Pittsburgh
Clyde Y . Kiang, (1972) Associate Professor; Library; B.A. National Taiwan University ; M .A .
Western Michigan University; M .A . Michigan State University
Roy King , Jr., (1974) Instructor; Counselor, Special Programs
Karl Kiral is, (1970) Professor; English ; A.B . Hamilton College ; .A .M . Brown University;
Ph.D . Brown University
Richard L. Kline , (1972) Instructor Administrator ; Student Affairs; B.S. Pennsylvania State
University
Benjamin R . Kneisley, ( 1968) Assistant Professor; Industrial Arts ; B .S . Millersville State
College ; M.Ed . Millersville State College
Arthur W. Knight, (1966) Assistant Professor; English; A.A . Santa Rosa Junior College; B .A .
San Francisco State College; M .A. San Franci~co State College
M. Isobel Knill , (1966) Associate Professor; Health and Physical Education; B.S. Eastern
Michigan University ; M.A. Eastern Michigan University
Dale R. Koch, (1971) Professor Administrator ; Center for Training Alternatives, School of
Education ; B.S. Concordia Teachers College; M .S. Florida State University; Ed.D .
Auburn University
Robert Korcheck, (1967) Associate Professor; English ; B .A . St. Bonaventure University;
M.A . West Virginia University
Kade Kos, (1961 l Associate Professor; TV Center; B .S. Clarion State College; M .S.L.S.
Syracuse University
Daniel R. Kraft, (1972) Assistant Professor Administrator ; College Relations ; B .S. California
State College; M.Ed. California State College
Alan H. Krueck, (1966) Professor; Modern Language ; B .A. Syracuse Univer sity; M.A.
Michigan State University; Ph.D. University of Zurich
Ewald C. Krueger, (1967) Associate Professor; Biology; B.S . Wisconsin State University;
M.S. West Virginia University
Dan iel L. LaBute, ( 19641 Associate Professor; Industrial Arts; B.S . Indiana University of
Pennsylvania; M.Ed . University of Pittsburgh

260

Vincent F. Lackner, (1962) Professor; Philosophy; 8.S. St. Vincent College; M.A. University
of Toronto; Ph .D. University of Toronto
Paul L. Lancaster, (1969) Assistant Professor; Special Education; 8 .S. California State
College; M.Ed . California State College
Norma E. Langham, (1959) Associate Professor; Theatre; 8.S . Ohio State University; M.A.
Stanford University; B.T.A. College of Theatre Arts
Frederick S. Lapisardi, (1968) Associate Professor; English; A.B. Niagara University; M .A.
Niagara University
John R. Lawrence, (1966) Associate Professor ; English; B.A. University of Iowa; M.F.A .
University of Iowa
Regis 8. Lazor, (1972) Associate Professor; Special Education; 8.S. California State College;
M.Ed. University of Delaware
Anthony Lazzaro, (1966) Associate Professor; Physical Science ; 8.S. California State
College; M.Ed . University of North Carolina
Thomas A. Leavy, (1964) Professor; Geography & Earth Science; 8 .S. Slippery Rock State
College ; M.S. Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh
Gaston Lebois, (1955) Professor; Educational Foundations ; 8 .S. Pennsylvania State
University; M.Ed . Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh
Stephen Levendos, ( 1961) Associate Professor; Psychology; B.A . University of Pittsburgh;
M.S . Illinois State Normal University
Karl F. Limbacher, (1961) Professor ; English; 8 .Ed. Albany State Teachers College; M.S.
Albany State Teachers College ; Ed .D. Teachers College, Columbia University
John R. Linton, (1967) Associate Professor; Industrial Arts; 8.S. California State College;
M.Ed . University of Pittsburgh
William R . Lister, (1963) Professor ; Biology; 8.S. University of Rhode Island; M.S.
University of Rhode Island; M.Ed. University of Rhode Island ; Ed.D. Boston University
Shirley A. Little, (1970) Assistant Professor; Public School Nursing; R.N. Uniontown
Hospital; B.S. California State College; M. Ed. California State College
Leonard Lizak, (1966) Associate Professor; English; B.A. University of Massachusetts;
M.Ed. California State
Rose M. Lofstead, (1956) Associate Professor; Elementary Education; B.S. California State
College; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh
Ira T . London, (1970) Professor; Psychology; A.B. Rutgers University; M.A. University of
Delaware; Ph.D. University of Connecticut
Arthur L. Long, (1963) Associate Professor; Modern Language; 8.A. University of
Oklahoma; M.A. University of Oklahoma; M. L.A. University of Oklahoma

261

Raymond Lopez, (1971) Associate Professor ; Special Services; B.Ed . Geneva College; M. Ed.
Westminster College
Norton E. Lownsberry, Jr., (1969) Assistant Professor; Industrial Arts; B.S. Millersville
State College
Virginia E. Luckhardt, (1949) Associate Professor ; Library; B.A. University of Pittsburgh ;
M .A . University of Pittsburgh; M .L.S. Carnegie Institute of Technology
John H . Lucy, ( 1972) Professor; Industrial Arts ; B.S . California State College; A.M. West
Virginia University ; Ph .D . Ohio State University
Norma E. Maa_
t ta, (1965) Associate Professor; English ; B.S. California State College; M .A.
West Virginia University
Andrew J. Machusko, Jr., (1970) Professor; Mathematics; B.S. California State College; M .A .
University of Georgia ; Ph.D . University of Georgia
Samuel Madia , (1966) Associate Professor; Industrial Arts; B.S. West Virginia University;
M .A . West Virginia University
Margaret Maley, (1966) Associate Professor; Elementary Education; B.S. California State
College ; M .Ed . University of Pittsburgh
Joseph D. Marino , ( 1968) Professor; Social Studies; B.S. Montana State University ;
Pennsylvania State University ; Ph.D . Pennsylvania State University

M.A.

Wilbur R. Marisa, (1960) Professor; Modern Language; A.B. Waynesburg College; Ph .D.
University of Paris, Sorbonne; B.F.T. American Institute for Trade
John 0. Marsh , (1967) Professor; Modern Language; B.A . Rutgers University ; M.A . Rutgers
University; Ph .D. University of Wisconsin
Schuyler C. Marshall , (1958) Associate Professor ; Social Science ; B.S. California State
College ; M .Ed . Pennsylvania State University
John G. Martin, Jr. , (1969) Professor ; Elementary Education ; A .B. Miami University;
M .A .T . Cornell University ; Ph .D. Cornell University
Margaret M . Martin, (1964) Assistant Professor; Health and Physical Education ; B .S
Slippery Rock State College ; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh
Albert F. Maruskin, (1966) Associate Professor; Library; B.A. Pennsylvania State University;
M.L.S. University of Pittsburgh
Richard M. Matovich, ( 1968) Associate Professor; Library ; B.S. California State College;
M.Ed . Duquesne University; M .L.S . University of Pittsburgh
Anthony J. Mattee, (1965) Associate Professor Administrator ; B.S. St. Vincent College;
M . Ed . University of Pittsburgh
Lola E. Maxwell, (1967) Associate Professor; Library ; B.S. Clarion State College ; M .Ed.
University of Pittsburgh ;· M. L.S . Rutgers University
Richard L. May, (1967) Associate Professor; Speech ; B.A . Franklin College

262

Willard C. McCartney , (1972) D irector of Cont inuing Education ; B.Ed . University of
Toledo; M .A. Bowling Green State University ; Ph .D . Bowling Green State University
Jan ice L. McConnell, (1963) Ass istant Professor; Health and Physical Education; B.S.
University of Pittsburgh ; M.P.E. University of Washington
John C. McCrory, (1958) Associate Professor; Industrial Arts ; B .S. California State College;
M .Ed. University of Pittsburgh

Scott W. McDonald, (1963) Associate Professor; Psychology ; B.S. Oklahoma State
University ; M.S. Oklahoma State University
Anthony P. McGrew, (1968) Associate Professor ; Interdisciplinary ; B.S. Brigham Young
University; M.A. Brigham Young University
James C. McIntyre, (1964) Associate Professor;
University ; M.S. Oklahoma State University

Psychology ; B.S. Oklahoma State

Carol A . McMahon, (1974) Instructor; Health & Physical Education; B.S. Slippery Rock
State College; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh

James L. McPaul, (1966) Associate Professor; English ; B.A . Youngstown University ; M .Litt.
University of Pittsburgh
James T . McVey , (1966) Assistant Professor; English ; B.A . Youngstown University ; M.A.
University of Virginia
Milton A . Messinger, (1969) Professor; Educational Foundations; A.B . Wichita State
University ; M .A . University of Texas ; Ph .D . University of Texas
Ronald L. Michael , ( 1969) Professor; Social Science; B.S. Jamestown College; M.A.
University of North Dakota ; Ed.D. Ball State University
Patrick L. Miller, (1967) Assistant Professor; Speecn ; B.S. Dickinson State College ; M.A .
Colorado State University
Robert F. Minnick, (1970) Associate Professor ; Geography & Earth Science ; B.S. Indiana
University; M .A . University of Nebraska
Thomas C. Moon , (1969) Professor; Biology ; B .A . Kalamazoo College; M .A . T . Oberlin
College ; Ph.D. Michigan State University
John R . Moreschi, (1974) Professor; Administrative Program for Principals; B .S. California
State College; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D. University of Pittsburgh
Lawrence L. Moses, ( 1969) Associate Professor ; Geography and Earth Science ; B.S.
Edinboro State College; M .Ed . Pennsylvania State College
Ben A . Mule, (1972) Assistant Professor ; Special Education ; B .S. State University of New
York, Geneseo ; M .Ed . University of Rochester
Jeanette Mull ins, (1975) Assistant Professor ; Biology ; B.A . Wayne State University ; M.S .
Wayne State University ; Ph .D . North Dakota State University

263

Albert D. Murden, (1971) Associate Professor ; School of Education; B.A . University of
Richmond ; A .M .T . Harvard University
William M. Murdick, (1969) Assistant Professor; English ; B.A . Stout University
Elmo Natali , (1967) Vice President for Student Affairs ; B.S. California State College; M .A .
West Virginiil; University
JoAnn Nelson , (1967) Associate Professor; Educational Media Center; B.S. California State
College ; M .L.S . University of Pittsburgh
Nancy Z . Nelson, (1967) Associate Vice-Pres. Academic Affai rs; B.S. Indiana University
of Pennsylvania; M .Ed. University of Pittsburgh ; Ed .D . University of Pittsburgh
Richard R. Nemec, (1967) Associate Professor; Speech Pathology and Audiology ; B .S.
California State College; M.S. West Virginia University

Theodore J. Nemeth, ( 1946) Associate Professor; Health and Physical Education ; B.S.
Pennsylvania State University; M .Ed . Pennsylvania State University
Doris E. Nevin, (1962) Assistant Professor ; Health and Physical Education; B.S . Slippery
Rock State College; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh
James W. Norman, ( 1961) Associate Professor; Social Science; B .S. California State College ;
M .A . University of Pittsburgh
George D . Novak, (1959) Associate Professor ; Mathematics ; B.S. California State College ;
M .Litt . University of Pittsburgh
Joseph C. Nucci , (1968) Professor; Engl ish ; A .B. University of Notre Dame; M .Litt.
University of Pittsburgh ; Ph .D . University of Pittsburgh
Mary Catherine O'B r ien, ( 1960) Associate Professor; Psychology ; B .Ed . Duquesne University ; M .A. University of Pittsburgh

Louis A . Oliastro , (1968) Associate Professor; Elementary Educationa ; B .A . Geneva College ;
M .Ed. University of Pittsburgh
Angelo J. Orlandi , ( 1966) Professor ; Educational Foundations ; B .A . St. Vincent College ;
M.A. West Virginia University; Ed.D. West Virginia University
Roger J. Orr, (1969) Professor; Dir. of Competency Based Welfare Grant ; B .S. Edinboro
State College; M .Ed . Pennsylvania State University; Ph .D. Pennsylvania State University

Harry J. Orsag , ( 1967) Associate Professor; Geography & Earth Science ; B.S . Ed inboro State
College ; M.L. University of Pittsburgh
Robert E. Owsiany, (1966) Associate Professor; Secondary Education ; B.A . University of
Pittsburgh ; M .Ed . University of Pittsburgh
David W. Pajerski , (1969) Professor; Physical Science ; B.S. University of Pittsburgh ; M .S.
University of New Hampshire; Ph .D . University of Pittsburgh

264

Philip Palermo, (1966) Professor; Psychology; B.A. New York University; M.A. New York
University; Ph .D. New York University
Homer R. Pankey, (1965) Associate Dean School of Education ; B.A. Shepherd College;
M .A . West Virginia University ; Ed.D . West Virginia University
Raldo 0. Parascenzo, (1965) Associate Professor; Modern Language; B.A. University of
Pittsburgh ; M.Litt. University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed . University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.
University of International Mexico
Virjean Parker, (1970) Professor; Elementary Education; A.B. San Francisco State College ;
M.S. California State College at Haywood, California; Ed .D. Boston University

Leslie A. Parkinson, (1969) Assistant Professor; Art ; B.S. Indiana State College; M.Ed .
University of Pittsburgh
William R. Parkinson, (1969) Associate Professor Administrator ; Student Affairs; B.A .
Washington & Jefferson College; M.Ed . University of Pittsburgh
William G . Parnell , ( 1968) Associate Professor; Secondary Education; B.S. in Ed . California
State College; M.A . in Ed . Eastern Michigan University
Harold Pash, (1969) Professor; Social Science; B.A . Brooklyn College; M.A. New School for
Social Research; Ph.D. New School for Social Research
Stephen A. Pavlak, (1971) Professor ; Elementary Education ; B.S. California State College;
M.Ed . California State College; Ph . D. University of Pittsburgh
Stephen E. Pavlak, (1950) Dean, School of Graduate Studies; B.S. California State College;
M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh ; D.Ed . University of Pittsburgh
Joseph E. Pecosh, (1967) Associate Professor; Industrial Arts; B.S. California State College;
M.A. West Virginia University
Thomas R. Petrick, ( 1963) Associate Professor; Physical Science ; B.S. California State
College; M.S. Syracuse University
Joseph Planinsic, (1966) Associate Professor; Social Science ; M .A. University of Chicago ;
J . U.D. University of Ljubljana; Ph .D. University of Rome

Albert R. Pokol, (1965) Associate Professor; Library ; B.S. California State College; M.Ed.
Duquesne University; M.L.S. University of Pittsburgh
Fred Pollock, ( 1968) Assistant Professor; Industrial Arts ; B.S. Stout Institute; M.Ed.
University of Pittsburgh
Alton N. Powe, (1973) Instructor; Special Programs; B.A. Slippery Rock State College
Jay R. Powell , (1972) Professor; Special Education ; B.S. University of Illinois; M.A.
Southern Illinois University; Ph.D . Southern Illinois University
William J. Procasky , (1965) Professor; Geography & Earth Science; B.S. California State
College ; M.A. University of Nebraska; Ph .D. University of Pittsburgh

265

Philip J . Proud, (1962) Professor Admini st rator; Direc tor of Research and Coord inator
Learning and Resea rc h Center; B.S. Western Michigan University ; M.A . University of
Michigan ; Ed .D . Columbia University
John Push karsh, (1966) Associate Professor; Social Science ; B.A . West Virginia University ;
M .A . West Virginia University ; M .A . Middlebury College
John A . Rawl ins, (1969) Pro fessor ; Physical Science; B.S. University of Texas; Ph .D .
University of T exas
Conn ie Mack Rae, (1963) Associate Professor; English ; B .S. Cente nary College ; B.A.
Centenary College; M . Ed. University of Colorado; M .A . University of Southern
California
Ilene B . Reed, (1976) Instructor; Center for Training Alternatives , School of Education ;
B .A . Po int Park College
George A . Reid, (1968) Professor; Educat ional Foundations; B.A . Muskingham College ;
M.S . in Ed . Westminster College ; Ph.D . Un iversity of Pittsburgh
Gloria M . Rhodes , (1970) Associate Professor; Special Education ; B.A . Waynesburg College ;
M .Ed . University of Pittsburgh
Daniel E. Rider , (1969) Professor; English ; B.A . Albany State College ; M .A . University of
Minnesota ; Ph .D . University of Minnesota
John H . R igg le, (1964) Associate Professor; Mathematics; B .A . Washington and Jefferson
College; M . Litt . University of Pittsburgh ; M .A . Un iversity of Central Michigan
George H. Roadman, (1948) Professor ; President; B.S. California State College ; M .A .
University of Pittsburgh ; Ph .D . Un iversity of Pittsburgh
Richard R . Roberts, (1968) Assistant Professor; TV Center ; A .B. University of Georgia
M ichael W . Robin, (1966) Associate Professor; Physical Science; B.A . Hunter College ; M .S.
New York University
John R . Robson , (1966) Professor; Speech ; B .S. West Virginia University ; M .A. Un iversity
of Sou t hern California; Ph.D . University of Southern California
Robert J . Rockinson, ( 1971) Associate Professor Administrator ; Data Center ; B.S. in Ed.
California State College ; M .S. University of Washington
Horace S. Rockwood 111, (1969) Professor; English ; A.B . Boston University ; M.A. University
of Michigan ; Ph .D. University of Michigan
Allen D . Rogers, (1969) Professor; Elementary Education ; B .A . Parsons College ; M .A. State
University of Iowa ; Ph .D . University of Iowa
John F. Romano, (1969) Associate Professor; Secondary Education ; B .S. California State
College; M . L . University of Pittsburgh; Ph .D . Universidad lnteramericana
Lawrence D . Romboski, (1969) Professor ; Mathematics; B .A . Washington and Jefferson
College ; M.A. Rutgers University; M.S . Rutgers University ; Ph.D. Rutgers University

266

Brian G. Row , (1971) Assistant Professor; Art; B.F .A . University of Colorado; M .F .A.
University of Colorado
Melvin J. Sally, (1973) Instructor; Special Programs ; B.S. West Virginia University; M.A.
University of Oklahoma
Anthony J . Saludis, (1969) Professor; Elementary Education; B.S. Duquesne University;
M .Ed. Duquesne University ; Ph .D. University of Pittsburgh
Joseph A. Sanfilippo, (1965) Associate Professor; Industrial Arts; B .S. California State
College; M.A . Ball State University
Elsbeth E. Santee, (1966) Associate Professor ; Modern Language ; B.S. California State
College ; M.A. Univers ity of West Virginia
Donald R. Sapko, (1961) Associate Professor; Mathematics; B .S. Californ ia State College;
M. L. University of Pittsburgh
Joseph D. Scarmazzi , (1967) Assistant Professor; Dir. Fayette County Head Start Program ;
B.S. California State College; M.Ed . California State College
Philip E. Schaltenbrand , (1968) Assistant Professor ; Art ; B .S. Kutztown State College ;
M .Ed. Temple University
Earl R . Schmidt, (1966) Professor; Social Science ; B.A . University of Wisconsin ; M.A.
University of Wisconsin ; Ph .D. University of Pennsylvania

Elwyn M. Schmidt, (1966) Associate Professor; Mathematics; B.S. Pennsylvania State
University ; M.S. West Vi rginia University
Charles A. Schuler, (1966) Professor ; Industrial Arts ; B .S. California State College; Ed .D .
Texas A & M University
William F. Schweiker, (1972) Professor; Social Science; B .A . West Virginia University ; M .A .
University of Minnesota ; Ph.D . University of Minnesota
Richard D . Scott, (1971) Associate Professor; Psychology ; B.A. Pennsylvania State
University ; M.S. University of Massachusetts; Ph.D . University of Tennessee

Terry E. Scott, (1966), Assistant Professor; Health and Physical Education; A.B. William
Jewell ; M.A. Washington University
Regis J. Serinko, (1961) Professor; Biology ; B.S. Saint Vincent College ; M .S. West Virginia
University ; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh ; Ph .D . University of Pittsburgh
Russell Sessler, (1966) Associate Professor ; Music ; A .B. West Liberty State College ; M .S.
West Virginia University
Floyd W. Shuler, (1966) Assistant Professor; Health and Physical Education ; A .B. West
Liberty State College ; M .S. West Vi rginia University
Irvin J. Shutsy, (1946) Professor Manager ; Director of Student Teaching ; B .S. California
St ate College; M.Ed . University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D . University of Pittsburgh

267

Leonard J. Siegel , (1960) Professor; Social Science ; B.A. Western Reserve University; M .A.
Western Reserve University ; Ph .D. Western Reserve University
Edward J. Sikora, (1955) Associate Professor; Industrial Arts; B.S. California State College;
M .Ed. University of Pittsburgh
R. Donald Simila, (1966) Associate Professor Administrator ; Director of Financial Aid; B .S.
University of Pittsburgh ; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh
Alfred E. Simpson, (1976) Assistant Professor; Industrial Arts; B .S. Southern University;
M .A. West Virginia University

Phyllis P. Skinner, (1969) Professor; Elementary Education; B .S. Slippery Rock State
College ; M .Ed . Indiana State College; Ph.D . University of Pittsburgh
John S. Skocik, Jr. , (1967) Associate Professor; Mathematics; B .S. California State College ;
M .S. West Virginia University
Charles W. SI ick ( 1964) Associate Professor; Health and Physical Education; B .S. Indiana
University of Pennsylvania ; M.A. West Virginia University
Daniel R. Sloan, (1968) Associate Professor; Elementary Education; B.S. California State
College; M .Ed . University of Pittsburgh

William E. Slosky , (1970) Associate Professor; Biology ; B .S. California State College ; M .Ed.
Pennsylvania State University
Darrell L. Smith, (1968) Professor; Industrial Arts; B.S . California State College ; M.Ed .
California State College; D .Ed. Texas A & M University
Gary A. Smith , (1967) Assistant Professor; Ph i losophy; B.A. Jun iata College
G. Ralph Smith, Ill (1964) Assistant Professor ; English ; A .B. Franklin and Marshall
College
Vetold W. Sporny, (1963) Associate Professor; Music ; B.S. Duquesne University; M.S .
Duquesne University
Sarah Stephenson, ( 1968) Associate Professor; Social Science ; B .S. California State College;
M.A.S . Carnegie-Mellon University

James M. Stockman, (1972) Associate Professor; Theatre; A .A. Paul Smith's College; B .A.
Windham College ; M .F.A . University of Massachusetts
Gene G. Suskalo, (1967) Associate Professor; Music; B.S. Duquesne University ; M .A.
Duquesne University
Shirley J. Sutton , (1964) Associate Professor ; Music ; B .M.Ed. Drake University ; M .M .Ed.
Drake University
Marc A . Sylvester, (1973) Associate Professor; Biology ; B.A. Washington & Jefferson
College ; M .S. West Virginia University ; Ph.D. West Virginia University

268

Nancy J . Tait, (1971) Professor Administrator; Student Affairs; B.S. Lake Erie College; M.S.
Northern Illinois Un iversity ; Ed .D. University of Indiana
Francisco M. Taracido, (1968) Associate Professor; Modern Language; B.A. Ins. of Guines,
Cuba ; M.A. University of Missouri ; L.L.D . University of Havana, Cuba
John W. Telford, (1970) Professor; Industrial Arts ; B.S. Millersville State College; M.Ed.
Pennsylvan ia State University ; Ph .D. Pennsylvania State University
Billie 0 . Teske, (1967) Professor; Elementary Education ; B.S . University of Pittsburgh ;
M.Ed . University of Pittsburgh ; Ph .D. University of Pittsburgh
Charles R. Thomas, (1965) Associate Professor; English ; B.A. West Virginia University; A .M .
West Virginia University
Donald J . Thompson, (1969) Professor; Geography & Earth Science; B.A . Monmouth
College; M.A. Indiana University
Albert T. Tiberio, (1969) Associate Professor; Music; B.S. Julliard School of Music; M.A.
Teachers College, Columbia University ; Ed.D. Teachers College, Columbia University
John C. Tomikel , (1965) Professor; Geography & Earth Science; B.S. Clarion State College;
M. Litt. University of Pittsburgh ; M.S. Syracuse University ; Ph.D . University of
Pittsburgh
Allison E. Troy, (1971) Professor; Counseling Center; B.S. University of Maine; M.S.
University of Maine ; Ph .D. University of Wyoming
Alexander Tsambassis, (1964) Professor; Philosophy ; B.S. University of Athens, Greece;
B.D. Seaburg-Western Theological Seminary; Ph .D. Northwestern University
Steve Tselepis, (1968) Associate Professor ; Health and Physical Education ; B.S. California
State College ; M.S. West Virginia University
Martin F. Uher, (1967) Associate Professor; Health and Physical Education; B.S. Western
New Mexico ; M.A. Eastern New Mexico University
John R. Vargo, (1970) Associate Professor; Child Dev. Associates Trainer; B.S. California
State College ; M.A. West Virginia University
Edwin G. Vincent , (1972) Associate Professor Manager; Special Assistant to the President;
B.E. E. Clarkson College of Technology
Henrietta J . Vincent, (1969) Assistant Professor; Library; B.S. California State College;
M. L.S. University of Pittsburgh
Leonard Volkin , (1967) Professor; Psychology ; B.S. Lebanon Valley College; M.Ed.
Pennsylvania State University ; Ph.D. University of Pittsburgh
Frank L. Vulcano, (1965) Associate Professor; Health and Physical Education ; B.S. Lock
Haven State College; M.Ed. University of Pittsburgh
Susan A. Wagner , (1972) Instructor; Special Programs ; B.A. California State College; M.S.
California State College

269

Dean L. Wahl, (1972) Assistant Professor; Special Programs; B.A. Californ ia State College;
M.Ed . Slippery Rock State College
Maetroy A. Walker, {1969) Inst ructor Administrator; Student Affairs; A.B. Benedict College
John H. Walsh, (1961) Professor; Philosophy; A.B. Duquesne University; M.A. Duquesne
University ; Ph .D. Georgetown University
John P. Watk ins, {1957) Vice President Academ ic Affairs; B.S. California State College
M.A . West Virginia University; Ph .D. Universit y of Pittsburgh
Richard H. Webb, (1969) Associate Professor Administrator; Admissions ; B.S. California
State College; M.A. West Virginia Universit y
Allen G. Welsh , (1959) Associate Professor Administrator; Registrar; B.S. California State
College ; M.A. West Virginia University
Bruce L. Weston , (1972) Professor; Mode rn Language; B.A. Northwestern University ; Ph .D.
University of Michigan
Lola M. Willett, ( 1961) Assistant Professor; Education Coordinator Fayette County Head
Start Program; B.S. California State Cpllege; M.Ed . University of Pittsburgh
Sylvia S. Williams, (1965) Associat e Professor; Psychology; B.A. Pennsylvania State
University ; M.A. West Virginia University
Robert F. Wilseck, {1967) Professor; Health and Physical Education ; B.A. Colorado State
College; M.A. Colorado State College ; D.Ed . Colorado State College
Daniel E. Wilson, (1967) Professor; Engl ish; B.S. West Chester State College; M.S. Kansas
State University ; Ph .D. Western Reserve University
Francis H. Wilson, ( 1966) Associate Professor; English; B.A. Wash ington and Jefferson
College ; M.A. West Virginia Un iversity
Maurice E. Wilson, (1969) Professor; Psychology; Wofford College ; M.A. College A & M;
Ph .D. Emory University
Miriam J . Wilson, ( 1966) Assistant Professor; Music ; B.S. California State College; M.A. West
Virginia Universi ty
Myles B. Witchey , (1962) Associate Professor; Health and Physical Education ; A.B. West
Liberty State College ; M.A. West Virginia University
Donald B. Wodock , (1966) Assoc iate Professor; English ; B.S. West Chester State College ;
M.A . Middlebu ry College
William D. Womsely, (1966) Professor; Social Science ; B.S. Grove Ci t y College ; M.A .
University of New Mexico; Ph .D. University of Pittsburgh
Henr ietta B. Wood , (1959) Assistant Professor; Art; B.A. Edinboro State College
Albert E. Yates, (1964) Assoc iate Professor; Speech Pathology & Audiology ; B.S. Cal iforn ia
State College; M.A. West Virginia University

270

Edward Zadorozny, (1962)
University of Pittsburgh

Professor; Biology; S.S. University of Pittsburgh; M.S .

Jay A. Zeffiro, (1970) Associate Professor; Social Science; A.B. Washington and Jefferson
College; M.A. Duquesne University
George Zeme, Jr., (1957) Professor; Social Science; B.S. California State College; M.Litt.
University of Pittsburgh
Angela K. Zondos, (1966) Assistant Professor; Special Education; S.S. Slippery Rock State
College; M.A. Michigan State University
Robert L. Zoppetti, (1961) Associate Professor; Physical Science; S .S. California State
College; M.Ed. Pennsylvania State University

FACULTY ADDITIONS IN 1976-77
Harold C. Babson, Jr., ( 1976) Associate Professor; Social Science; B.S. Northeastern
University; M.B.A. Northeastern University ; M.A. University of Pennsylvania
R. Michael Barber, (1976) Assistant Professor; Social Science; B.S. Ohio State University;
M.S. Ohio State U• :varsity; Ph.D . Ohio State University
William F. Blosel, (1976; Assistant Professor; Social Science; B.S . Penn State University;
M.B.A. University of Pittsburgh
M. Arshad Chawdhry, (1976) Associate Professor; Social Science; S.S. West Pakistan
Agricultural University ; M.S. West Pakistan Agricultural University; M.A. University of
Illinois; Ph.D. University of Illinois; M.A. University of Maryland; Ph.D. University of
Maryland

Harold T. Hunter, (1977) Assistant Professor ; B.A. University of Pittsburgh; M.S. West
Virginia University
William G. Kimmel, (1976) Assistant Professor; Biology ; A.B. Wilkes College; M.S. Penn
State University; Ph .D. Penn State University
Robert T. Little, Associate Dean, School of Arts and Sciences; B.S. California State College;
M.Ed. California State College
F. Mel Madden, (1976) Affirmative Action Officer; B.A. St. Anthony's on Hudson; M.A.
Montclair State College; Ed .D. Un iversity of North Dakota
C. Allan Miller, (1976) Assistant Professor; Biology ; B.S . Buena Vista College ; M.A.
Mankato State College; Ph.D. North Dakota State University
Krishan Nanda, (1976) Associate Professor; Urban Affairs; S.S . Panjab University, India ;
M.A. Panjab University, India; M.A . University of Minnesota; M.R .P. Harvard University ;
Ph.D . Columbia University
William A. Pakan, (1976) Associate Professor; Industrial Arts; B.S. Carnegie Mellon
University; M.A. Kent State University ; Ph.D. Kent State University
J. Wendell Ramey , (1976) Associate Professor; Social Science; S .S. Howard University;
M.S.W. Un iversity of Pittsburgh
Roy M. Terry, Ill, (1976) Assistant Professor; Athletic Director; S .S. Western Maryland
College; M.Ed . Colorado State University

271

~

s

..J

"'<
"'"'

aJ

N

JI

SECO.' T=RE
==
ET
~i

s

X

F' I F'TH STREET

\

Index
Page
Accreditat ion ............. . . .. ... . .. 1
Academic Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Academ ic Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Adding Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Administrative Officers ... . . . . . . . . . . 247
Admissions

College Level Equivalency
Program (CLEP) .... . .. . .... . ..... 20
Computer Center .. . .. .... . ... . . . ... 42
Confidentiality of Student Records . . 36
Continuing and Non- Resident
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Counseling . .... . ... . .. ..... .... ... . 43
Course Descriptions . . .. . . ........ . 109
American Stud ies ... . ........... 109
Anthropology .. . ............... 109
Art .. . . . ... ... . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . 111
Arts and Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Athletic Coaching
Endorsement Program .. .. . . .. 214
Biology ... . ..... .. .... . ...... . . 114
Chemistry ... . ...... . . ... ..... . . 119
Driver Education
Endorsement Program ........ 215
Early Childhood Education .. ... . 209
Earth Science . . .... . ..... . . . . . . 122
Economics . ... . ...... . . . . . ... . . 126
Educational Foundations ........ 203
Elementary Education .... . . . . .. 205
English .... . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . ... .. 128
Environmental Studies . . ........ 136
French ........ . .............. . . 137
Geography . ....... .. . ..... ... . . 139
German .. . . ........... . ........ 143
~reek ....... . . . .. . .. .. ... . ..... 144
Health , Physical Education
and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
History . . .... . ... . . . . . . ... .. ... . 145
Hungarian . .. . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Industrial Arts . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 216
Italian ......... . . .... . . . . . . . . ... 148
Latin . . .. . . . . .... ........ .. ... .. 149
Mathematics .... .. .. . .. . ....... 149
Modern Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Music ....... .. .. ..... . .. .. .. ... 154
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Physical Science . . .... . . . . . . . .. 156
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Polish ......... . . . .... . ......... 161
Political Science . ...... . . . . .. ... 161
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Public School Nursing .. ... . . . .. 204
Registered Nurse Anesthetist. ... 205
Russian ...... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 165
Secondarv Education
Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Serbo-Croatian .. : . . .. . ........ . 166
Slavic Studies ........ . ......... 166
Social Science ...... . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Social Work .. . . ... .. . . . . .. . . .. . 168
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Span ish . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. .. ...... 170
Special Education ... . . ... . . . . . . 229
Speech Pathology and
Audiology . . . ... .. ....... . . . . . 231
Theatre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Urban Affairs . . . . .. . ... ... . . ... . 176

Foreign Students .. . . . .. .... . . ... 16
Out-of-State Students ... . . . . . . .. 16
Post Graduates ... ... . . . . .. . . .... 16
Procedures .... .. ........ . ... . . . . 15
Requirements .. . . . . . .......... . . 15
Readmission Procedures ......... 33
Teacher Education ....... . ..... 179
Teachers in Service .. ... . ........ 16
Transfer Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Transient Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Appeal ing a Grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Athlet ics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Arts and Sciences (Areas of
Specialization)
Administration and Management . 64
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Anthropology .. . . ...... .. ...... . 67
Art .... .. . . . . .. . . .. . .. .......... . 68
Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Biology . . ... . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . ... 70
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
English .. . . . .. ........ . .. .. . ... . 73
Environmental Studies .. ... .. . ... 74
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Geology ..... . . . ..... . ... . . ... . . 79
History ............ .. .. . . . . . . . ... 80
Math .. ... . . . . . . . . . .... . ... . . . ... 81
Math and Computer Science .. . .. 83
Medical Technology ... .. . . . . . . .. 84
Modern Language . ... .. . . . . . . . .. 85
French . .. . .. .. .. . .. ... . . . . . . . 86
German .... . . ... .. .. . ... . . . . . 87
Spanish .. . . . ... . ... . . ... . . . . . 87
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Physics ..... . . . . . ... . ..... . . .... 90
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Professional Writing Program . ... 92
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Slavic and Eastern European
Ethn ic Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Social Work . .................... 98
Sociology . . . ... . . . . . ........... 100
Soviet Studies .... . . . .... .. .... . 101
Speech Communication .. ... . . . 102
Theatre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Urban Affairs . . . . .. ............. 105
Attendance Policy ... . .. .. ... . ..... . 19
Awards . ....... . . . . . . . ...... .. .. . .. 41
Board of Trustees ...... .. ........ . 247
Calendar: 1977-1979.. . . .......... . . 5
Campus ... .... . . . . . ...... . . . ... . ... 10
Catalog Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

273

Commencement Honors .. . ......... 31
Credits . . . . .. ........ . . . . . . . . . ...... 20
Examination ...... .. ...... . ...... 21
Life Experience. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
For Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Course Numbering System .... . .. . .. 25
Deferment Policy .. .... .. ... . . ... ... 47
Degrees Offered ....... . .... . . . ..... 19
Delinquent Accounts . . . . . . .. . . ..... 48
Departmental Course
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Distinguished Service Awards ..... . . 31
Dropping Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Entrance Requirements . .. . . .... . .. . 15
Expenses and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Emeriti Faculty . . . .... . .. . ....... . . 251
Faculty .. . ... .. .. . .... . .......... . 251
Fees (See Expenses)
Financial Aid .... . ...... ... ...... . .. 58
Fraternities ... . . . ... .. . . .... . ...... . 57
General Education Program . . . . ..... 22
Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Graduation Requirements,
Summary of .... .. ....... ... .... . . 41
Health Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
History of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Honors ........... . ......... . . . .... 31
Housing and Dining Facilities . .... . . 56
Human Relations .... . ... . .. . ....... 57
Library ... ... . . ...... . .... . ... . . . ... 13
Objectives of the College . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Out-of-State Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Payment of Bills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Placement Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Professional Laboratory
Experiences . ....... . . .. . . ... .. . . 181
Readmission Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Refunds ........... .. .. . . ... ..... 48-49
Registration Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Residence Requirements . ........ . .. 20
ROTC . .. . . .. . ... . . .. .. . ... .. ...... 34
Science and Technology (Areas of
Special ization)
Petroleum Technology .... .. . . .. 231
Water Analysis Technology ..... 232
Manufacturing Technology . .. ... 233
Graphic Communications
Technology . ... ........ . .. . .. 233

274

Industrial Management
Technology . ................ . 239
Pre-Engineering ................ 242
Science and Technology course
Descriptions ........ . .. . .... . ... 237
Scholarship and
Academic Standards .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Second Degree .... . . . . . .. . . .. . . ... . 19
Sororities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Special Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Student Activities Association . . . . . . . 55
Student Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Student Congress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Student Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Student Loan Funds ...... .... ... . . . 60
Student Regulations ..... . . ... ...... 53
Student Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Student Teaching . . .... . .......... 180
Teacher Education .......... . .... . 179
Teacher Education (Areas of
Specialization)
Athletic Coaching Endorsement
Program . .... . . . . . ... . .. . . ... 185
Childhood Curriculum ......... . 183
Dental Hygiene .. .. . ............ 201
Driver Education
Endorsement Program ... . . .. . 186
Elementary Education and Early
Childhood Curriculum .... . . . . 183
Industrial Arts
Public School Nursing ..... . .... 202
Registered Nurse
Anesthetist Program .... . ..... 202
Secondary Education ... . .. ... .. 189
Special Education ..... . ........ 197
Speech Pathology and
Audiology ... . ... . ........ . ... 199
The College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
History . .. ....... .. .. . .. . .... . . . .. . 9
Campus .. . . . .. . . ... . . .. .. . .. .... 10
Graduate Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Objectives .. ..... . .. . . . ... . . . ... 10
Transcripts of Credits ... . ... .. . . . . .. 39
Transfers from other Colleges ....... 16
Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43